Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Indel B

Indel B

indb · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker indb
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Indel B
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Consistency

builds shareholder value.

Consistency

builds shareholder value.

288 Union Street, Rockland, Massachusetts 02370    800.222.2299    www.RocklandTrust.com

44518_Cov.indd   1

44518_Cov.indd   1

2013 ANNUAL REPORT 

3/13/14   8:22 PM

3/13/14   8:22 PM

Financial Highlights

Financial Condition Data 
Securities available for sale 
Securities held to maturity 
Loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Goodwill and core deposit intangibles 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Total borrowings  
Stockholders’ equity 
Nonperforming loans 
Nonperforming assets 

Operating Data
Interest income 
Interest expense  
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Net income  
Preferred stock dividend 
  Net income available to the common shareholder 

Per Share Data
Net income — Basic 
Net income — Diluted 
Cash dividends declared 
Book value 

Performance Ratios
Return on average assets  
Return on average common equity  
  Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis) 
Equity to assets 
Dividend payout ratio 

Asset Quality Ratios
  Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans 
  Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets 
 Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans  
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of 
nonperforming loans 

2013 

                    As  of and for the year ended December 31,
2010 

2011 
2012 
  (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 $   329,286 
178,318 
4,519,011 
(51,834) 
162,144  
5,756,985  
4,546,677  
591,055  
529,320 
28,766 
42,427 

$  196,192 
23,393 
172,799 
18,056 
62,016 
159,459 
42,627 
— 
42,627 

$   305,332 
204,956 
3,794,390 
(48,260) 
140,722 
4,970,240 
3,876,829 
537,686 
469,057 
28,953 
37,149 

$  195,751 
28,672 
167,079 
11,482 
52,700 
145,713 
45,436 
— 
45,436 

$   377,457 
202,732 
 3,555,679 
 (46,255) 
 141,956 
 4,695,738 
 3,627,783 
 565,434 
 436,472 
23,108 
 31,493 

$  202,724 
 38,763 
163,961 
 18,655 
 46,906 
139,745 
40,240 
— 
40,240 

2009

$   508,650
93,410
3,395,515
 (42,361)
143,730
 4,482,021
 3,375,294
 647,397
 412,649
 36,183
 41,245

$  202,689
 51,995
150,694
 17,335
 38,192
 141,815
22,989
5,698
17,291

$  1.96 
1.95 
0.84 
23.24 

$  2.12 
2.12 
0.76 
21.82 

$  1.90 
1.90 
0.72 
20.57 

$  0.88
 0.88
 0.72
 19.58

0.83% 
8.66% 
3.75% 
9.19% 
52.77% 

0.64% 
0.74% 
1.15% 

0.96% 
9.93% 
3.90% 
9.44% 
35.88% 

0.76% 
0.75% 
1.27% 

0.88% 
9.46% 
3.95% 
9.30% 
37.93% 

0.65% 
0.67% 
1.30% 

0.40%
4.29%
3.89%
9.21%
82.79%

1.07%
0.92%
1.25%

$  356,862 
350,652  
4,718,307  
(53,239) 
182,642 
6,099,234 
4,986,418 
448,488 
591,540 
34,659 
43,833 

$  205,914 
23,336 
182,578 
10,200 
68,009 
173,649 
50,254 
— 
50,254 

$  2.18 
2.18 
0.88 
24.85 

0.87% 
9.09% 
3.51% 
9.70% 
30.09% 

0.73% 
0.72% 
1.13% 

153.61% 

180.19% 

166.68% 

200.17% 

117.07%

Capital Ratios
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio  
Total risk-based capital ratio  

8.64% 
10.78% 
12.58% 

8.65% 
10.36% 
12.23% 

8.61% 
10.74% 
12.78% 

8.19% 
10.28% 
12.37% 

7.87%
9.83%
11.92%

The selected consolidated fi nancial and other data of the Company set forth above does not purport to be complete and should be read in 
conjunction with, and is qualifi ed in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related 
notes, appearing in the Company’s Form 10-K.

Stockholder Information

Common Stock
Independent Bank Corp. common 
stock trades on the NASDAQ Stock 
Market under the symbol INDB.

Stockholder Relations
Inquiries should be directed to:
Robert Cozzone, 
Chief Financial Offi  cer, or 
Meagan Rundell, Treasury Dept.
Independent Bank Corp. 
288 Union Street 
Rockland, MA  02370 
Phone:  781.982.6737

Form 10-K
Additional information about the 
Company may be obtained from the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K fi led 
with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission for fi scal 2013. A copy of 
the Company’s Form 10-K for 2013, 
without its attached exhibits, has 
been provided herein. A complete 
copy of the Company’s Form 10-K for 
2013, with its attached exhibits, may 
be obtained without charge upon 
written request submitted to: 
Meagan Rundell 
Treasury Dept.
Independent Bank Corp.
288 Union Street
Rockland, MA  02370

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Transfer Agent and Registrar for the 
Company is:
Computershare
P. O. Box 30170
College Station, TX  77842-3170

Overnight correspondence should 
be sent to:
Computershare
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210
College Station, TX 77845

Phone:  800.426.5523 

Shareholder website
www.computershare.com/investor

Shareholder online inquiries
www-us.computershare.com/
investor/contact

Directors of 
Independent Bank Corp. and 
Rockland Trust Company

Offi  cers of 
Independent Bank Corp.

Offi  cers of 
Rockland Trust Company

Christopher Oddleifson
President and 
Chief Executive Offi  cer

Denis K. Sheahan
Chief Operating Offi  cer

Edward H. Seksay
General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

Robert Cozzone 
Chief Financial Offi  cer 
and Treasurer 

Mark J. Ruggiero
Senior Vice President,
Controller, and Principal 
Accounting Offi  cer

Barry H. Jensen 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Information Offi  cer

Kathryn T. Robson
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Internal Auditor 

Linda M. Campion
Clerk

Donna L. Abelli
Consulting CFO,
Chairman of the Board,
Independent Bank Corp. and
Rockland Trust Company

Richard S. Anderson
President and Treasurer,
Anderson-Cushing Insurance 
Agency, Inc.

William P. Bissonnette
CPA/Retired Partner, 
Little & Bissonnette, CPAs

Benjamin A. Gilmore, II
President,
Gilmore Cranberry Co., Inc.
Engineering Consultant Partner, 
Quittacas Company LLC

Kevin J. Jones
Treasurer,
Plumbers’ Supply Company

Eileen C. Miskell
Treasurer,
The Wood Lumber Company

John J. Morrissey
Partner,
Morrissey, Wilson & 
Zafi ropoulos, LLP

Daniel F. O’Brien
CPA/Partner,
O’Brien, Riley & Ryan, P.C.

Christopher Oddleifson
President and Chief Executive Offi  cer,
Independent Bank Corp. and 
Rockland Trust Company

Carl Ribeiro 
Owner & President,
Carlson Southcoast Corporation 
Chairman and Treasurer, 
Famous Foods.com LLC

Richard H. Sgarzi
Retired Cranberry Grower

John H. Spurr, Jr.
President, A.W. Perry, Inc.

Robert D. Sullivan
President,
Sullivan Tire Company, Inc.

Brian S. Tedeschi
Retired Real Estate Developer  
Director, Tedeschi Food Shops, Inc. 

Thomas R. Venables
Former President and CEO,
Benjamin Franklin Bancorp, Inc. 
and Benjamin Franklin Bank

Christopher Oddleifson
President and 
Chief Executive Offi  cer

Denis K. Sheahan
Chief Operating Offi  cer

Edward H. Seksay
General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

Robert Cozzone 
Chief Financial Offi  cer 
and Treasurer 

Mark J. Ruggiero
Senior Vice President,
Controller, and Principal 
Accounting Offi  cer

Gerard F. Nadeau
Executive Vice President, 
Commercial Lending

Jane L. Lundquist
Executive Vice President, 
Director of Retail Delivery, 
Business Banking, and 
Home Equity Lending 

Edward F. Jankowski
Senior Vice President and
Director of Residential 
Lending and Compliance

Barry H. Jensen 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Information Offi  cer

Raymond G. Fuerschbach
Senior Vice President and
Director of Human Resources

Mark Gibson
Senior Vice President and
Chief Marketing Offi  cer

David B. Smith
Senior Vice President and
Chief Investment Offi  cer

Kathryn T. Robson
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Internal Auditor 

Linda M. Campion
Clerk

288 Union Street
Rockland, Massachusetts 02370 
800.222.2299
www.RocklandTrust.com

44518_Cov.indd   2

44518_Cov.indd   2

3/13/14   9:30 PM

3/13/14   9:30 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A letter from 
Christopher Oddleifson
President and Chief Executive Offi  cer
Independent Bank Corp. and Rockland Trust Company

To my fellow shareholders, colleagues, customers, and communities:

Our commitment to providing a high quality customer experience and our business discipline led to record 
operating revenues and record operating earnings per share for our Company in 2013. Rockland Trust is 
founded on a set of core values: we build strong relationships with our customers, helping business owners 
grow  their  companies,  and  helping  individual  consumers  be  successful  by  providing  straightforward 
products and convenient service. Our success is based on having respectful and knowledgeable bankers, 
as well as robust technology available to our customers.

Consistency

Consistent Performance

We believe that achieving superior performance over time begins with having the right people on the 
team and giving them the tools and training they need to thrive. This supportive, stable environment 
enables them to go above and beyond in serving our customers, delivering a level of service that is rare in 
our industry today. As a result, we have very loyal customers who stay with us, deepen their relationship, 
and tell their friends about Rockland Trust. 

Our 2013 performance and progress was recognized by several others, including Banker and Tradesman, 
which voted Rockland Trust the Top Commercial Lender in their Best of 2013 Reader Poll. The United States 
Small Business Administration recognized us as well, naming Rockland Trust as the top Massachusetts 
lender, in terms of gross dollars lent, for SBA 504 and Veterans loans. We were also named for the fi fth 
consecutive year to The Boston Globe’s Top Places to Work list.

In  2013  our  industry  faced  a  lot  of  headwinds  —  from  the  challenging  economy  and  an  uncertain 
environment in our nation’s capital to a rapidly changing technology and increasingly complex regula-
tory environment. The nation’s economy was sluggish and grew less than 2 percent last year. Meanwhile, 
Massachusetts’ economy provided us with more momentum, outpacing the national economy three out 
of four quarters in 2013. In this environment, Independent Bank Corp. increased core operating earnings 
to $55.2 million, or $2.39 on a diluted earnings per share basis, an increase of 17.2 percent and 10.7 percent, 
respectively, when compared to 2012. 

44518_Txt_Rev.indd   1

44518_Txt_Rev.indd   1

3/13/14   7:46 PM

3/13/14   7:46 PM

Our fundamentals continued to lead the way, refl ecting our well-positioned franchise and the growing 
power of the Rockland Trust brand. We continued to increase our customer base with our award-winning 
customer service, attracting new customers, and expanding existing relationships. Most of our business 
lines  exhibited  strong  positive  momentum,  as  evidenced  by  robust  origination  volumes,  diversifi ed 
revenues, and excellent credit quality.

For instance, total commercial loans grew organically by nearly 7 percent during 2013, led by increases 
in the commercial and industrial and commercial real estate portfolios. Organic household growth was 
driven by a 5 percent increase in core checking households — more than fi ve times greater than the 
State’s rate of household formation.

This customer growth helped fuel organic core deposit growth of 8 percent for the year, providing a low 
cost source of funding for our loan growth. In addition, our customer-centric approach allowed us to add 
value to existing customer relationships, helping fuel a 10 percent increase in fee income compared to the 
prior year. Overall, this positive customer momentum translated into strong top-line revenue growth of 
6 percent, with healthy volume increases off setting the pressures of the interest rate environment on our 
net interest margin.

Loan growth achieved through sound credit underwriting standards remains critical to our success. Our 
disciplined focus on credit quality continued to pay off  in 2013. Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross 
loans were 0.73 percent at year end 2013. Net charge-off s as a percent of average loans fell to 0.19%, which 
compares favorably with our peers.

Expansion

Expanding the Franchise

While organic growth is central to our growth strategy, 2013 was a busy year from an acquisition stand-
point: we completed our conversion of Central Bank in February and joined forces with Mayfl ower Bank 
later in the year. 

We welcomed Central Bank customers into the Rockland Trust family early in the year, and have already 
made strides in building out and executing our growth strategy in Middlesex County, one of the most 

$6.1

$5.8

$5.0

$4.7

$4.5

13

09

10

12
11
Total Assets
in billions

$5.0

$4.5

$3.9

$3.6

$3.4

$0.88

$0.84

$0.76

$0.72

12

10

11
09
Total Deposits
in billions

13

13

09

12
11
10
Dividends
in dollars

44518_Txt_Rev.indd   2

44518_Txt_Rev.indd   2

3/13/14   7:46 PM

3/13/14   7:46 PM

attractive geographies in New England. In fact, we have experienced robust consumer and business net 
account growth in our fi rst calendar year.

Mayfl ower Bank presented a unique opportunity for us to solidify our leadership position in our home 
county  and  improve  customer  convenience.  We  were  successful  in  completing  the  combination  on 
schedule in November, and have been well-received by our new colleagues, customers, and communities.

Future

Investing in the Future

We are focused on sustaining long-term growth by steadily investing in our competitive strengths to 
enhance our market presence, business development talent, and array of products and services. We grew 
our  commercial  lending  and  investment  teams  strategically,  most  notably  by  opening  our  fi rst  offi  ce 
in Boston proper. We also doubled the number of branches open 7 days per week and added business 
banking offi  cers to provide added convenience to our customers.

Technology continues to be a critical factor in our industry as its evolution leads to rapidly changing 
customer preferences. To keep pace with the change, we continued to invest in our digital channels, 
completing the build-out of our Smart ATM network and upgrading our online banking capability.

We are fortunate as a company to have a strong internal talent pool with deep bench strength. As a result, 
we  were  able  to  expand  senior  management  responsibilities  without  any  external  recruitment.  Denis 
Sheahan was promoted to the new role of Chief Operating Offi  cer while Robert Cozzone, our Treasurer, 
assumed Denis’ position of Chief Financial Offi  cer. Barry Jensen, former Controller, assumed the new role 
of  Chief  Information  Offi  cer,  and  Mark  Ruggiero,  previously  Assistant  Controller,  was  promoted  to  take 
Barry’s spot as Controller and Principal Accounting Offi  cer.

Creating the Chief Operating Offi  cer role will allow us to focus on two areas that we believe are crucial 
to our future: knowledge management and process improvement. Over the past decade we have invested 
in business intelligence and the insights gleaned have led to innovation, an improved value proposition 
for customers, and increased revenues.

$2.39

$2.16

$2.12

$1.90

$1.43

12

10

11
09
Operating EPS
in dollars

$4.7

$4.5

$3.8

$3.6

$3.4

13

09

13

12

10

11
Loan Growth
in billions

$17.18

$16.12

$15.27

$13.88

$12.85

10

09

11
Tangible Book Value Per Share 
in dollars

13

12

44518_Txt_Rev.indd   3

44518_Txt_Rev.indd   3

3/13/14   7:46 PM

3/13/14   7:46 PM

The  reorganization  aligned  Finance,  Marketing,  Business  Intelligence,  and  Information  Technology 
resources to get the most value out of our existing business and identify opportunities for future growth. 
It will enable us to act nimbly to produce actionable programs more quickly in a dynamic atmosphere. 
These changes will provide us with a dedicated team focused on continuous improvement.

None of this would be possible without the engagement and hard work of my Rockland Trust colleagues. 
While we are confi dent of future success, the competitive challenges keep rising. My colleagues are up for 
the challenge and determined to continue to earn customers’ trust and confi dence. They bring an incredible 
energy and enthusiasm to the task, and I am grateful to each and every one of them. The discretionary eff ort 
they apply to satisfying our customers is the engine behind our positive business momentum.

Thank you for your continued support and commitment to our Company.

Sincerely,

Chris Oddleifson
President and Chief Executive Offi  cer
Independent Bank Corp.
Rockland Trust Company

8.64%

8.65%
8.61%

8.19%

7.87%

$2.25
$2.16

$1.65
$1.57

$1.28

Year ending 
2013
$5.5 billion

61%

Commercial Loans

41%

Year ending 
2006
$2.6 billion

14%

10%

15%

Securities and 
Short Term Investments

Residential 
(Including Loans Held for Sale)
Home Equity 
Consumer

23%

15%

11%

10%

12

10

09

13
11
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
in percent

09

10

11

12

13

Investment Management Group 
Assets Under Administration
in billions

A comparison of 
Interest-Earning Assets by Type 

44518_Txt_Rev.indd   4

44518_Txt_Rev.indd   4

3/13/14   7:46 PM

3/13/14   7:46 PM

United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number: 1-9047

Independent Bank Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Massachusetts
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

Office Address: 2036 Washington Street,
Hanover Massachusetts
Mailing Address: 288 Union Street,
Rockland, Massachusetts
(Address of principal executive offices)

04-2870273
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

02339

02370
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(781) 878-6100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $.0l par value per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    

Yes  

No   

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 

Act.    Yes  

   No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject 
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  

        No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive 

Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  

        No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated 
by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,: “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act. (check one):

Large Accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes 

        No  

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing 

price of such stock on June 30, 2013, was approximately $747,786,569.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 

February 1, 2014 -  23,816,835 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the Part of the Form 10-K (e.g., Part I, Part II, etc.) into which 
the document is incorporated: (1) Any annual report to security holders; (2) Any proxy or information statement; and (3) Any prospectus filed 
pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) under the Securities Act of 1933. The listed documents should be clearly described for identification purposes 
(e.g., annual report to security holders for fiscal year ended December 24, 1980).

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated into Part III, Items 

10-13 of this Form 10-K.  The 2014 definitive proxy statement will be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2013.

 
INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.

2013 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I

Page #

Item 1.

Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Market Area and Competition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lending Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sources of Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mine Safety Disclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.

Market for Independent Bank Corp.’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part II

Table 1 -  Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale and Amortized Cost of Securities Held to Maturity .
Table 2 -  Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale and Amortized Cost of Securities Held to Maturity, 
Amounts Maturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3 - Closed Residential Real Estate Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4 - Residential Mortgage Loan Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 5 - Mortgage Servicing Asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6 - Loan Portfolio Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 7 - Components of Loan Growth/(Decline). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 8 -  Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 9 - Nonperforming Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 10 - Activity in Nonperforming Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 11 - Troubled Debt Restructurings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 12 - Activity in Troubled Debt Restructurings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 13 -  Interest Income Recognized/Collected on Nonaccrual Loans and Troubled Debt 

Restructurings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 14 - Summary of Changes in the Allowance for Loan Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 15 - Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 16 - Components of Deposit Growth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 17 - Average Balances of Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 18 - Maturities of Time Certificate of Deposits $100,000 and over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 19 - Brokered Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 20 - Borrowings by Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 21 - Summary of Results of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 22 - Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 23 - Volume Rate Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 24 - Noninterest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 25 - Noninterest Expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

4
4
5
5
10
10
11
11
19
20
20
25
25
25
25

26
29
30

36

37
37
38
38
39
39
40
42
43
43
44

44
46
47
48
48
49
49
49
50
51
53
54
55

  
Table 26 - Tax Provision and Applicable Tax Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 27 - New Markets Tax Credit Recognition Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 28 - Interest Rate Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 29 - Sources of Liquidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 30 - Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies, and Off-Balance Sheet Financial 

Instruments by Maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controls and Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part III

Part IV

Item 15. .
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhibit 31.1 — Certification 302
Exhibit 31.2 — Certification 302
Exhibit 32.1 — Certification 906
Exhibit 32.2 — Certification 906

Page #
56
56
60
62

63
66
67
143
143
145

145
145
145
145
145

146
149

2

  
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, both in the MD&A and elsewhere, contains forward-looking statements within the 

meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include 
expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs 
and products, acquisitions, relationships, opportunities, taxation, technology, market conditions and economic expectations. 
These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “view,” 
“opportunity,” “allow,” “continues,” “reflects,” “typically,” “usually,” “anticipate,” or similar statements or variations of such 
terms. Such forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties and our actual results may differ materially from 
such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such 
forward-looking statements in addition to those risk factors listed under the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K  include, but are not limited to:

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

a weakening in the United States economy in general and the regional and local economies within the New England 
region and the Company’s market area; 
adverse changes in the local real estate market; 
a further deterioration of the credit rating for U.S. long-term sovereign debt; 
acquisitions may not produce results at levels or within time frames originally anticipated and may result in 
unforeseen integration issues or impairment of goodwill and/or other intangibles; 
changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of 
the Federal Reserve System; 
higher than expected tax rates and any changes in and any failure by the Company to comply with tax laws generally 
and requirements of the federal New Markets Tax Credit program; 
unexpected changes in market interest rates for interest earning assets and/or interest bearing liabilities; 
adverse changes in asset quality including an unanticipated credit deterioration in our loan portfolio; 
unexpected increased competition in the Company’s market area; 
unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, and other potential negative effects on 
our business caused by severe weather or other external events; 
a deterioration in the conditions of the securities markets; 
our inability to adapt to changes in information technology; 
electronic fraudulent activity within the financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector; 
adverse changes in consumer spending and savings habits; 
the effect of new laws and regulations regarding the financial services industry including, but not limited to, the Dodd-
Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; 
changes in laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) 
generally applicable to the Company’s business; 
changes in accounting policies, practices and standards, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies as well as the 
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and other accounting 
standard setters; and 
other unexpected material adverse changes in our operations or earnings. 

Except as required by law, the Company disclaims any intent or obligation to update publicly any such forward-looking 
statements, whether in response to new information, future events or otherwise. Any public statements or disclosures by the 
Company following this Annual Report on Form 10-K which modify or impact any of the forward-looking statements 
contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be deemed to modify or supersede such statements in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K.

3

 
 
ITEM 1.    BUSINESS
General

PART I.

Independent Bank Corp. (the “Company”) is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company headquartered 
in Rockland, Massachusetts that was incorporated under Massachusetts law in 1985.  The Company is the sole stockholder of 
Rockland Trust Company (“Rockland” or the “Bank”), a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907.  Rockland is a community-
oriented  commercial  bank,  and  the  community  banking  business  is  the  Company’s  only  reportable  operating  segment.   The 
community banking business is managed as a single strategic unit and derives its revenues from a wide range of banking services, 
including lending activities, acceptance of demand, savings, and time deposits, and investment management.  At December 31, 
2013, the Company had total assets of $6.1 billion, total deposits of $5.0 billion, stockholders’ equity of $591.5 million, and 984 
full-time equivalent employees.

On November 15, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of Mayflower Bancorp, Inc. ("Mayflower").  The Mayflower 
acquisition added four full service branches and, at fair value, $126.6 million in loans and $218.9 million in deposits.  Total 
consideration of $40.3 million was paid with stock and cash, with the Company issuing 818,650 shares of common stock and 
paying $10.9 million in cash, in the aggregate, to Mayflower shareholders.  See Note 2 "Acquisition" to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements in Item 8 hereof for a further discussion of the acquisition. 

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had the following corporate subsidiaries, all of which were wholly-owned by the Bank 

and included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements:

• 

Six Massachusetts security corporations, namely Rockland Borrowing Collateral Securities Corp., Rockland Deposit 
Collateral  Securities  Corp.,  Taunton Avenue  Securities  Corp.,  Goddard Ave  Securities  Corp.,  Central  Securities 
Corporation, and former Mayflower subsidiary MFLR Securities Corporation;

•  Rockland Trust Community Development Corporation, which has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Rockland Trust 
Community Development LLC and Rockland Trust Community Development Corporation II, and which also serves 
as the manager of two Limited Liability Company subsidiaries wholly-owned by the Bank, Rockland Trust Community 
Development III LLC and Rockland Trust Community Development IV LLC, which are all qualified as community 
development entities under federal New Markets Tax Credit Program criteria;

•  Rockland MHEF Fund LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, was established as a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
Rockland Trust.  Massachusetts Housing Equity Fund, Inc. is the third party nonmember manager of Rockland MHEF 
Fund LLC which was established in connection with a low-income housing tax credit investment;

•  Rockland Trust Phoenix LLC, formed for the purpose of holding, maintaining, and disposing of foreclosed properties;

•  Compass Exchange Advisors LLC, which provides like-kind exchange services pursuant to section 1031 of the Internal 

Revenue Code; 

•  Bright Rock Capital Management LLC, which was established to act as a registered investment advisor under the 

Investment Advisors Act of 1940; and,

•  Mayflower Plaza LLC, a former Mayflower subsidiary which owns a small retail plaza in Lakeville, Massachusetts 

where Mayflower Co-operative Bank d/b/a Mayflower Bank operated a branch prior to the acquisition.

The Company is currently the sponsor of Independent Capital Trust V (“Trust V”), a Delaware statutory trust, Slade's Ferry 
Statutory Trust I (“Slade's Ferry Trust I”), a Connecticut statutory trust, Central Bancorp Capital Trust I (“Central Trust I”), a 
Delaware statutory trust, and Central Bancorp Statutory Trust II (“Central Trust II”), a Connecticut statutory trust, each of which 
was formed to issue trust preferred securities.  Trust V, Slade's Ferry Trust I, Central Trust I, and Central Trust II are not included 
in the Company's consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of the consolidation topic of the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Periodically,  Compass  Exchange  Advisors  LLC,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Bank,  acts  as  an  Exchange 
Accommodation  Titleholder  (“EAT”)  in  connection  with  customers'  like-kind  exchanges  under  Section  1031  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.  When Compass Exchange Advisors LLC provides EAT services, it establishes an EAT entity to  hold title to 
property for its clients for up to 180 days in accordance with Internal Revenue Service guidelines.  EAT entities are considered 
the property owner solely for federal income tax purposes, and in no other instances, in order to facilitate a client's like kind 
exchange.  A typical EAT entity is a Massachusetts corporation whose directors are all Rockland Trust officers and which has 
Compass Exchange Advisors LLC as its sole shareholder.  The EAT entity owns all of the membership interest in a LLC which 
holds title to the property and is managed by the client.  All financial benefits and burdens of property ownership are borne by the 
client.  EAT entities are therefore not consolidated onto Compass Exchange Advisors LLC's balance sheet in accordance with  
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP").

4

Market Area and Competition

The Bank contends with considerable competition both in generating loans and attracting deposits.  The Bank’s competition 
for generating loans is primarily from other commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, finance 
companies, and other institutional lenders.  Competitive factors considered for loan generation include interest rates, terms offered, 
loan fees charged, loan products offered, services provided, and geographic locations.

In attracting deposits, the Bank’s primary competitors are savings banks, commercial and co-operative banks, credit unions, 
internet  banks,  as  well  as  other  nonbank  institutions  that  offer  financial  alternatives  such  as  brokerage  firms  and  insurance 
companies.  Competitive factors considered in attracting and retaining deposits include deposit and investment products and their 
respective rates of return, liquidity, and risk, among other factors, such as convenient branch locations and hours of operation, 
personalized customer service, online access to accounts, and automated teller machines.

The Bank’s market area is attractive and entry into the market by financial institutions previously not competing in the 
market area may continue to occur which could impact the Bank’s growth or profitability. The Bank’s market area is generally 
comprised of Eastern Massachusetts, including Cape Cod, and Rhode Island. 

Lending Activities

The Bank’s gross loan portfolio (loans before allowance for loan losses) amounted to $4.7 billion on December 31, 2013, 
or 77.4% of total assets.  The Bank classifies loans as commercial, consumer real estate, or other consumer.  Commercial loans 
consist of commercial and industrial loans, asset-based loans, commercial real estate, commercial construction, and small business 
loans.  Commercial and industrial loans generally consist of loans with credit needs in excess of $250,000 and revenue in excess 
of  $2.5  million,  for  working  capital  and  other  business-related  purposes  and  floor  plan  financing.   Asset-based  loans  consist 
primarily of revolving lines of credit but also include term loans.  Asset-based revolving lines of credit are typically structured as 
committed lines with terms of three to five years, have variable rates of interest, and are collateralized by accounts receivable and 
inventory.  Asset based term loans are typically secured by owner occupied commercial real estate and machinery and equipment.  
Commercial real estate loans are comprised of commercial mortgages, including mortgages for construction purposes that are 
secured by nonresidential properties, multifamily properties, or one-to-four family rental properties.  Small business loans, including 
real estate loans, generally consist of loans to businesses with commercial credit needs of less than or equal to $250,000 and 
revenues of less than $2.5 million.  Consumer real estate consists of residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines that 
are secured primarily by owner-occupied residences and mortgages for the construction of residential properties.  Other consumer 
loans are mainly personal loans and automobile loans.

The  Bank’s  borrowers  consist  of  small-to-medium  sized  businesses  and  consumers.    Substantially  all  of  the  Bank’s 
commercial, consumer real estate, and other consumer loan portfolios consist of loans made to residents of and businesses located 
in the Bank’s market area.  The majority of the real estate loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio are secured by properties located 
within this market area.

Interest rates charged on loans may be fixed or variable and vary with the degree of risk, loan term, underwriting and 
servicing costs, loan amount, and the extent of other banking relationships maintained with customers.  Rates are further subject 
to competitive pressures, the current interest rate environment, availability of funds, and government regulations.

The Bank’s principal earning assets are its loans.  Although the Bank judges its borrowers' creditworthiness, the risk of 
deterioration in borrowers’ abilities to repay their loans in accordance with their existing loan agreements is inherent in any lending 
function.  Participating as a lender in the credit market requires a strict underwriting and monitoring process to minimize credit 
risk.  This process requires substantial analysis of the loan application, an evaluation of the customer’s capacity to repay according 
to the loan’s contractual terms, and an objective determination of the value of the collateral.  The Bank also utilizes the services 
of an independent third-party to provide loan review services, which consist of a variety of monitoring techniques performed after 
a loan becomes part of the Bank’s portfolio.

The Bank’s Controlled Asset and Consumer Collections departments are responsible for the management and resolution 
of nonperforming loans.  Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans and loans that are more than 90 days past due but still 
accruing interest.  In the course of resolving nonperforming loans, the Bank may choose to foreclose on the loan or restructure 
the contractual terms of certain loans, by modifying the terms of the loan to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its 
current financial status. 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) includes real estate properties, which have served as collateral to secure loans, that 
are controlled or owned by the Bank.  In order to facilitate the disposition of OREO, the Bank may finance the purchase of such 
properties at market rates if the borrower qualifies under the Bank’s standard underwriting guidelines.  The Bank had nineteen 
properties held as OREO at December 31, 2013 with a balance of $7.5 million.

5

Origination of Loans    Commercial and industrial, asset-based, commercial real estate, and construction loan applications 
are obtained through existing customers, solicitation by Bank personnel, referrals from current or past customers, or walk-in 
customers.  Small business loan applications are typically originated by the Bank’s retail staff, through a dedicated team of business 
officers,  by  referrals  from  other  areas  of  the  Bank,  referrals  from  current  or  past  customers,  or  through  walk-in  customers.  
Residential real estate loan applications primarily result from referrals by real estate brokers, homebuilders, and existing or walk-
in customers.  Other consumer loan applications are directly obtained through existing or walk-in customers who have been made 
aware of the Bank’s consumer loan services through advertising, direct mail, and other media.

Loans are approved based upon a hierarchy of authority, predicated upon the size of the loan.  Levels within the hierarchy 
of lending authorities range from individual lenders to the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors.  In accordance with 
governing banking statutes, the Bank is permitted, with certain exceptions, to make loans and commitments to any one borrower, 
including related entities, in the aggregate amount of not more than 20% of the Bank’s stockholders’ equity, or $131.8 million, at 
December 31, 2013, which is the Bank’s legal lending limit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank has established a more 
restrictive limit of not more than 75% of the Bank’s legal lending limit, or $98.9 million, at December 31, 2013, which may only 
be exceeded with the approval of the Board of Directors.  There were no borrowers whose total indebtedness in aggregate exceeded 
the Bank’s self-imposed restrictive limit.  The Bank’s largest relationship as of December 31, 2013 consisted of eight loans which 
aggregate to $78.8 million in exposure.

Sale of Loans    The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are generally originated in compliance with terms, conditions and 
documentation which permit the sale of such loans to investors, such as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), 
Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), and other investors in the secondary market.  Loan sales in the secondary 
market provide funds for additional lending and other banking activities.  Depending on market conditions, the Bank may sell the 
servicing of the sold loans for a servicing released premium, simultaneous with the sale of the loan.  For the remainder of the sold 
loans for which the Company retains the servicing, a mortgage servicing rights asset is recognized.  As part of its asset/liability 
management strategy, the Bank may retain a portion of the adjustable rate and fixed rate residential real estate loan originations 
for its portfolio.  During 2013, the Bank originated $292.8 million in residential real estate loans of which $31.8 million were 
retained in its portfolio.  

Loan Portfolio    The following table shows the balance of the loans, the percentage of the gross loan portfolio, and the 

percentage of total interest income that the loans generated, by category, for the fiscal years indicated:

As of

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

% of  Total
Loans

% of Total Interest Income
Generated For the Years Ended
December 31,
2012

2013

2011

Commercial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Consumer Real Estate. . . . . . . . . . . .

Other Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TOTAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

3,334,561

1,363,584

20,162

4,718,307

70.7%

28.9%

0.4%

100.0%

66.9%

24.2%

1.0%

92.1%

65.8%

23.7%

1.4%

90.9%

64.3%

22.7%

2.1%

89.1%

Commercial Loans    Commercial loans consist of commercial and industrial loans, asset-based loans, commercial real 
estate loans, commercial construction loans and small business loans.  The Bank offers secured and unsecured commercial loans 
for business purposes.  Commercial loans may be structured as term loans or as revolving or nonrevolving lines of credit including 
overdraft  protection,  credit  cards,  automatic  clearinghouse  (“ACH”)  exposure,  owner  and  nonowner-occupied  commercial 
mortgages as well as issuing standby letters of credit.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following pie chart shows the diversification of the commercial and industrial portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

Select Statistics Regarding the Commercial and Industrial Portfolio

Average Loan Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Largest Individual C&I exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
C&I Nonperforming Loans/C&I Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(Dollars in thousands)

210

16,000

0.53%

Commercial and industrial term loans generally have a repayment schedule of five years or less and, although the Bank 
occasionally originates some commercial term loans with interest rates which float in accordance with a designated index rate, 
the majority of commercial term loans have fixed rates of interest and are collateralized by equipment, machinery or other corporate 
assets.  In addition, the Bank generally obtains personal guarantees from the principals of the borrower for virtually all of its 
commercial loans.  At December 31, 2013, there were $427.0 million of term loans in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio.

Collateral for commercial and industrial revolving lines of credit may consist of accounts receivable, inventory, or both, as 
well as other business assets.  Commercial revolving lines of credit generally are reviewed on an annual basis and usually require 
substantial repayment of principal during the course of a year.  The vast majority of these revolving lines of credit have variable 
rates of interest.  At December 31, 2013, there were $357.2 million of revolving lines of credit in the commercial and industrial 
loan portfolio.

Included in the commercial and industrial portfolio are automobile and, to a lesser extent, boat, recreational vehicle, and 
other vehicle floor plan financing.  Floor plan loans are secured by the automobiles, boats, or other vehicles, which constitute the 
dealer’s inventory.  Upon the sale of a floor plan unit, the proceeds of the sale are applied to reduce the loan balance.  In the event 
a unit financed under a floor plan line of credit remains in the dealer’s inventory for an extended period, the Bank requires the 
dealer to pay-down the outstanding balance associated with such unit.  Contractors hired by the Bank make unannounced periodic 
inspections of each dealer to review the condition of the underlying collateral and ensure that each unit that the Company has 
financed is accounted for.  At December 31, 2013, there were $72.7 million in floor plan loans, all of which have variable rates 
of interest.

Small business lending caters to all of the banking needs of businesses with commercial credit requirements and revenues 
typically less than or equal to $250,000 and $2.5 million, respectively, and uses partially automated loan underwriting capabilities.  
Additionally, the Company makes use of the Bank’s authority as a preferred lender with the U.S. Small Business Administration 
(“SBA”).   At  December 31,  2013,  there  were  $28.5  million  of  SBA  guaranteed  loans  in  the  commercial  and  industrial  and 
commercial real estate loan categories, and $4.3 million of SBA guaranteed loans in the small business loan category.

The  Bank’s  commercial  real  estate  portfolio,  inclusive  of  commercial  construction,  is  the  Bank’s  largest  loan  type 
concentration.  This portfolio is well-diversified with loans secured by a variety of property types, such as owner-occupied and 
nonowner-occupied commercial, retail, office, industrial, warehouse, industrial development bonds, and other special purpose 

7

properties,  such  as  hotels,  motels,  nursing  homes,  restaurants,  churches,  recreational  facilities,  marinas,  and  golf  courses. 
Commercial real estate also includes loans secured by certain residential-related property types including multi-family apartment 
buildings, residential development tracts and condominiums.

The following pie chart shows the diversification of the commercial real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

Select Statistics Regarding the Commercial Real Estate Portfolio

Average loan size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Largest individual CRE exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
CRE nonperforming loans/CRE loans. . . . . . . . . . .
Owner occupied CRE loans/CRE loans . . . . . . . . .

713

18,000

0.51%

17.5%

(Dollars in thousands)

Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans typically are underwritten with maturities of five to ten years.  These 
loans generally have amortization periods of 20 to 25 years, with interest rates that float in accordance with a designated index or 
that are fixed during the origination process.  For loans with terms greater than five years, interest rates may be fixed for no longer 
than five years and are reset typically on the fifth anniversary of the loan.  It is the Bank’s policy to obtain personal guarantees 
from the principals of the borrower on commercial real estate loans and to obtain financial statements at least annually from all 
actively managed commercial and multi-family borrowers.

Commercial real estate lending entails additional risks as compared to residential real estate lending.  Commercial real 
estate loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers.  Development of commercial 
real estate projects also may be subject to numerous land use and environmental issues.  The payment experience on such loans 
is typically dependent on the successful operation of the real estate project, which can be significantly impacted by supply and 
demand conditions within the markets for commercial, retail, office, industrial/warehouse and multi-family tenancy.

Also included in the commercial real estate portfolio are industrial developmental bonds.  The Bank owns certain bonds 
issued by various state agencies, municipalities and nonprofit organizations that it categorizes as loans.  This categorization is 
made on the basis that another entity (i.e. the Bank’s customer), not the issuing agency, is responsible for the payment to the Bank 
of the principal and interest on the debt.  Furthermore, credit underwriting is based solely on the credit of the customer (and 
guarantors, if any), the banking relationship is with the customer and not the agency, there is no active secondary market for the 
bonds, and the bonds are not available for sale, but are intended to be held by the Bank until maturity.  Therefore, the Bank believes 
that  such  bonds  are  more  appropriately  characterized  as  loans,  rather  than  securities.   At  December 31,  2013,  the  balance  of 
industrial development bonds was $47.1 million.

Construction loans are intended to finance the construction of residential and commercial properties, including loans for 
the acquisition and development of land or rehabilitation of existing properties.  Nonpermanent construction loans generally have 
terms of at least six months, but not more than two years.  They usually do not provide for amortization of the loan balance during 

8

the construction term.  The majority of the Bank’s commercial construction loans have floating rates of interest.  At December 31, 
2013 the commercial construction portfolio amounted to $223.9 million.

Construction loans are generally considered to present a higher degree of risk than permanent real estate loans and may be 
affected by a variety of factors, such as adverse changes in interest rates and the borrower’s ability to control costs and adhere to 
time schedules.  Other construction-related risks may include market risk, that is, the risk that “for-sale” or “for-lease” units may 
or may not be absorbed by the market within a developer’s anticipated time-frame or at a developer’s anticipated price.  When 
the Company enters into a loan agreement with a borrower on a construction loan, an interest reserve may be included in the 
amount of the loan commitment to the borrower and it allows the lender to periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges 
on the outstanding balance of the loan.  The interest may be capitalized and added to the loan balance.  Management actively 
tracks and monitors these accounts.  At December 31, 2013 the amount of interest reserves relating to construction loans was 
approximately $2.7 million.

Consumer Real Estate Loans    The Bank’s consumer real estate loans consist of loans and lines secured by one-to-four 

family residential properties.

The Bank originates both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate loans.  The Bank will lend up to 97% of the 
lesser of the appraised value of the residential property securing the loan or the purchase price, and generally requires borrowers 
to obtain private mortgage insurance when the amount of the loan exceeds 80% of the value of the property.  In certain instances 
for loans that qualify for the Fannie Mae Home Affordable Refinance Initiative and other similar programs, the Bank will lend up 
to 125% of the appraised value of the residential property, and such loans are then subsequently sold by the Bank.  The rates of 
these loans are typically competitive with market rates.  The Bank’s residential real estate loans are generally originated only under 
terms, conditions and documentation which permit sale in the secondary market.  The Bank generally requires title insurance 
protecting the priority of its mortgage lien, as well as fire, extended coverage casualty and flood insurance, when necessary, in 
order to protect the properties securing its residential and other real estate loans.  Independent appraisers assess properties securing 
all of the Bank’s first mortgage real estate loans, as required by regulatory standards.

Home equity loans and lines may be made as a fixed rate term loan or under a variable rate revolving line of credit secured 
by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence or second home.  At December 31, 2013, 60.5% of the home equity 
portfolio was in first lien position and 39.5% of the portfolio was in second lien position.  At December 31, 2013, $360.1 million, 
or 43.8%, of the home equity portfolio were term loans and $462.1 million, or 56.2%, of the home equity portfolio was comprised 
of revolving lines of credit.  The Bank will typically originate home equity loans and lines in an amount up to 80% of the appraised 
value or on-line valuation, reduced for any loans outstanding which are secured by such collateral.  Home equity loans and lines 
are underwritten in accordance with the Bank’s loan policy, which includes a combination of credit score, loan-to-value (“LTV”) 
ratio, employment history and debt-to-income ratio.

The Bank does supplement performance data with current Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) and LTV estimates.  Current 
FICO data is purchased and appended to all consumer loans on a quarterly basis.  In addition, automated valuation services and 
broker opinions of value are used to supplement original value data for the residential and home equity portfolios.  Use of re-score 
and re-value data enables the Bank to better understand the current credit risk associated with these loans, but is not the only factor 
relied upon in determining a borrower’s creditworthiness.  See Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses and Credit Quality” 
within Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for more information regarding FICO and LTV 
estimates.

Other Consumer Loans    The Bank makes loans for a wide variety of personal needs.  Consumer loans primarily consist 
of installment loans and overdraft protection.  The Bank’s consumer loans also include auto, unsecured loans, loans secured by 
deposit accounts and loans to purchase motorcycles, recreational vehicles, or boats.  The lending policy allows lending up to 80% 
of the purchase price of vehicles other than automobiles, with terms of up to three years for motorcycles and up to fifteen years 
for recreational vehicles.

9

Investment Activities

The Bank’s securities portfolio consists of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Government  agency securities, agency mortgage-
backed securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations, state, county, and municipal securities, corporate debt, single issuer 
and pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers and marketable securities, comprised primarily of investments 
in mutual funds.  The majority of these securities are investment grade debt obligations with average lives of five years or less.  
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agency securities entail a lesser degree of risk than loans made by the Bank by virtue of the 
guarantees that back them, require less capital under risk-based capital rules than noninsured or nonguaranteed mortgage loans, 
are more liquid than individual mortgage loans, and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Bank.  The 
Bank views its securities portfolio as a source of income and liquidity.  Interest and principal payments generated from securities 
provide a source of liquidity to fund loans and meet short-term cash needs.  The Bank’s securities portfolio is managed in accordance 
with the Rockland Trust Company Investment Policy ("Investment Policy") adopted by the Board of Directors.  The Chief Executive 
Officer or the Chief Financial Officer may make investments with the approval of one additional member of the Asset/Liability 
Management Committee, subject to limits on the type, size and quality of all investments, which are specified in the Investment 
Policy.  The Bank’s Asset/Liability Management Committee, or its appointee, is required to evaluate any proposed purchase from 
the standpoint of overall diversification of the portfolio.  At December 31, 2013, the Company's securities totaled $707.5 million, 
inclusive of the acquired Mayflower security portfolio of $78.0 million, and generated interest and dividends of 7.4%, 8.5%, and 
10.6% of total interest income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  The Company reviews 
its security portfolio for impairment and to ensure collection of principal and interest.  If any securities are deferring interest 
payments, as they may be contractually entitled to do, the Company would place these securities on nonaccrual status and reverse 
any accrued but uncollected interest.  The Company had $1.5 million of nonaccrual securities, at fair value, at December 31, 2013.

Sources of Funds

Deposits    At December 31, 2013, total deposits were $5.0 billion.  Deposits obtained through the Bank’s branch banking 
network have traditionally been the principal source of the Bank’s funds for use in lending and for other general business purposes.   
The Bank has built a stable base of in-market core deposits from consumers, businesses, and municipalities.  The Bank offers a 
range of demand deposits, interest checking, money market accounts, savings accounts, and time certificates of deposit.  Interest 
rates on deposits are based on factors that include loan demand, deposit maturities, alternative costs of funds, and interest rates 
offered by competing financial institutions in the Bank’s market area.  The Bank believes it has been able to attract and maintain 
satisfactory levels of deposits based on the level of service it provides to its customers, the convenience of its banking locations, 
its electronic banking options, and its interest rates, that are generally competitive with those of competing financial institutions.  
Additionally,  the  Bank  has  a  municipal  banking  department  that  focuses  on  providing  core  depository  services  to  local 
municipalities.  As of December 31, 2013, municipal deposits totaled $534.2 million.  Occasionally when rates and terms are 
favorable, and in keeping with the Bank’s interest rate risk and liquidity strategy, the Bank will supplement its customer deposit 
base with brokered deposits.  As of December 31, 2013, brokered deposits totaled $77.5 million.  Included in this amount are 
balances associated with the Bank's participation in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) program, 
which allows the Bank to provide easy access to multi-million dollar Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance 
protection on Certificate of Deposit investments for consumers, businesses and public entities.  As of December 31, 2013, CDARS 
deposits totaled $53.7 million, or 69.4% of total brokered deposits. 

Rockland Trust’s seventy-eight branch locations are supplemented by the Bank’s internet and mobile banking services as 
well as automated teller machine (“ATM”) cards and debit cards which may be used to conduct various banking transactions at 
ATMs maintained at each of the Bank’s full-service offices and nine additional remote ATM locations.  The ATM cards and debit 
cards also allow customers access to a variety of national and international ATM networks.  The Bank's mobile banking services 
gives customers the ability to use a variety of mobile devices to check balances, track account activity, search transactions, and 
set up alerts for text or e-mail messages for changes in their account.  Customers can also transfer funds between Rockland Trust 
accounts and identify the nearest branch or ATM directly from their phone.  An additional feature to the mobile banking suite is 
a capability called mDeposit, which allows the Bank’s customers to deposit a check into their account directly from their mobile 
device.

Borrowings    As of December 31, 2013, total borrowings were $448.5 million.  Borrowings consist of short-term and long-
term obligations and may consist of Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, federal funds purchased, securities sold under 
repurchase agreements, junior subordinated debentures, and other borrowings.

In 1994, Rockland became a member of the FHLB of Boston.  The primary reason for FHLB membership is to gain access 
to a reliable source of wholesale funding, particularly term funding, as a tool to manage interest rate risk.  As a member of the 
FHLB of Boston, the Bank is required to purchase stock in the FHLB.  Accordingly, the Company had invested $39.9 million in 
FHLB stock and had $139.9 million outstanding, exclusive of fair value marks, in FHLB borrowings with initial maturities ranging 
from 3 months to 20 years at December 31, 2013.  In addition, the Bank had $668.1 million of borrowing capacity remaining with 
the FHLB at December 31, 2013, inclusive of a $5.0 million line of credit. 

10

The Company also has access to other forms of borrowing, such as securities repurchase agreements.  In a security repurchase 
agreement transaction, the Bank will generally sell a security, agreeing to repurchase either the same or a substantially identical 
security on a specified later date, at a price greater than the original sales price.  The difference between the sale price and purchase 
price is the cost of the proceeds, which is recorded as interest expense.  The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to 
counterparties as security for the repurchase obligation.  Since the securities are treated as collateral and the agreement does not 
qualify for the full transfer of effective control, the transaction does not meet the criteria to be classified as a sale and is therefore 
considered a secured borrowing transaction for accounting purposes.  Payments on such borrowings are interest only until the 
scheduled repurchase date.  In a repurchase agreement the Bank is subject to the risk that the purchaser may default at maturity 
and  not  return  the  securities  underlying  the  agreements.    In  order  to  minimize  this  potential  risk,  the  Bank  either  deals  with 
established firms when entering into these transactions or with customers whose agreements stipulate that the securities underlying 
the agreement are not delivered to the customer and instead are held in segregated safekeeping accounts by the Bank’s safekeeping 
agents.  At December 31, 2013, the Bank had $50.0 million and $149.3 million of repurchase agreements with investment brokerage 
firms and customers, respectively.

Also included in borrowings at December 31, 2013 were $73.9 million of junior subordinated debentures and $30.0 million 
of subordinated debt.  These instruments provide long-term funding as well as regulatory capital benefits.  The Company also 
entered into a revolving line of credit during 2012 and had $5.0 million outstanding on this line at December 31, 2013.  See Note 
8, “Borrowings” within Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for more information regarding 
borrowings.

Investment Management

The Rockland Trust Investment Management Group provides investment management and trust services to individuals, 
institutions, small businesses, and charitable institutions throughout Eastern Massachusetts, including Cape Cod, and Rhode Island.

Accounts maintained by the Rockland Trust Investment Management Group consist of managed and nonmanaged accounts. 
Managed accounts are those for which the Bank is responsible for administration and investment management and/or investment 
advice, while nonmanaged accounts are those for which the Bank acts solely as a custodian or directed trustee.  The Bank receives 
fees dependent upon the level and type of service(s) provided.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Investment Management 
Group generated gross fee revenues of $15.4 million.  Total assets under administration as of December 31, 2013 were $2.3 billion, 
of which $2.0 billion was related to managed accounts.  Included in these amounts as of December 31, 2013 are assets under 
administration of $195.9 million, relating to the Company's registered investment advisor, Bright Rock Capital Management, LLC, 
which provides institutional quality investment management services to both institutional and high net worth clients.

The administration of trust and fiduciary accounts is monitored by the Trust Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. 
The Trust Committee has delegated administrative responsibilities to three committees, one for investments, one for administration, 
and one for operations, all of which are comprised of Investment Management Group officers who meet no less than quarterly.

The Bank has an agreement with LPL Financial (“LPL”) and its affiliates and their insurance subsidiary, LPL Insurance 
Associates, Inc., to offer the sale of mutual fund shares, unit investment trust shares, general securities, fixed and variable annuities 
and life insurance.  Registered representatives who are both employed by the Bank and licensed and contracted with LPL are 
onsite to offer these products to the Bank’s customer base.  These same agents are also approved and appointed with the Smith 
Companies LTD, a division of Capitas Financial, LLC, an insurance general agent, to offer term, whole and universal life insurance, 
and long term care insurance.  The Bank also has an agreement with Savings Bank Life Insurance of Massachusetts (“SBLI”) to 
enable appropriately licensed Bank employees to offer SBLI’s fixed annuities and life insurance to the Bank’s customer base.  For 
the year ended December 31, 2013, the retail investments and insurance group generated gross fee revenues of $1.4 million.

Regulation

The  following  discussion  sets  forth  certain  material  elements  of  the  regulatory  framework  applicable  to  bank  holding 
companies and their subsidiaries and provides certain specific information relevant to the Company.  To the extent that the following 
information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and 
regulatory provisions.  A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the Company’s 
business.  The laws and regulations governing the Company and the Bank that are described in the following discussion generally 
have been promulgated to protect depositors and not for the purpose of protecting stockholders.

General    The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHCA”), 
as amended, and as such is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). 
Rockland Trust is subject to regulation and examination by the Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts 
(the “Commissioner”) and the FDIC.

11

The Bank Holding Company Act    The BHCA prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or 
control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any bank, or increasing such ownership or control of any bank, without 
prior approval of the Federal Reserve.  The BHCA also prohibits the Company from, with certain exceptions, acquiring more than 
5% of any class of voting shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than banking or 
managing or controlling banks.

Under the BHCA, the Federal Reserve is authorized to approve the ownership by the Company of shares in any company, 
the activities of which the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks 
as to be a proper incident thereto.  The Federal Reserve has, by regulation, determined that some activities are closely related to 
banking within the meaning of the BHCA.  These activities include, but are not limited to, operating a mortgage company, finance 
company, credit card company, factoring company, trust company or savings association; performing data processing operations; 
providing some securities brokerage services; acting as an investment or financial adviser; acting as an insurance agent for types 
of credit-related insurance; engaging in insurance underwriting under limited circumstances; leasing personal property on a full-
payout, nonoperating basis; providing tax planning and preparation services; operating a collection agency and a credit bureau; 
providing consumer financial counseling and courier services.  The Federal Reserve also has determined that other activities, 
including real estate brokerage and syndication, land development, property management and, except under limited circumstances, 
underwriting of life insurance not related to credit transactions, are not closely related to banking and are not a proper incident 
thereto.

Financial Services Modernization Legislation    The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB”) repealed provisions of 
the  Glass-Steagall Act  which  restricted  the  affiliation  of  Federal  Reserve  member  banks  with  firms  “engaged  principally”  in 
specified  securities  activities,  and  which  restricted  officer,  director,  or  employee  interlocks  between  a  member  bank  and  any 
company or person “primarily engaged” in specified securities activities.

In  addition,  the  GLB  preempts  any  state  law  restricting  the  establishment  of  financial  affiliations,  primarily  related  to 
insurance.  The general effect of the law has been to establish a comprehensive framework permitting affiliations among commercial 
banks, insurance companies, securities firms and other financial service providers, by revising and expanding the BHCA framework 
to permit a holding company to engage in a full range of financial activities through a new entity known as a “financial holding 
company.”  “Financial activities” is broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance and securities activities, but also 
merchant banking and additional activities that the Federal Reserve Board, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, 
determines to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial 
risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.

The GLB also permits national banks to engage in expanded activities through the formation of financial subsidiaries.  A 
national bank may have a subsidiary engaged in any activity authorized for national banks directly or any financial activity, except 
for insurance underwriting, insurance investments, real estate investment or development, or merchant banking, which may only 
be conducted through a subsidiary of a financial holding company.  Financial activities include all activities permitted under the 
BHCA or permitted by regulation.

Because the GLB permits banks, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry has 
experienced further consolidation which has increased the amount of competition that the Company faces from larger institutions 
and other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than 
the Company.

Interstate Banking    The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended by the Riegle-
Neal Amendments Act of 1997 (the “Interstate Banking Act”), permits bank holding companies to acquire banks in states other 
than their home state without regard to state laws that previously restricted or prohibited such acquisitions except for any state 
requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the 
requirement that the bank holding company, after the proposed acquisition, controls no more than 10 percent of the total amount 
of deposits of insured depository institutions in the United States and no more than 30 percent or such lesser or greater amount 
set by state law of such deposits in that state.  The Interstate Banking Act also facilitates the operation by state-chartered banks 
of branch networks across state lines.

Pursuant to Massachusetts law, no approval to acquire a banking institution, acquire additional shares in a banking institution, 
acquire substantially all the assets of a banking institution, or merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, may be 
given if the bank being acquired has been in existence for a period less than three years or, as a result, the bank holding company 
would control, in excess of 30% of the total deposits of all state and federally chartered banks in Massachusetts, unless waived 
by the Commissioner.  With the prior written approval of the Commissioner, Massachusetts also permits the establishment of de 
novo branches in Massachusetts to the full extent permitted by the Interstate Banking Act, provided the laws of the home state of 

12

such out-of-state bank expressly authorize, under conditions no more restrictive than those of Massachusetts, Massachusetts’ banks 
to establish and operate de novo branches in such state.

Capital Requirements    The Federal Reserve has adopted capital adequacy guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the 
adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications to it under the BHCA. 
The Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines which generally require bank holding companies to maintain total capital equal 
to 8% of total risk-weighted assets, with at least one-half of that amount consisting of Tier 1, or core capital, and up to one-half 
of that amount consisting of Tier 2, or supplementary capital.  Tier 1 capital, for bank holding companies generally consists of the 
sum of common stockholders’ equity and perpetual preferred stock (subject in the latter case to limitations on the kind and amount 
of such stocks which may be included as Tier 1 capital), less net unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities and 
on cash flow hedges, post retirement adjustments recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), and goodwill 
and other intangible assets required to be deducted from capital.  Tier 2 capital generally consists of perpetual preferred stock 
which is not eligible to be included as Tier 1 capital; hybrid capital instruments such as perpetual debt and mandatory convertible 
debt securities, and term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock; and, subject to limitations, the allowance for 
loan losses.  Assets are adjusted under the risk-based guidelines to take into account different risk characteristics, with the categories 
ranging from 0% (requiring no additional capital), for assets such as cash, up to 1250%, which is a dollar-for-dollar capital charge 
on certain assets such as securities that are not eligible for the ratings based approach.  The majority of assets held by a bank 
holding company are risk-weighted at 100%, including certain commercial and consumer loans.  Single family residential first 
mortgage loans which are not 90 days or more past due or nonperforming and which have been made in accordance with prudent 
underwriting standards are assigned a 50% level in the risk-weighting system, as are certain privately-issued mortgage-backed 
securities representing indirect ownership of such loans and certain multi-family housing loans.  Off-balance sheet items also are 
adjusted to take into account certain risk characteristics.

In addition to the risk-based capital requirements, the Federal Reserve requires bank holding companies to maintain a 
minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3.0%.  Total assets for this purpose do not include goodwill and 
any other intangible assets or investments that the Federal Reserve determines should be deducted from Tier 1 capital.  The Federal 
Reserve also limits the inclusion of restricted core capital elements, which include trust preferred securities, in Tier 1 capital of 
bank holding companies.  The inclusion of these elements is limited to an amount equal to one-third of the sum of unrestricted 
core capital less goodwill, net of deferred tax liabilities.  Based on these limits, the Company has not had to exclude its trust 
preferred securities when calculating Tier 1 capital.  Additionally, the Collins Amendment of the Dodd-Frank Act, which was 
enacted in 2010, includes regulation regarding the inclusion of hybrid capital instruments, which includes trust preferred securities, 
as regulatory capital.  The Collins Amendment results in a three-year phase out of such instruments from inclusion in regulatory 
capital; however the Company’s capital position will not be impacted, as companies with less than $15 billion in assets  receive 
grandfathered capital treatment on its trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010.  The Federal Reserve has announced 
that the 3.0% Tier 1 leverage capital ratio requirement is the minimum for the top-rated bank holding companies without any 
supervisory, financial or operational weaknesses or deficiencies or those which are not experiencing or anticipating significant 
growth.  Other bank holding companies are expected to maintain Tier 1 leverage capital ratios of at least 4.0% to 5.0% or more, 
depending on their overall condition.

The Company currently is in compliance with the above-described regulatory capital requirements.  At December 31, 2013, 
the Company had Tier 1 capital and total capital equal to 10.78% and 12.58% of total risk-weighted adjusted assets, respectively, 
and Tier 1 leverage capital equal to 8.64% of total average assets.  As of such date, the Bank complied with the applicable bank 
federal regulatory risked based capital requirements, with Tier 1 capital and total capital equal to 10.63% and 12.42% of total risk-
weighted assets, respectively, and Tier 1 leverage capital equal to 8.51% of total average assets.

The FDIC has promulgated regulations and adopted a statement of policy regarding the capital adequacy of state-chartered 
banks, which, like the Bank, are not members of the Federal Reserve System.  These requirements are substantially similar to 
those adopted by the Federal Reserve regarding bank holding companies, as described above.  The FDIC’s capital regulations 
establish a minimum 3.0% Tier 1 leverage capital to total assets requirement for the most highly-rated state-chartered, nonmember 
banks, with an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points for all other state-chartered, nonmember banks, which effectively 
will increase the minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio for such banks to 4.0% or 5.0% or more.

13

Each federal banking agency has broad powers to implement a system of prompt corrective action to resolve problems of 

financial institutions that it regulates which are not adequately capitalized.  The current minimum levels are set forth below:

Bank

Holding Company

Total Risk-
Based Ratio

Tier 1 Risk-
Based Ratio

Tier 1
Leverage
Capital
Ratio

Total Risk-
Based Ratio

Tier 1 Risk-
Based Ratio

Category
Well capitalized . . . . . . . . .
Adequately capitalized. . . .
Undercapitalized . . . . . . . .
Significantly
undercapitalized . . . . . . . . .

> 10% and
> 8% and
< 8% or

> 6% and
> 4% and
< 4% or

> 5%
> 4%*
< 4%*

n/a

> 8% and
< 8% or

n/a

> 4% and
< 4% or

< 6% or

< 3% or

< 3%

n/a

n/a

Tier 1
Leverage
Capital
Ratio

n/a
> 4%
< 4%

n/a

*3% for institutions with a rating of one under the regulatory CAMELS or related rating system that are not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and 
have well-diversified risk.

A bank is considered critically undercapitalized if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 
2.0%.  At December 31, 2013, the Company’s tangible equity ratio was 6.91% and the Bank had capital in amounts which met or 
exceeded the minimum amounts to be considered a “well-capitalized institution” as defined by federal banking agencies.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking 
organizations, referred to herein as the Rules.  The FDIC has adopted substantially identical rules (as interim final rules).  The 
Rules  implement  the  Basel  Committee’s  December  2010  framework,  commonly  referred  to  as  Basel  III,  for  strengthening 
international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  The Rules substantially revise the risk-based 
capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including the Company and the Bank, 
compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital rules.  The Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting 
the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios.  The Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the 
denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach, which was derived 
from Basel I capital accords of the Basel Committee, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the standardized 
approach in the Basel Committee’s 2004 Basel II capital accords.  The Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A 
of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules.  The Rules are effective 
for the Company on January 1, 2015 (subject to phase-in periods for certain components).

The Rules, among other things: (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1,” or CET1; (ii) specify 
that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements; (iii) apply most 
deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, thus potentially requiring 
higher levels of CET1 in order to meet minimum ratios; and (iv) expand the scope of the reductions/adjustments from capital as 
compared to existing regulations.

Under the Rules, the minimum capital ratios for the Company and the Bank as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets. 

 6.0% Tier 1 capital (i.e., CET1 plus Additional Tier 1) to risk-weighted assets. 

 8.0% Total capital (i.e., Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets. 

 4.0% Tier 1 leverage capital ratio. 

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Rules will also require the Company and the Bank to maintain a “capital 
conservation buffer” in an amount greater than 2.5%, composed entirely of CET1, on top of the minimum risk-weighted asset 
ratios.  The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.  Banking institutions that 
meet the minimum capital requirements of 4.5%, 6.0% and 8.0% for CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital, respectively, but fall below 
the capital conservation buffer, will face constraints on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers 
based on the amount of the shortfall.  The capital conservation buffer effectively increases the minimum CET1 capital ratio to 
7.0%, the minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 8.5%, and the minimum total risk-based capital ratio to 10.5%, for banking 
organizations seeking to avoid the limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.  The 
implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at an amount of 0.625% and will increase by 
0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

14

 
The Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1.  These include, for example, the requirement 
that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income, and significant investments in common 
equity issued by nonconsolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% 
of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

Under  current  capital  standards,  the  effects  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  items  included  in  capital  are 
excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios.  Under the Rules, the effects of certain accumulated other 
comprehensive items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including the Company and 
the Bank, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items effective as of January 1, 2015.

The deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will be phased in incrementally between January 1, 2015 and January 1, 

2018.

With respect to the Bank, the Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Act, by: (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each capital quality level (other than critically 
undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital 
ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to 
the current 6%); and (iii) requiring a leverage ratio of 5% to be well-capitalized (as compared to the current required leverage 
ratio of 3 or 4%).  The Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any “prompt corrective action” category. 
When the capital conservation buffer is fully phased in, the capital ratios applicable to depository institutions under the Rules will 
exceed the ratios to be considered well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations.  

The Rules prescribe a standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets that expand the risk-weighting categories 
from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of 
categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. Government and agency securities, to 600% 
for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories.  In addition, the Rules also 
provide more advantageous risk weights for derivatives and repurchase-style transactions cleared through a qualifying central 
counterparty and increase the scope of eligible guarantors and eligible collateral for purposes of credit risk mitigation.

The revised minimum capital levels under the Rules which will be applicable to the Bank and the Company are set forth 

below:

Bank

Holding Company

Total
Risk-
Based
Ratio

Tier 1
Risk-
Based
Ratio

Common
Equity
Tier 1
Capital

Tier 1
Leverage
Capital
Ratio

Total
Risk-
Based
Ratio

Tier 1
Risk-
Based
Ratio

Tier 1
Leverage
Capital
Ratio

Category
Well capitalized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10% and
> 8% and
Adequately capitalized . . . . . . . . . .
Undercapitalized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Significantly undercapitalized . . . .

< 6% or

< 8% or

> 8% and
> 6% and

> 6.5%
> 4.5%

< 6% or

> 4.5%

< 4% or

> 3%

> 5%
> 4%

< 4%

< 3%

n/a

n/a

> 8% and > 6% and

< 8% or < 6% or

n/a

n/a

n/a
> 4%

< 4%

n/a

The Company believes that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company and the Bank would meet all capital adequacy 
requirements under the Rules on a fully phased-in basis if such requirements were currently effective, including after giving effect 
to the deductions described above.

Commitments to Affiliated Institutions    Under Federal Reserve policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of 
financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank.  This support may be required at times when the 
Company may not be able to provide such support.  Similarly, under the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Act, in the event of a loss suffered or anticipated by the FDIC - either as a result of default of a banking or thrift subsidiary of a 
bank holding company such as the Company or related to FDIC assistance provided to a subsidiary in danger of default - the other 
banking subsidiaries of such bank holding company may be assessed for the FDIC’s loss, subject to certain exceptions.

Limitations on Acquisitions of Common Stock    The federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CBCA”) prohibits a person 
or group of persons from acquiring control of a bank holding company or bank unless the appropriate federal bank regulator has 
been given 60 days prior written notice of such proposed acquisition and within that time period such regulator has not issued a 

15

 
 
notice disapproving the proposed acquisition or extending for up to another 30 days the period during which such a disapproval 
may be issued.  The acquisition of 25% or more of any class of voting securities constitutes the acquisition of control under the 
CBCA.  In addition, under a rebuttal presumption established under the CBCA regulations, the acquisition of 10% or more of a 
class of voting stock of a bank holding company or a FDIC insured bank, with a class of securities registered under or subject to 
the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, 
constitute the acquisition of control.

Any company would be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHCA before acquiring 25% (5% 
in the case of an acquirer that is a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding common stock of, or such lesser number of 
shares as constitute control over the company.  Such approval would be contingent upon, among other things, the acquirer registering 
as a bank holding company, divesting all impermissible holdings and ceasing any activities not permissible for a bank holding 
company.  The Company does not own more than 5% voting stock in any banking institution other than the Bank.

FDIC Deposit Insurance    The Bank's deposit accounts are insured to the maximum extent permitted by law by the Deposit 
Insurance Fund which is administered by the FDIC. The FDIC offers insurance coverage on deposits up to the federally insured 
limit of $250,000.  At December 31, 2013 there were $1.9 billion in deposits with balances over $250,000.  

The Bank is currently assessed a deposit insurance charge from the FDIC based upon the Bank's overall assessment base 
multiplied by an assessment rate, determined from five established risk categories.  The Bank's assessment base is defined as 
average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, adjusted for the impact of the risk category factors.  During 2013, 
the Company expensed $3.6 million for this assessment.

Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”)    Pursuant to the CRA and similar provisions of Massachusetts law, regulatory 
authorities review the performance of the Company and the Bank in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the 
Bank.  The applicable regulatory authorities consider compliance with this law in connection with applications for, among other 
things,  approval  of  new  branches,  branch  relocations,  engaging  in  certain  additional  financial  activities  under  the  GLB,  and 
acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies.  The FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks have assigned the Bank 
a CRA rating of Outstanding as of the latest examination.

Bank Secrecy Act    The Bank Secrecy Act requires financial institutions to keep records and file reports that are determined 
to have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax and regulatory matters, and to implement counter-money laundering programs 
and compliance procedures.

USA Patriot Act of 2001    The Patriot Act strengthens U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence communities’ abilities 
to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts.  The impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds 
is significant and wide ranging.  The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and 
imposes  various  regulations,  including  standards  for  verifying  client  identification  at  account  opening,  and  rules  to  promote 
cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in 
terrorism or money laundering.

Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002    The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (“SOX”)  implemented  a  broad  range  of  corporate 
governance and accounting measures to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and 
auditing improprieties at public companies, and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of disclosures under 
federal  securities  laws.   Among  other  things,  SOX  and/or  its  implementing  regulations  have  established  new  membership 
requirements and additional responsibilities for the Company’s audit committee, imposed restrictions on the relationship between 
the Company and its external auditors (including restrictions on the types of non-audit services the external auditors may provide), 
imposed additional responsibilities for the external financial statements on the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
expanded the disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, required management to evaluate disclosure controls and procedures, 
as well as internal control over financial reporting, and required the auditors to issue a report on the internal control over financial 
reporting.

Regulation W    Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the 
Federal Reserve Act.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Act applies Sections 23A and 23B to insured nonmember banks in the same 
manner and to the same extent as if they were members of the Federal Reserve System.  The Federal Reserve Board has also issued 
Regulation W, which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance 
with respect to affiliate transactions.  Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules, but expands 
the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate.  Affiliates of a bank include, among 
other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank.  The Company is considered 
to be an affiliate of the Bank.  In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank and its subsidiaries are limited in their 
ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:

16

 
• 

• 

to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one 
affiliate; and

to an amount equal to 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all 
affiliates.

In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms 
and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing 
at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;

a purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate;

a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;

the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; 
and

the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

In addition, under Regulation W:

• 

• 

a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate;

covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must 
be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and

•  with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by collateral 
with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, or the amount of the 
loan or extension of credit.

Regulation W generally excludes all nonbank and nonsavings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, 

except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.

New Markets Tax Credit Program    The New Markets Tax Credit Program was created in December 2000 under federal 
law to provide federal tax incentives to induce private-sector, market-driven investment in businesses and real estate development 
projects located in low-income urban and rural communities across the nation.  The New Markets Tax Credit Program is part of 
the United States Department of the Treasury Community Development Financial Institutions Fund.  The New Markets Tax Credit 
Program enables investors to acquire federal tax credits by making equity investments for a period of at least seven years in 
qualified  community  development  entities  which  have  been  awarded  tax  credit  allocation  authority  by,  and  entered  into  an 
Allocation Agreement with, the United States Treasury.  Community development entities must use equity investments to make 
loans to, or other investments in, qualified businesses and individuals in low-income communities in accordance with New Markets 
Tax Credit Program criteria.  Investors receive an overall tax credit equal to 39% of their total equity investment, credited at a rate 
of 5% in each of the first 3 years and 6% in each of the final 4 years.  More information on the New Markets Tax Credit Program 
may be obtained at www.cdfifund.gov.  (The Company has included the web address only as inactive textual references and does 
not intend it to be an active link to the New Markets Tax Credit Programs website.)  For further details about the Bank’s New 
Markets Tax Credit Program, see the paragraph entitled “Income Taxes” included in Item 7 below.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act    During 2010, Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall 
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).  This significant law affects the lending, deposit, investment, 
trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies.  Various federal agencies are given significant 
discretion in drafting and implementing a broad range of new rules and regulations, and consequently, while many new rules and 
regulation have been adopted, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many 
months or years.

Key provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are as follows:

• 

• 

eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have 
interest bearing checking accounts.  Since the regulations became effective, the Company has not seen an 
increased demand for interest bearing checking accounts.  Depending on future competitive responses, this 
significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on the Company’s interest expense.

broadened the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments.  Assessments are now 
based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution and the 
Company has seen a reduction in the amount of the FDIC assessment as a result of these changes.  The Dodd-

17

• 

• 

• 

• 

Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions 
and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor.

requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a nonbinding vote on executive compensation and 
so-called “golden parachute” payments.  The Company includes a proxy vote on executive compensation 
every year.  The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive 
compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded 
or not.  Additionally, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC and NASDAQ have adopted rules regarding 
compensation  committee  independence  and  compensation  consultant  conflicts  of  interest.   As  currently 
composed, the Company's compensation committee complies with the new independence requirements.

broadened the scope of derivative instruments, and the Company will be subject to increased regulation of its 
derivative  business,  including  margin  requirements,  record  keeping  and  reporting  requirements,  and 
heightened supervision.  The Company is actively monitoring regulations that are likely to impact its business 
operations and does not believe the regulations finalized to date will materially affect the Company's business 
results.

created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer 
protection laws.  Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined 
for compliance with consumer laws by their primary bank regulators.  The CFPB, along with the Department 
of Justice and bank regulatory authorities also seek to enforce discriminatory lending laws.  In such actions, 
the CFPB and others have used a disparate impact analysis, which measures discriminatory results without 
regard to intent.  Consequently, unintentional actions by the Bank could have a material adverse impact on 
our lending and results of operations if the actions are found to be discriminatory by our regulators.  

debit card and interchange fees must be reasonable and proportional to the issuer’s cost for processing the 
transaction.  The Federal Reserve Board has approved a debit card interchange regulation which caps an 
issuer’s base fee at $0.21 per transaction plus an additional fee computed at five basis-points of the transaction 
value. These standards apply to issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of $10 billion or more.  
The Company’s assets are under $10 billion and therefore it is not directly impacted by these provisions.

  In January 2013, the CFPB issued a series of final rules related to mortgage loan origination and mortgage loan servicing.  
In particular, the CFPB issued a final rule amending Regulation Z to implement certain amendments to the Truth in Lending Act. 
The rule implements statutory changes that lengthen the time for which a mandatory escrow account established for a higher-
priced mortgage loan must be maintained.  The rule also exempts certain transactions from the statute’s escrow requirement.  The 
CFPB issued a final rule implementing amendments to the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.  
The rule amends Regulation Z by expanding the types of mortgage loans that are subject to the protections of the Home Ownership 
and Equity Protections Act of 1994 (HOEPA), revising and expanding the tests for coverage under HOEPA, and imposing additional 
restrictions  on  mortgages  that  are  covered  by  HOEPA,  including  a  pre-loan  counseling  requirement.   The  rule  also  amends 
Regulation Z and Regulation X by imposing other requirements related to homeownership counseling. 

In addition, the CFPB amended Regulation B to implement changes to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The revisions to 
Regulation B require creditors to provide applicants with free copies of all appraisals and other written valuations developed in 
connection with an application for a loan to be secured by a first lien on a dwelling, and require creditors to notify applicants in 
writing  that  copies  of  appraisals  will  be  provided  to  them  promptly.    The  CFPB  also  amended  Regulation  Z  to  implement 
requirements  and  restrictions  to  the  Truth  in  Lending Act  concerning  loan  originator  compensation,  qualifications  of,  and 
registration or licensing of loan originators, compliance procedures for depository institutions, mandatory arbitration, and the 
financing of single-premium credit insurance.  These amendments revise or provide additional commentary on Regulation Z’s 
restrictions on loan originator compensation, including application of these restrictions to prohibitions on dual compensation and 
compensation based on a term of a transaction or a proxy for a term of a transaction, and to recordkeeping requirements.  This 
rule also establishes tests for when loan originators can be compensated through certain profits-based compensation arrangements. 

The final rules also implement the ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage (QM) provisions of the Truth in Lending Act, 
as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “QM Rule”). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good 
faith determinations that borrowers are able to repay their mortgages before extending the credit based on a number of factors and 
consideration of financial information about the borrower from reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank 
Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to a presumption that the lender satisfied 
the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for prime loans meeting the QM 
requirements, and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced/subprime loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a 
“qualified mortgage” incorporates the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 
years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43 percent debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM 

18

definition, though some mortgages that meet GSE, FHA and VA underwriting and eligibility guidelines may, for a period not to 
exceed seven years, meet the QM definition without being subject to the 43 percent debt-to-income limits. 

The CFPB has continued to issue final rules regarding mortgages.  The Company cannot assure you that existing or future 
regulations will not have a material adverse impact on the Bank’s residential mortgage loan business or the housing market in 
which we participate.  

The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous other provisions affecting financial institutions of all types, many of which may 
have an impact on the Bank’s operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways.  Consequently, the Dodd-Frank Act 
may continue to increase the Company's cost of doing business, it may limit or expand the Bank's permissible activities, and it 
may affect the competitive balance within the industry and market areas.  The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory 
changes affecting financial institutions, including as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, remains unpredictable at this time. 

Volcker Rule  On December 10, 2013, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the FDIC, the 
CFTC and the SEC issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule contained in section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, generally 
to become effective on July 21, 2015. The Volcker Rule prohibits an insured depository institution and its affiliates from: (i) 
engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain types of funds (defined as “Covered Funds”) subject 
to certain limited exceptions.   The rule also effectively prohibits short-term trading strategies by any U.S. banking entity if those 
strategies involve instruments other than those specifically permitted for trading and prohibits the use of some hedging strategies. 
The Company identified no investments held as of December 31, 2013 that meet the definition of Covered Funds and that are 
required to be divested by July 21, 2015 under the foregoing rules.

Regulation E    Federal Reserve Board Regulation E governs electronic fund transfers and provides a basic framework that 
establishes the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in electronic fund transfer systems such as automated teller 
machine transfers, telephone bill-payment services, point-of-sale terminal transfers in stores, and preauthorized transfers from or 
to a consumer’s account (such as direct deposit and social security payments).  The term “electronic fund transfer” generally refers 
to a transaction initiated through an electronic terminal, telephone, computer, or magnetic tape that instructs a financial institution 
either to credit or to debit a consumer’s asset account.  Regulation E describes the disclosures which financial institutions are 
required to make to consumers who engage in electronic fund transfers and generally limits a consumer’s liability for unauthorized 
electronic fund transfers, such as those arising from loss or theft of an access device, to $50 for consumers who notify their bank 
in a timely manner.

Employees    As  of  December 31,  2013,  the  Bank  had  984  full  time  equivalent  employees.    None  of  the  Company’s 

employees are represented by a labor union and management considers its relationship with employees to be good.

Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies

The  statistical  disclosure  relating  to  Independent  Bank  Corp.  required  under  the  SEC's  Industry  Guide  3,  "Statistical 
Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies," is included in the section of Independent Bank Corp.'s 2013 SEC Form 10-K captioned,  
Selected Financial Data in Item 6 hereof ,  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  
in Item 7 hereof  and Note 8, “Borrowings” within Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof. 

19

Available Information

Under Section 13 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 the Company must file periodic and current reports 
with the SEC.  The public may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F 
Street N.E. Washington, DC 20549.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling 
the Public Reference Room at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The Company electronically files the following reports with the SEC: Form 10-
K (Annual Report), Form 10-Q (Quarterly Report), Form 11-K (Annual Report for Employees’ Savings, Profit Sharing and Stock 
Ownership Plan), Form 8-K (Report of Unscheduled Material Events), Forms S-4, S-3 and 8-A (Registration Statements),  Form 
DEF 14A (Proxy Statement), and  the Company may file additional forms as well.  The SEC maintains a website that contains 
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file  electronically  with  the  SEC,  at 
www.sec.gov, in which all forms filed electronically may be accessed.  Additionally, the Company’s annual report on Form 10-
K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant 
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material 
with, or furnishes to, the SEC and additional shareholder information are available free of charge on the Company’s website: 
www.RocklandTrust.com (within the Investor Relations tab).  Information contained on the Company’s website and the SEC 
website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.  (The Company has included the web address and the SEC website 
address only as inactive textual references and does not intend them to be active links to our website or the SEC website.)  The 
Company’s Code of Ethics and other Corporate Governance documents are also available on the Company’s website in the Investor 
Relations section of the website.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

Changes in interest rates could adversely impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.    The 
Company’s ability to make a profit, like that of most financial institutions, substantially depends upon its net interest income, 
which is the difference between the interest income earned on interest earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and 
the interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.  However, certain assets and liabilities 
may react differently to changes in market interest rates.  Further, interest rates on some types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate 
prior to changes in broader market interest rates, while rates on other types of assets may lag behind.  Additionally, some assets 
such as adjustable-rate mortgages have features, such as rate caps and floors, which restrict changes in their interest rates.

Factors such as inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, global disorder, instability in domestic and foreign 
financial markets, and other factors beyond the Company’s control, may affect interest rates.  Changes in market interest rates 
will also affect the level of voluntary prepayments on loans and the receipt of payments on mortgage-backed securities, resulting 
in the receipt of proceeds that may have to be reinvested at a lower rate than the loan or mortgage-backed security being prepaid.

The state of the financial and credit markets, and potential sovereign debt defaults may severely impact the global and 
domestic economies and may lead to a significantly tighter environment in terms of liquidity and availability of credit.  Economic 
growth may slow down and the national economy may experience additional recession periods.  Market disruption, government 
and  central  bank  policy  actions  intended  to  counteract  the  effects  of  recession,  changes  in  investor  expectations  regarding 
compensation for market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk and changing economic data could continue to have dramatic effects 
on both the volatility of and the magnitude of the directional movements of interest rates.  Although the Company pursues an 
asset/liability management strategy designed to control its risk from changes in interest rates, changes in market interest rates can 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s profitability.  

A  further  deterioration  of  the  credit  rating  for  U.S.  long-term  sovereign  debt  could  adversely  impact  the 
Company.    On August 5, 2011, Standard and Poor’s downgraded the U.S. long-term sovereign debt from AAA, the highest 
rating, to AA+, the second highest rating.  This downgrade did not directly impact the financial position or outlook for the Company, 
but a further downgrade as a result of an inability by the federal government to raise the U.S. debt limit or otherwise could result 
in a re-evaluation of the ‘risk-free’ rate used in many accounting models, other-than-temporary-impairment of securities and/or 
impairment of goodwill and other intangibles.  Given that future deterioration in the United States credit and financial markets is 
a possibility, no assurance can be made that losses or significant deterioration in the fair value of the Company’s U.S. government 
issued or guaranteed investments will not occur.  

If  the  Company  has  higher  than  anticipated  loan  losses  than  it  has  modeled,  its  earnings  could  materially 
decrease.    The Company’s loan customers may not repay loans according to their terms, and the collateral securing the payment 
of loans may be insufficient to assure repayment.  The Company may therefore experience significant credit losses which could 
have a material adverse effect on its operating results and capital ratios.  The Company makes various assumptions and judgments 
about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other 
assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans.  In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, the Company 
relies on its experience and its evaluation of economic conditions.  If its assumptions prove to be incorrect, its current allowance 
for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in its loan portfolio and an adjustment may be necessary to allow for 

20

different economic conditions or adverse developments in its loan portfolio.  Consequently, a problem with one or more loans 
could require the Company to significantly increase the level of its provision for loan losses.  In addition, federal and state regulators 
periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require it to increase its provision for loan losses or recognize 
further loan charge-offs.  Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease the Company’s net income.

A  significant  amount  of  the  Company’s  loans  are  concentrated  in  the  Bank’s  geographic  footprint  and  adverse 
conditions in this area could negatively impact its operations.    Substantially all of the loans the Company originates are 
secured by properties located in, or are made to businesses which operate in Massachusetts, and to a lesser extent Rhode Island. 
Because of the current concentration of the Company’s loan origination activities in its geographic footprint, in the event of adverse 
economic conditions, including, but not limited to, increased unemployment, downward pressure on the value of residential and 
commercial real estate, political or business developments, that may affect the ability of property owners and businesses to make 
payments of principal and interest on the underlying loans in the Bank’s geographic footprint.  The Company would likely experience 
higher rates of loss and delinquency on its loans than if its loans were more geographically diversified, which could have an adverse 
effect on its results of operations or financial condition.

The  Company  operates  in  a  highly  regulated  environment  and  may  be  adversely  impacted  by  changes  in  law, 
regulations,  and  accounting  policies.    The  Company  is  subject  to  extensive  regulation,  supervision  and  examination.    See 
“Regulation” in Item 1 hereof, Business.  Any change in the laws or regulations and failure by the Company to comply with 
applicable  law  and  regulation,  or  a  change  in  regulators’  supervisory  policies  or  examination  procedures,  whether  by  the 
Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board, other state or federal regulators, the United States 
Congress, or the Massachusetts legislature could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, 
results of operations, and cash flows.  Changes in accounting policies, practices and standards, as may be adopted by the regulatory 
agencies  as  well  as  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board,  the  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board,  and  other 
accounting standard setters, could also negatively impact the Company’s financial results.

The Dodd-Frank Act has had and will continue to have a significant impact on the regulatory structure of the financial 
markets and will impose additional costs on the Company.   The Dodd-Frank Act could adversely affect certain of the Company’s 
business operations and competitive position.  The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, establishes a new Financial Stability 
Oversight Council to monitor systemic risk posed by financial institutions, restricts proprietary trading and private fund investment 
activities by banking institutions, creates a new framework for the regulation of derivatives and revises the FDIC’s assessment 
base for deposit insurance.  Provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act may also restrict the flexibility of financial institutions to compensate 
their employees.  In addition, provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act have resulted in changes to existing capital rules, which could 
have an adverse effect on the Company’s business operations, capital structure, capital ratios or financial performance.  The final 
effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Company’s business will depend largely on the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act by 
regulatory bodies and the exercise of discretion by these regulatory bodies.

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and new capital rules is 
unknown.  In 2013, the FDIC, the OCC and the Federal Reserve Board approved a new rule that will substantially amend the 
regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company.  The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms 
and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The application of more stringent capital requirements for the Company could, 
among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions such 
as a prohibition on the payment of dividends or on the repurchase shares if we were unable to comply with such requirements.

The  Company  has  strong  competition  within  its  market  area  which  may  limit  the  Company’s  growth  and 
profitability.    The Company faces significant competition both in attracting deposits and in the origination of loans.  See “Market 
Area  and  Competition”  in  Item 1  hereof,  Business.   Additional  mergers  and  acquisitions  of  financial  institutions  within  the 
Company’s market area may also occur given the current difficult banking environment and add more competitive pressure.  If 
the Company is unable to compete effectively, it may lose market share and  income generated from loans, deposits, and other 
financial products may decline.

The success of the Company is dependent on hiring and retaining certain key personnel.    The Company’s performance 
is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals.  The Company relies on key personnel to manage and 
operate its business, including major revenue generating functions such as loan and deposit generation.  The loss of key staff may 
adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain and manage these functions effectively, which could negatively affect the 
Company’s revenues.  In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which could 
cause a decrease in the Company’s net income.  The Company’s continued ability to compete effectively depends on its ability to 
attract new employees and to retain and motivate its existing employees.

21

 
The Company’s business strategy of growth in part through acquisitions could have an impact on its earnings and 
results of operations that may negatively impact the value of the Company’s stock.    In recent years, the Company has focused, 
in part, on growth through acquisitions.  From time to time in the ordinary course of business, the Company engages in preliminary 
discussions with potential acquisition targets.  The consummation of any future acquisitions may dilute stockholder value.  Although 
the Company’s business strategy emphasizes organic expansion combined with acquisitions, there can be no assurance that, in the 
future, the Company will successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions and successfully integrate 
acquired operations into our existing operations or expand into new markets.  There can be no assurance that acquisitions will not 
have an adverse effect upon the Company’s operating results while the operations of the acquired business are being integrated 
into the Company’s operations.  In addition, once integrated, acquired operations may not achieve levels of profitability comparable 
to those achieved by the Company’s existing operations, or otherwise perform as expected.  Further, transaction-related expenses 
may adversely affect the Company’s earnings.  These adverse effects on the Company’s earnings and results of operations may 
have a negative impact on the value of the Company’s stock.

Difficult market conditions have adversely affected the industry in which the Company operates.    In recent years, 
dramatic declines in the housing market, with falling real estate values and increasing foreclosures, unemployment, and under-
employment negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values 
by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities as well as major commercial and investment banks.  These 
write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative and cash securities, 
in turn, caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some 
cases, to fail.  Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many 
lenders and institutional investors reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions.  This 
market turmoil and tightening of credit led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer 
confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally.  A resumption of economic pressure 
on consumers and lack of confidence in the financial markets could materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition 
and results of operations.  A worsening of these conditions would likely have adverse effects on the Company and others in the 
financial services industry.  In particular, the Company may face the following risks in connection with these events:

•  The Company could face increased regulation of its industry.  Compliance with such regulation may increase its costs 

and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities.

•  Market developments may affect customer confidence levels and may cause increases in loan delinquencies and default 

rates, which the Company expects could impact its loan charge-offs and provision for loan losses.

•  Deterioration or defaults made by issuers of the underlying collateral of the Company’s investment securities may 

cause credit related other-than-temporary impairment charges to the Company’s income statement.

•  The Company’s ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to access the debt or equity capital markets on 
favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by further disruptions in the capital markets or other events, 
including actions by rating agencies and deteriorating investor expectations.

•  Competition in the industry could intensify as a result of the increasing consolidation of financial services companies 

in connection with adverse market conditions.

•  The Company could be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums if market developments significantly 

deplete the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduce the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

• 

It may become necessary or advisable for the Company, due to changes in regulatory requirements, change in market 
conditions, or for other reasons, to hold more capital or to alter the forms of capital it currently maintains.

The Company’s securities portfolio performance in difficult market conditions could have adverse effects on the 
Company’s results of operations.    Under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, the Company is required to review the 
Company’s investment portfolio periodically for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment of its securities, taking into 
consideration current market conditions, the extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility 
of earnings, current analysts’ evaluations, the Company’s ability and intent to hold investments until a recovery of fair value, as 
well as other factors.  Adverse developments with respect to one or more of the foregoing factors may require the Company to 
deem particular securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired, with the credit related portion of the reduction in the value 
recognized as a charge to the Company’s earnings.  Recent market volatility has made it extremely difficult to value certain  
securities of the Company.  Subsequent valuations, in light of factors prevailing at that time, may result in significant changes in 
the values of these securities in future periods.  Any of these factors could require the Company to recognize further impairments 
in the value of the Company’s securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in 
future periods.

22

Impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative 
impact on our results of operations.    Goodwill arises when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the net fair value 
of its assets.  The Bank has recognized goodwill as an asset on the balance sheet in connection with several acquisitions (see Note 
6, “Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets” within Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof). 
When an intangible asset is determined to have an indefinite useful life, it is not amortized, and instead is evaluated for impairment. 
Goodwill is subject to impairment tests annually, or more frequently if necessary, and is evaluated using a two-step impairment 
approach.  A significant and sustained decline in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in the 
Company’s expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors 
could result in impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets.  If the Company were to conclude that a future write-down of 
the goodwill or intangible assets is necessary, then the Company would record the appropriate charge to earnings, which could be 
materially adverse to the results of operations and financial position.

Deterioration in the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Boston’s capital might restrict the FHLB of Boston’s 
ability to meet the funding needs of its members, cause a suspension of its dividend, and cause its stock to be determined 
to be impaired.    Significant components of the Bank’s liquidity needs are met through its access to funding pursuant to its 
membership in the FHLB of Boston.  The FHLB is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions.  The 
primary reason for joining the FHLB is to obtain funding from the FHLB of Boston.  The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a 
requirement for a member to gain access to funding.  Any deterioration in the FHLB’s performance may affect the Company’s 
access to funding and/or require the Company to deem the required investment in FHLB stock to be impaired.

Reductions in the value of the Company’s deferred tax assets could affect earnings adversely.    A deferred tax asset 
is created by the tax effect of the differences between an asset’s book value and its tax basis. The Company assesses the deferred 
tax assets periodically to determine the likelihood of the Company’s ability to realize their benefits.  These assessments consider 
the performance of the associated business and its ability to generate future taxable income.  If the information available to the 
Company at the time of assessment indicates there is a greater than 50% chance that the Company will not realize the deferred 
tax asset benefit, the Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for it and reduce its future tax assets to the amount 
the Company believes could be realized in future tax returns.  Recording such a valuation allowance could have a material adverse 
effect on the results of operations or financial position.  Additionally the deferred tax asset is measured using enacted tax rates 
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 
Accordingly a change in enacted tax rates may result in a decrease/increase to the Company’s deferred tax asset.

The Company will need to keep pace with evolving information technology and guard against and react to increased 
cyber security risks and electronic fraud.    The potential need to adapt to changes in information technology could adversely 
impact the Company’s operations and require increased capital spending.  The risk of electronic fraudulent activity within the 
financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector due to cyber criminals targeting bank accounts and other 
customer information, could adversely impact the Company’s operations, damage its reputation and require increased capital 
spending.

The  Company’s  business  depends  on  maintaining  the  trust  and  confidence  of  customers  and  other  market 
participants, and the resulting good reputation is critical to its business.    The Company’s ability to originate and maintain 
accounts is highly dependent upon the perceptions of consumer and commercial borrowers and deposit holders and other external 
perceptions of the Company’s business practices or financial health.  The Company’s reputation is vulnerable to many threats that 
can be difficult or impossible to control, and costly or impossible to remediate.  Regulatory inquiries, employee misconduct and 
rumors,  among  other  things,  can  substantially  damage  the  Company’s  reputation,  even  if  they  are  baseless  or  satisfactorily 
addressed.  Adverse perceptions regarding the Company’s reputation in the consumer, commercial and funding markets could lead 
to difficulties in generating and maintaining accounts as well as in financing them and to decreases in the levels of deposits that 
consumer and commercial customers and potential customers choose to maintain with the Company, any of which could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s business and financial results.

If the Company’s risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate the Company’s risks, the 
Company could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.    The Company’s risk management 
framework seeks to mitigate risk and appropriately balance risk and return.  The Company has established processes and procedures 
intended to identify, measure, monitor and report the types of risk to which its subject, including credit risk, operations risk, 
compliance risk, reputation risk, strategic risk, market risk and liquidity risk.  The Company seeks to monitor and control its risk 
exposure through a framework of policies, procedures and reporting requirements.  Management of the Company’s risks in some 
cases depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models.  If the models used to mitigate these risks are inadequate, the 
Company may incur losses.  In addition, there may be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, that the Company has not 
appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated.  If the Company’s risk management framework does not effectively identify or 
mitigate its risks, the Company could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

23

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the 
real estate market could adversely affect the Company’s asset quality and profitability for those loans secured by real 
property and increase the number of defaults and the level of losses within the Company’s loan portfolio.    The real estate 
collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and could deteriorate in 
value during the time the credit is extended.  A downturn in the real estate market in the Company’s primary market areas could 
result in an increase in the number of borrowers who default on their loans and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing 
their loans, which in turn could have an adverse effect on the Company’s profitability and asset quality.  If the Company is required 
to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, its earnings and shareholders’ 
equity could be adversely affected. The declines in real estate prices in the Company’s markets also may result in increases in 
delinquencies and losses in its loan portfolios. Unexpected decreases in real estate prices coupled with a prolonged economic 
recovery and elevated levels of unemployment could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in the Company’s allowance 
for loan losses. In that event, the Company’s earnings could be adversely affected. 

Changes in accounting policies or accounting standards could cause the Company to change the manner in which 

it reports its financial results and condition in adverse ways and could subject the Company to additional costs and expenses.     
The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding its financial results and condition.  Some of these policies 
require the use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of the Company’s assets or liabilities and financial results. 
The Company identified its accounting policies regarding the allowance for loan losses, security valuations and impairments, 
goodwill and other intangible assets, and income taxes to be critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective 
and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain.  Under each of these policies, it is possible that materially 
different amounts would be reported under different conditions, using different assumptions, or as new information becomes 
available. 

From time to time, the FASB and the SEC change their guidance governing the form and content of the Company’s external 
financial statements.  In addition, accounting standard setters and those who interpret U.S. GAAP, such as the FASB, SEC, banking 
regulators  and  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  may  change  or  even  reverse  their  previous 
interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied.  Such changes are expected to continue, and may accelerate 
dependent upon the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board commitments to achieving convergence between U.S. 
GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards.  Changes in U.S. GAAP and changes in current interpretations are beyond 
the Company’s control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how the Company reports its financial results and 
condition.  In certain cases, the Company could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively or apply existing 
guidance differently (also retroactively) which may result in the Company restating prior period financial statements for material 
amounts.  Additionally, significant changes to U.S. GAAP may require costly technology changes, additional training and personnel, 
and other expenses that will negatively impact the Company’s results of operations. 

The  Company  may  be  unable  to  adequately  manage  its  liquidity  risk,  which  could  affect  its  ability  to  meet  its 
obligations as they become due, capitalize on growth opportunities, or pay regular dividends on its common stock.    Liquidity 
risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due, capitalize on growth opportunities 
as they arise, or pay regular dividends on its common stock because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding 
in a timely basis, at a reasonable cost and within acceptable risk tolerances.  Liquidity is required to fund various obligations, 
including  credit  commitments  to  borrowers,  mortgage  and  other  loan  originations,  withdrawals  by  depositors,  repayment  of 
borrowings, dividends to shareholders, operating expenses and capital expenditures.  Liquidity is derived primarily from retail 
deposit growth and retention; principal and interest payments on loans; principal and interest payments on investment securities; 
sale, maturity and prepayment of investment securities; net cash provided from operations, and access to other funding sources. 

The Company is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities which could have a material 
adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.    A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is 
secured by real property.  During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties 
securing certain loans.  In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties.  If 
hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company  may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and 
property damage.  Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the 
affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property.  In addition, future laws or more 
stringent  interpretations  or  enforcement  policies  with  respect  to  existing  laws  may  increase  the  Company’s  exposure  to 
environmental liability.  Although the Company has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review prior to originating 
certain commercial real estate loans, as well as before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be 
sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards.  The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with 
an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 

24

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

At  December 31,  2013,  the  Bank  conducted  its  business  from  its  main  office  located  at  288  Union  Street,  Rockland, 
Massachusetts and seventy-four banking offices and three limited service branches located within Barnstable, Bristol, Middlesex, 
Norfolk, Plymouth and Worcester counties in Eastern Massachusetts.  In addition to its main office, the Bank leased fifty-two of 
its branches (including the limited service branches) and owned the remaining twenty-five branches.  Also, the Bank had nine 
remote ATM locations all of which were leased.

The Bank’s executive administration offices are located in Hanover, Massachusetts while the remaining administrative and 
operations locations are housed in several different campuses.  Additionally, there are a number of sales offices not associated 
with a branch location throughout the Bank’s footprint.

For additional information regarding the Bank’s premises and equipment and lease obligations, see Notes 5, “Bank Premises 
and Equipment” and 17, “Commitments and Contingencies,” respectively, within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in Item 8 hereof.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

At December 31, 2013, Rockland Trust was involved in pending lawsuits that arose in the ordinary course of business. 
Management has reviewed these pending lawsuits with legal counsel and has taken into consideration the view of counsel as to 
their outcome.  In the opinion of management, the final disposition of pending lawsuits is not expected to have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

25

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

(a.) Independent Bank Corp.’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol INDB.  The 
Company declared cash dividends of $0.88 and $0.84 per share in 2013 and in 2012, respectively.  The ratio of dividends paid to 
earnings in 2013 and 2012 was 30.09% and 52.77%, respectively.  The variance in the payout ratios is due to the acceleration of 
the payment of the Company's 2012 fourth quarter dividend, which was paid on December 31, 2012, and would have been typically 
paid during the second week of the following month.

Payment of dividends by the Company on its common stock is subject to various regulatory restrictions and guidelines. 
Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends will depend 
on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other 
such matters as the Board of Directors deem appropriate.  Management believes that the Bank will continue to generate adequate 
earnings to continue to pay common dividends on a quarterly basis.

The following schedule summarizes the closing price range of common stock and the cash dividends paid for the fiscal 

years 2013 and 2012:

4th Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
3rd Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2nd Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1st Quarter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4th Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
3rd Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2nd Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1st Quarter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High

2013

Low

Dividend

39.40

$

34.94

$

38.04

34.50

32.77

34.72

30.00

29.68

0.22

0.22

0.22

0.22

High

2012

Low

31.10

$

27.96

$

31.39

29.35

29.27

28.49

26.07

26.46

Dividend

0.21

0.21

0.21

0.21

As of December 31, 2013, there were 23,805,984 shares of common stock outstanding which were held by approximately 
2,698 holders of record.  The number of record-holders may not reflect the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee 
name through banks, brokerage firms, and other nominees.  The closing price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2013 was 
$39.12.

The information required by S-K Item 201(d) is incorporated by reference from Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain 

Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters hereof.

Comparative Stock Performance Graph

The stock performance graph below and associated table compare the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s 
common stock from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2013 with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index 
(U.S. Companies) and the SNL Bank NASDAQ Index.  The lines in the graph and the numbers in the table below represent yearly 
index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include reinvestment or retention of all dividends.  If the yearly interval, 
based on the last day of a fiscal year, was not a trading day, the preceding trading day was used.  The index value for all of the 
series was set to 100.00 on December 31, 2008 (which assumes that $100.00 was invested in each of the series on December 31, 
2008).

The following information in this Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or 
to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or to the liabilities of 
Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the 
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into 
such a filing.  The stock price performance shown on the stock performance graph and associated table below is not necessarily 

26

indicative of future price performance.  Information used on the graph and table was obtained from a third party provider, a source 
believed to be reliable, but the Company is not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.

The following chart depicts the total return performance of the Company: 

Source:  SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA

(b.) Not applicable

27

(c.) The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s repurchases of its common stock during the 

three months ended December 31, 2013:

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period
October 1 to October 31, 2013. . . . . . . . . .

November 1 to November 30, 2013. . . . . .

December 1 to December 31, 2013 . . . . . .

Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased(1)

Average Price
Paid Per Share

— $

21,318

3,328

24,646

—

36.80

37.20

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plan or
Program(2)

Maximum Number of 
Shares
That May Yet Be 
Purchased
Under the Plan or 
Program

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—  

(1) 

(2) 

Shares repurchased relate to the surrendering of mature shares for the exercise and/or vesting of stock compensation grants.

The Company does not currently have a stock repurchase program or plan in place.

28

 
 
ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and 
should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein. 

Financial condition data

Securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Securities held to maturity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Allowance for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles . . . . . . . . .

Total assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nonperforming loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nonperforming assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating data

Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noninterest expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preferred stock dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income available to the common shareholder

Per share data

Net income — basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net income — diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash dividends declared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Book value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Performance ratios

Return on average assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Return on average common equity . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent
basis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Equity to assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dividend payout ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Asset quality ratios

Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans .

Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets .

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total
loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of
nonperforming loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capital ratios

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

356,862

$

329,286

$

305,332

$

377,457

$

350,652

4,718,307

(53,239)

182,642

6,099,234

4,986,418

448,488

591,540

34,659

43,833

178,318

4,519,011

(51,834)

162,144

5,756,985

4,546,677

591,055

529,320

28,766

42,427

204,956

3,794,390

(48,260)

140,722

4,970,240

3,876,829

537,686

469,057

28,953

37,149

202,732

3,555,679

(46,255)

141,956

4,695,738

3,627,783

565,434

436,472

23,108

31,493

205,914

$

196,192

$

195,751

$

202,724

$

23,336

182,578

10,200

68,009

173,649

50,254

—

50,254

$

2.18

2.18

0.88

24.85

0.87%

9.09%

3.51%

9.70%

30.09%

0.73%

0.72%

1.13%

23,393

172,799

18,056

62,016

159,459

42,627

—

42,627

$

1.96

1.95

0.84

23.24

0.83%

8.66%

3.75%

9.19%

52.77%

0.64%

0.74%

1.15%

28,672

167,079

11,482

52,700

145,713

45,436

—

45,436

$

2.12

2.12

0.76

21.82

0.96%

9.93%

3.90%

9.44%

35.88%

0.76%

0.75%

1.27%

38,763

163,961

18,655

46,906

139,745

40,240

—

40,240

$

1.90

1.90

0.72

20.57

0.88%

9.46%

3.95%

9.30%

37.93%

0.65%

0.67%

1.30%

508,650

93,410

3,395,515

(42,361)

143,730

4,482,021

3,375,294

647,397

412,649

36,183

41,245

202,689

51,995

150,694

17,335

38,192

141,815

22,989

5,698

17,291

0.88

0.88

0.72

19.58

0.40%

4.29%

3.89%

9.21%

82.79%

1.07%

0.92%

1.25%

153.61%

180.19%

166.68%

200.17%

117.07%

Tier 1 leverage capital ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total risk-based capital ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.64%

10.78%

12.58%

8.65%

10.36%

12.23%

8.61%

10.74%

12.78%

8.19%

10.28%

12.37%

7.87%

9.83%

11.92%

29

 
 
 
ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANAYLISIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF      
OPERATIONS

The Company is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company, incorporated in 1985.  The Company is the 
sole stockholder of Rockland Trust, a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907.  For a full list of corporate entities see 
Item 1 “Business — General."

All  material  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.   When  necessary,  certain 
amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.  The following 
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

 Executive Level Overview

Management evaluates the Company's operating results and financial condition using measures that include net income, 
earnings per share, return on assets and equity, return on tangible common equity, net interest margin, tangible book value per 
share, asset quality indicators, and many others.  These metrics help management make key decisions regarding the Bank's balance 
sheet, liquidity, interest rate sensitivity, and capital resources and assist with identifying areas to improve.  The Company is focused 
on organic growth, but will consider acquisition opportunities that provide a satisfactory financial return.  During the fourth quarter 
of 2013 the Company acquired Mayflower Bancorp, Inc. and its bank subsidiary.  

The following information should be considered in connection with the Company's results for the year ended December 

31, 2013: 

Loans and Asset Quality

Management’s balance sheet strategy emphasizes commercial and home equity lending.  The results depicted in the 

following table reflect the focus on those asset classes:

Commercial lending drove 2013 organic loan growth, with year-end commercial lending balances up 6.9% from the prior 

year (exclusive of the Mayflower acquisition).  

Management strives to be disciplined about loan pricing and generates loan assets with interest rate sensitivity in mind.  
The  Company  has  gradually  and  intentionally  shifted  its  balance  sheet  composition  so  that  its  interest-rate  risk  position  is  
fundamentally asset-sensitive.  

Management takes a disciplined approach to credit underwriting seeking to avoid undue credit risk and loan losses.  For 
2013,  net  charge-offs  were  0.19%  of  average  loans.    Nonperforming  loans  totaled  $34.7  million,  or  0.73%  of  total  loans,  at 
December 31, 2013 due to management’s proactive approach to loan workouts.  

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
Funding and the Net Interest Margin

Management emphasizes core deposit growth to fund loans, as depicted by the following chart:

Core deposits grew by 11.9% during 2013 and, at year end, represented 84.9% of total deposits.

The net interest margin decreased to 3.51% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as the prolonged low rate environment 
continued to pressure asset yields.  The Company has countered net interest margin pressure with robust loan growth which, when 
combined with asset and liability pricing discipline, has led to net interest income growth.  Management expects the net interest 
margin to stabilize in coming quarters.

Noninterest Income

Management continues to focus on growing noninterest income which grew by 9.7% in 2013  and now represents 27.1% 
of total revenue, or 26.8% of total revenue on an operating basis.  This growth was primarily due to increases in deposit account 
fees, interchange and ATM revenues, and fees paid for investment management services.  The following chart depicts the steady 
increase in noninterest income as a percentage of revenue, on an operating basis, (net interest income plus noninterest income) 
over the last few years:

31

 
 
 
 
Expense Control

Management takes a balanced approach to noninterest expense control by paying close attention to the management of 
ongoing  operating  expenses  while  making  needed  capital  expenditures  and  prudently  investing  in  growth  initiatives.    The 
Company’s primary expenses arise from Rockland Trust’s employee salaries and benefits and expenses associated with buildings 
and equipment.  During 2013, noninterest expense was well contained.  Noninterest expense increased by 8.9% from the prior 
year, largely due to the full year impact of the Central acquisition.  The Company's 2013 efficiency ratio (on an operating basis) 
was relatively consistent with prior years.

The following chart shows the trend in the Company's efficiency ratio, on an operating basis (calculated by dividing 

noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income), over the past five years:

Tax Effectiveness

The Company participates in federal and state tax credit programs designed to promote economic development, affordable 
housing, and job creation.  During 2013, the Company participated in the federal New Markets Tax Credit program and the federal 
low-income housing tax credit program.  The Company has also established security corporation subsidiaries and, through its 
subsidiaries, purchased tax-exempt bonds.  Federal and state tax credit program participation and other tax strategies permit the 
Company to operate in a tax effective manner and sometimes also creates a competitive advantage for Rockland Trust and its 
community development subsidiaries.  During 2013, the Company achieved an effective tax rate of 24.7%.

32

 
 
 
Capital

The Company's disciplined approach with respect to revenue, expense, and tax effectiveness is designed to promote long-
term shareholder value.  The Company's consistent profitability has steadily increased tangible book value per share and helped 
create the Company's strong capital position.  The following chart shows the trend of the Company's tangible book value per share 
over the past five years: 

This strong growth in capital has led to a consistent cash dividend which increased from $0.72 per share in 2009 to $0.88 

per share in 2013, a 22.2% increase.

2013 Results

Implementation of the disciplined approach and strategies described above led the Company to 2013 net operating earnings 
of $55.2 million, or $2.39 on a diluted earnings per share basis, a record high, and an increase of 17.2% and 10.7%, respectively, 
when compared to net operating earnings of $47.1 million, or $2.16 per diluted share for 2012.  Net income for 2013 computed 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles was $50.3 million, or $2.18 on a diluted earnings per share basis, as 
compared to $42.6 million, or $1.95 for the prior year.

2014 Earnings Outlook

The Company anticipates 2014 diluted earnings per share performance to be in a range between $2.42 and $2.52.   

Key assumptions in the 2014 outlook include:

•  Total loan growth of 4-5%;

•  Total deposit growth of 2-3%;

•  A net interest margin in the mid to low 3.40% range;

• 

Stable asset quality outlook, with a provision for loan loss in the range of $11-$14 million and net charge-offs in the range of 
$9-$12 million;

•  Noninterest income growing by 3-4%;

•  Noninterest expense increasing by 3-4%;

•  An effective tax rate of 30%; and,

•  Unadjusted Tangible Common Equity ratio increasing to a range of 7.25% to 7.50% by the end of 2014.

33

 
 
 
 
Non-GAAP Measures

When  management  assesses  the  Company’s  financial  performance  for  purposes  of  making  day-to-day  and  strategic 
decisions, it does so based upon the performance of its core banking business, which is primarily derived from the combination 
of net interest income and noninterest or fee income, reduced by operating expenses, the provision for loan losses, and the impact 
of income taxes. The Company’s financial performance is determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles 
(“GAAP”) which sometimes includes gains or losses due to items that management believes are unrelated to its core banking 
business and will not have a material financial impact on operating results in future periods, such as gains or losses on the sales 
of securities, merger and acquisition expenses, and other items. Management, therefore, also computes the Company’s non-GAAP 
operating earnings, which excludes these items, to measure the strength of the Company’s core banking business and to identify 
trends that may to some extent be obscured by such gains or losses. 

Management’s computation of the Company’s non-GAAP operating earnings information is set forth because management 
believes it may be useful for investors to have access to the same analytical tool used by management to evaluate the Company’s 
core  operational  performance  so  that  investors  may  assess  the  Company’s  overall  financial  health  and  identify  business  and 
performance trends that may be more difficult to identify and evaluate when noncore items are included. Management also believes 
that the computation of non-GAAP operating earnings may facilitate the comparison of the Company to other companies in the 
financial services industry.

Non-GAAP operating earnings should not be considered a substitute for GAAP results. An item which management 
deems  to  be  noncore  and  excludes  when  computing  non-GAAP  operating  earnings  can  be  of  substantial  importance  to  the 
Company’s results for any particular quarter or year. The Company’s non-GAAP operating earning information set forth is not 
necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information which may be presented by other companies.

The following tables summarizes the impact of noncore items recorded for the time periods indicated below and reconciles 

them in accordance with GAAP:

Years Ended December 31

Net Income

Diluted
Earnings Per Share

2013

2012

2011

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

As reported (GAAP)
Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $50,254
Non-GAAP measures

Noninterest income components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net gain on sale of securities, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain on life insurance benefits, tax exempt . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noninterest expense components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepayment fees on borrowings, net of tax. . . . . . . . . . . .

Severance, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Merger and acquisition expenses, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . .

  Goodwill impairment, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(153)
(227)
(451)

—

192

5,564

—

Total impact of noncore items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,925
        As adjusted (non-GAAP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $55,179

$ 42,627

$ 45,436

$

2.18

$

1.95

$ 2.12

(3)
(1,307)

(428)
—

4

—

4,459

1,317

4,470

448

—

—

—

20

(0.01)
(0.01)
(0.02)

—

0.01

0.24

—

0.21

—
(0.06)

(0.02)
—

—

—

0.21

0.06

0.21

0.02

—

—

—

—

$ 47,097

$ 45,456

$

2.39

$

2.16

$ 2.12

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items on the calculation of the Company's efficiency ratio for the 

periods indicated:

Net interest income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 182,578

$ 172,799

(Dollars in thousands)
$ 167,079

$ 163,961

$ 150,694

(a)

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

Noninterest income (GAAP) . . . . . . . . . $
Net gain on sale of securities . . . . . . . .
Gain on life insurance benefits . . . . . .
Gain on extinguishment of debt. . . . . .
Gain on terminated hedge . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest income on an operating
basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

68,009

$

(258)

(227)

(763)

—

62,016
(5)
(1,307)
—

—

$ 52,700
(723)
—

$ 46,906
(458)
—

$ 38,192
(1,354)
—

(b)

—

—

—

—

—
(3,778)

66,761

$

60,704

$ 51,977

$ 46,448

$ 33,060

(c)

Noninterest expense (GAAP). . . . . . . . . $ 173,649
(8,685)

Merger & acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Severance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepayment fees on borrowings. . . . . .
Loss on terminated hedge . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest expense on an operating
basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 164,639

(325)

—

—

—

$ 159,459
(6,741)
—
(2,227)
(7)
—

$ 145,713
—

$ 139,745
—

—

—
(757)
—

—

—

—
(554)

(d)

$ 141,815
(12,423)
—

—

—

—

$ 150,484

$ 144,956

$ 139,191

$ 129,392

(e)

Total revenue (GAAP). . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 250,587
Total operating revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 249,339

$ 234,815

$ 219,779

$ 210,867

$ 188,886

(a+b)

$ 233,503

$ 219,056

$ 210,409

$ 183,754

(a+c)

Ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  Efficiency ratio (GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . .
  Operating efficiency ratio. . . . . . . . . . .

69.30%

66.03%

67.91%

64.45%

66.30%

66.17%

66.27%

66.15%

75.08% (d/(a+b))

70.42% (e/(a+c))

Noninterest income as a % of revenue.
Noninterest income as a % of revenue
on an operating basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27.14%

26.41%

23.98%

22.24%

20.22% (b/(a+b))

26.78%

26.00%

23.73%

22.08%

17.99% (c/(a+c))

Financial Position

Securities Portfolio    The Company’s securities portfolio may consist of trading securities, securities available for sale, 
and securities which management intends to hold until maturity.  Securities increased by $199.9 million, or 39.4%, at December 31, 
2013 as compared to December 31, 2012.  The ratio of securities to total assets as of December 31, 2013 was 11.6%, compared 
to 8.8% at December 31, 2012.

The Company continually reviews investment securities for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). 
For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is OTTI is whether or not the Bank expects to 
collect all contractual cash flows.  The Bank also evaluated its investment securities held as of December 31, 2013 to identify 
those that meet the definition of a Covered Fund as set forth in the final rules issued on December 10, 2013 to implement section 
619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule”).  In that 
regard, the Bank considered the impact of the related interim final rule issued by its primary banking regulators on January 14, 
2014 to address the treatment of certain collateralized debt obligations backed primarily by trust preferred securities ("TruPS 
CDOs"), including the non-exclusive list of TruPS CDOs that are exempt from the Covered Fund provisions under the interim 

35

 
final rule.  The Bank identified no investments held as of December 31, 2013 that meet the definition of a Covered Fund which 
are required to be divested by July 21, 2015 (or before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis) under the foregoing rules.  
Further analysis of the Company’s OTTI can be found in Note 3, “Securities” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in Item 8 hereof.

The following table sets forth the fair value of available for sale securities and the amortized cost of held to maturity 

securities along with the percentage distribution:

Table 1 — Securities Portfolio Composition

2013

December 31

2012

2011

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

(Dollars in thousands)

Fair value of securities available for sale

U.S. government agency securities . . . . . . . . $
Agency mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . .

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations .
Private mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . .

State, county and municipal securities. . . . . .

Single issuer trust preferred securities issued
by banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pooled trust preferred securities issued by
banks and insurers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40,449

234,591

58,153
—

5,412

2,952

3,841

11,464

Total fair value of securities available for
sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 356,862

Amortized Cost of Securities Held to
Maturity

U.S. treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Agency mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . .

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations .

State, county and municipal securities. . . . . .

Single issuer trust preferred securities issued
by banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,011

155,067

187,388

678

1,503

5,005

Total amortized cost of securities held to
maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 350,652
Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 707,514

11.3% $

20,822

6.3% $

—

65.8%

16.3%
—%

221,425

68,376
3,532

67.2%

20.8%
1.1%

238,391

53,801
6,110

1.5%

—

—%

—

0.8%

2,240

0.7%

4,210

1.1%

3.2%

2,981

9,910

0.9%

3.0%

2,820

—

—%

78.1%

17.6%
2.0%

—%

1.4%

0.9%

—%

100.0% $ 329,286

100.0% $ 305,332

100.0%

0.3% $

1,013

0.6% $

1,014

44.2%

53.5%

0.2%

0.4%

1.4%

72,360

97,507

915

1,516

5,007

40.6%

54.6%

0.5%

0.9%

2.8%

109,553

77,804

3,576

8,000

5,009

0.5%

53.5%

38.0%

1.7%

3.9%

2.4%

100.0% $ 178,318

100.0% $ 204,956

100.0%

$ 507,604

$ 510,288

The Company’s available for sale securities are carried at fair value and are categorized within the fair value hierarchy 
based on the observability of model inputs.  Securities which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement 
and unobservable are classified as Level 3.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $3.8 million and $6.5 million 
of securities categorized as Level 3.

36

 
 
 
 
The  following  tables  set  forth  contractual  maturities  of  the  Bank’s  securities  portfolio  at  December 31,  2013.   Actual 
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without 
call or prepayment penalties.

Table 2 — Securities Portfolio, Amounts Maturing

Within One Year

One year to Five Years

Five Years to Ten Years

Over Ten Years

Total

Weighted
Average
Yield

Amount

Amount

Weighted
Average
Yield

Amount

Weighted
Average
Yield

Amount

Weighted
Average
Yield

Amount

Weighted
Average
Yield

(Dollars in thousands)

Fair value of securities available for sale

U.S. government agency securities. . . . .

Agency mortgage-backed securities . . . .

Agency collateralized mortgage
obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

State, county and municipal securities . .

Single issuer trust preferred securities
issued by banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pooled trust preferred securities issued
by banks and insurers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Marketable securities(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total fair value of securities available
for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ —

Amortized cost of securities held to
maturity

U.S. Treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ —
Agency mortgage-backed securities . . . .

—

Agency collateralized mortgage
obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State, county and municipal securities . .

Single issuer trust preferred securities
issued by banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate debt securities. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total amortized cost of securities held
to maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

—

255

—

—

255

255

$ —

— $ 20,163

1.3% $ 20,286

2.1% $

—

— $ 40,449

8,707

4.5%

56,524

3.0%

169,360

3.2% 234,591

2,026

4.1%

199

1.4%

55,928

1.8%

58,153

259

1.2%

3,655

2.1%

1,498

2.4%

5,412

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,952

5.6%

2,952

5.6%

3,841

0.9%

3,841

0.9%

11,464

—

11,464

—

—% $ 31,155

2.4% $ 80,664

2.7% $ 245,043

2.9% $ 356,862

2.8%

— $ —

— $ 1,011

3.0% $

—

— $

1,011

5.5%

16,679

2.3%

137,933

3.1% 155,067

—

—

4.7%

—

—

455

—

423

—

4.8%

—

—

5,005

3.4%

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

187,388

2.3% 187,388

—

—

678

1,503

7.4%

—

—

1,503

5,005

4.7% $ 5,883

3.7% $ 17,690

2.3% $ 326,824

2.6% $ 350,652

3.7% $ 37,038

2.6% $ 98,354

2.7% $ 571,867

2.7% $ 707,514

1.7%

3.2%

1.9%

2.1%

3.0%

3.0%

2.3%

4.8%

7.4%

3.4%

2.6%

2.7%

(1)  Marketable securities have no contractual maturity and are excluded from the weighted average yield and amounts maturing.

As of December 31, 2013, the weighted average life of the securities portfolio was 5.1 years and the modified duration was 

4.4 years.

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales   The Company’s primary loan sale activity arises from the sale of government sponsored 
enterprise eligible residential mortgage loans to other financial institutions.  During 2013 and 2012, the Bank originated residential 
loans with the intention of primarily selling them in the secondary market.  The following table shows the total residential loans 
that were closed and the amounts which were held in the portfolio, sold or held for sale in the secondary market during the periods 
indicated:

Table 3 — Closed Residential Real Estate Loans

Held in portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Sold or held for sale in the secondary market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total closed loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

37

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

31,839

260,950

292,789

$

$

47,205

373,063

420,268

$

$

63,824

270,427

334,251

 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below reflects the loans which were sold during the periods indicated:

Table 4 — Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Sold with servicing rights released. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Sold with servicing rights retained. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total loans sold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

210,073

87,229

297,302

$

$

313,329

33,393

346,722

Loans may be sold with servicing rights released or with servicing rights retained.  The principal balance of loans serviced 
by the Bank on behalf of investors amounted to $331.4 million at December 31, 2013, inclusive of an $80.4 million acquired 
portfolio related to the Mayflower acquisition, and $198.8 million at December 31, 2012.  Upon sale, the mortgage servicing asset 
is established, which represents the then current estimated fair value based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing 
contracts, when available, or alternatively is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net 
servicing income.  The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net 
servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default 
rates and losses.  Servicing rights are recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, are amortized in proportion to 
and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date.  
Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor 
type.  Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount.  If 
the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded 
as an increase to income.  The following table shows the adjusted cost of the servicing rights associated with these loans and the 
changes for the periods indicated:

Table 5 — Mortgage Servicing Asset

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Beginning balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Additions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Acquired portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ending balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

899

800

760
(462)
371

2,368

$

$

1,098

272

—
(522)
51

899

The Bank’s mortgage banking income consists primarily of revenue from premiums received on loans sold with servicing 
released, origination fees, gains and losses on sold mortgages less related commission expense, and changes in the value of the 
mortgage servicing asset.  

When a loan is sold, the Company enters into agreements that contain representations and warranties about the characteristics 
of the loans sold and their origination.  The Company may be required to either repurchase mortgage loans or to indemnify the 
purchaser from losses if representations and warranties are breached.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company 
incurred no material losses and during the year ended December 31,  2012 the Company incurred losses of $304,000 on loans that 
were agreed to be repurchased.  The Company has not at this time established a reserve for loan repurchases because it believes 
the amount of probable losses is not reasonably estimable.

Forward sale contracts of mortgage loans and forward to-be-announced ("TBA") mortgage contracts, considered derivative 
instruments for accounting purposes, are utilized by the Company in its efforts to manage risk of loss associated with its mortgage 
loan commitments and mortgage loans held for sale.  Prior to closing and funding certain one-to-four family residential mortgage 
loans, an interest rate lock commitment is generally extended to the borrower.  During the period from commitment date to closing 
date, the Company is subject to the risk that market rates of interest may change.  If market rates rise, investors generally will pay 
less to purchase such loans, resulting in a reduction in the gain on sale of the loans or, possibly, a loss.  In an effort to mitigate 
such risk, forward delivery sales commitments are executed, under which the Company agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans 
to various investors, or forward TBA mortgage contracts are entered into with a counterparty, which hedges this market risk.  See 
38

 
 
 
 
Note 11, “Derivative and Hedging Activities” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for 
more information on mortgage activity and mortgage related derivatives.

Loan Portfolio    Management continues to focus on growth in the commercial and home equity lending categories, while 
placing less emphasis on the other lending categories.  Although deemphasizing certain lending categories has led to a slower 
growth rate than what otherwise might have been realized, management believes this strategy to be prudent, given the prevailing 
interest rate and economic environment, as well as strategic priorities.  The following table sets forth information concerning the 
composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated:

Table 6 — Loan Portfolio Composition

2013

2012

December 31

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

2010

2009

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Commercial and
industrial. . . . . . . . . $ 784,202
Commercial real
estate. . . . . . . . . . . .

2,249,260

16.6% $ 687,511

15.2% $ 575,716

15.2% $ 502,952

14.1% $ 373,531

11.0%

47.7% 2,122,153

46.9% 1,847,654

48.6% 1,717,118

48.4% 1,614,474

47.5%

Commercial
construction . . . . . .

Small business . . . .

Residential real
estate. . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . . .

Other consumer . . .

Gross loans . . . . .

223,859

77,240

541,443

822,141

20,162

4.7%

1.6%

11.5%

17.5%

0.4%

188,768

78,594

612,881

802,149

26,955

4.2%

1.7%

13.6%

17.8%

0.6%

128,904

78,509

426,201

696,063

41,343

3.4%

2.1%

11.3%

18.3%

1.1%

129,421

80,026

478,111

579,278

68,773

3.6%

2.3%

13.4%

16.3%

1.9%

175,312

82,569

566,042

471,862

111,725

5.2%

2.4%

16.7%

13.9%

3.3%

4,718,307

100.0% 4,519,011

100.0% 3,794,390

100.0% 3,555,679

100.0% 3,395,515

100.0%

Allowance for loan
losses . . . . . . . . . . .

53,239
Net loans . . . . . . . $ 4,665,068

51,834

$ 4,467,177

48,260

$ 3,746,130

46,255

$ 3,509,424

42,361

$ 3,353,154

The following table summarizes loan growth during the periods indicated:

Table 7 - Components of Loan Growth/(Decline)

December 31

2013

2012

Mayflower

Acquisition

Organic

Organic

Growth/(Decline) $

Growth/(Decline) %

Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate . . .
Commercial construction .
Small business. . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate . . . .
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . .
Other consumer . . . . . . . . .
Total loans. . . . . . . . . . . .

$

784,202

$

687,511

$

3,682

$

(Dollars in thousands)

2,249,260

2,122,153

223,859

77,240

541,443

822,141

20,162

188,768

78,594

612,881

802,149

26,955

38,800

2,782

21

63,274

17,316

695

$ 4,718,307

$ 4,519,011

$

126,570

$

93,009

88,307

32,309
(1,375)
(134,712)
2,676
(7,488)
72,726

13.5 %

4.2 %

17.1 %

(1.7)%

(22.0)%

0.3 %

(27.8)%

1.6 %

39

 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the scheduled contractual amortization of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. 

Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as being due in greater than five years.  The 
following table also sets forth the rate structure of loans scheduled to mature after one year:

Table 8 — Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization

December 31, 2013

Commercial

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial
Construction (1)

Small
Business

Residential
Real Estate Home Equity

Consumer
Other

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

Amounts due in:

One year or less . . . . . $ 246,167
After one year
through five years. . . .
Beyond five years. . . .

179,867
Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 784,202

358,168

$ 487,308

$

53,434

$ 26,068

$

21,555

$

22,299

$ 11,681

$ 868,512

1,177,685

584,267

115,397

55,028

33,120

18,052

84,322

435,566

92,972

706,870

6,318

2,163

1,867,982

1,981,813

$ 2,249,260

$

223,859

$ 77,240

$ 541,443

$

822,141

$ 20,162

$4,718,307

Interest rate terms on
amounts due after one
year:

Fixed rate . . . . . . . . . . $ 226,666
Adjustable rate . . . . . .

311,369

$ 608,801

$

60,706

$ 25,583

$ 360,884

$

338,150

$

8,481

1,629,271

1,153,151

109,719

25,589

159,004

461,692

— 2,220,524  

(1) 

Includes certain construction loans that will convert to commercial mortgages and will be reclassified to commercial real estate upon the completion of 
the construction phase.

As of December 31, 2013, $10.7 million of loans scheduled to mature within one year were nonperforming.

Generally, the actual maturity of loans is substantially shorter than their contractual maturity due to prepayments and, in 
the case of real estate loans, due-on-sale clauses, which generally gives the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and 
payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. 
The average life of real estate loans tends to increase when current real estate loan rates are higher than rates on mortgages in the 
portfolio and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on mortgages in the portfolio are higher than current real estate loan rates. 
Under the latter scenario, the weighted average yield on the portfolio tends to decrease as higher yielding loans are repaid or 
refinanced at lower rates.  Due to the fact that the Bank may, consistent with industry practice, renew a significant portion of 
commercial and commercial real estate loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing the loans on substantially 
similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the 
amounts contractually due in any particular period.  In other circumstances, a loan, or a portion of a loan, may not be repaid due 
to the borrower’s inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.

Asset Quality    The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information. 
Based on this information, loans demonstrating certain payment issues or other weaknesses may be categorized as delinquent, 
impaired, nonperforming and/or put on nonaccrual status.  Additionally, in the course of resolving such loans, the Company may 
choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans to match the borrower’s ability to repay the loan based on their current 
financial condition.  If a restructured loan meets certain criteria, it may be categorized as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR).

Delinquency    The Bank’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which 
stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations.  The Bank seeks to make arrangements to resolve any 
delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame.  Generally, the Bank requires that a delinquency notice be 
mailed to a borrower upon expiration of a grace period (typically no longer than 15 days beyond the due date).  Reminder notices 
may be sent and telephone calls may be made prior to the expiration of the grace period.  If the delinquent status is not resolved 
within a reasonable time frame following the mailing of a delinquency notice, the Bank’s personnel charged with managing its 
loan portfolios contact the borrower to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for payment.  Any subsequent 
actions taken to resolve the delinquency will depend upon the nature of the loan and the length of time that the loan has been 
delinquent.  The borrower’s needs are considered as much as reasonably possible without jeopardizing the Bank’s position.  A late 
charge is usually assessed on loans upon expiration of the grace period.

Nonaccrual Loans    As a general rule, within commercial or home equity categories, loans more than 90 days past due 
with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans.  As permitted by banking regulations, certain consumer 
loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest.  In addition, certain commercial and real estate loans that are more 
than 90 days past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loans are well secured and in the process of collection.  Income 
accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current 

40

 
 
 
income.  A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest (and in certain instances 
remains current for up to six months), when the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-
off against the allowance for loan losses.

Troubled Debt Restructurings    In the course of resolving problem loans, the Bank may choose to restructure the contractual 
terms of certain loans.  The Bank attempts to work-out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid or 
cure a default.  Any loans that are modified are reviewed by the Bank to identify if a TDR has occurred, which is when, for 
economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank grants a concession to the borrower that it would 
not otherwise consider.  Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status 
and the restructuring of the loan may include adjustments to interest rates, extensions of maturity, consumer loans where the 
borrower's obligations have been effectively discharged through Chapter 7 Bankruptcy and the borrower has not reaffirmed the 
debt to the Bank, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral.  If 
such efforts by the Bank do not result in satisfactory performance, the loan is referred to legal counsel, at which time foreclosure 
proceedings are initiated.  At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Bank may terminate foreclosure proceedings 
if the borrower is able to work-out a satisfactory payment plan.

It is the Bank’s policy to have any restructured loans which are on nonaccrual status prior to being modified remain on 
nonaccrual status for six months, subsequent to being modified, before management considers its return to accrual status.  If the 
restructured loan is on accrual status prior to being modified, it is reviewed to determine if the modified loan should remain on 
accrual status.  Loans that are considered TDRs are classified as performing, unless they are on nonaccrual status or greater than 
90 days delinquent.  Loans classified as TDRs remain classified as such, for the life of the loan, except in limited circumstances, 
when it is determined that the borrower is performing under modified terms and the restructuring agreement specified an interest 
rate greater than or equal to an acceptable market rate for a comparable new loan at the time of the restructuring.

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans    Purchased Credit Impaired (“PCI”) loans are acquired loans which had evidence of 
deterioration in credit quality at the purchase date and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be 
collected.  The PCI loans are recorded at fair value without any carryover of the allowance for loan losses.  The excess cash flows 
expected to be collected over the carrying amount of the loans, referred to as the "accretable yield", is accreted into interest income 
over the life of the loans using the effective yield method.  Accordingly, PCI loans are not subject to classification as nonaccrual 
in the same manner as originated loans, rather they are generally considered to be accruing loans because their interest income 
recognized relates to the accretable yield and not to contractual interest payments.  The carrying amount of these purchased credit 
impaired loans was $29.5 million and $32.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  See Note 4, "Loans, Allowance 
for  Loan  Losses  and  Credit  Quality"  within  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  in  Item  8  hereof  for  more 
information.

Nonperforming Assets    Nonperforming assets are comprised of nonperforming loans, nonperforming securities, other real 
estate owned (“OREO”), and other assets in possession.  Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans and loans that are more 
than 90 days past due but still accruing interest.

Nonperforming securities consist of securities that are on nonaccrual status.  The Company holds five collateralized debt 
obligation securities (“CDOs”) comprised of pools of trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurance companies, which 
are  currently  deferring  interest  payments  on  certain  tranches  within  the  bonds’  structures,  including  the  tranches  held  by  the 
Company.  The bonds are anticipated to continue to defer interest until cash flows are sufficient to satisfy certain collateralization 
levels designed to protect more senior tranches.  As a result, the Company has placed the five securities on nonaccrual status and 
has reversed any previously accrued income related to these securities.

 OREO consists of real estate properties, which have served as collateral to secure loans, that are controlled or owned by 
the Bank.  These properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a 
new cost basis.  The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated costs to sell) 
of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset 
below the new cost basis are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance.  Subsequent increases in the fair value are recorded 
as reductions in the valuation allowance, but not below zero.  All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property are generally 
charged to noninterest expense.  In the event the real estate is utilized as a rental property, rental income and expenses are recorded 
as incurred.

Other assets in possession typically consist of foreclosed non-real estate assets deemed to be in control of the Company.

41

 
The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets held by the Bank at the dates indicated:

Table 9 — Nonperforming Assets

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

December 31

Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis(1)

Commercial and industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,178

$

11,834

633

10,329

7,068

92

2,666

6,574

570

11,472

7,311

121

(Dollars in thousands)

$

1,883

$

13,109

542

9,867

3,130

381

3,123

9,836

887

6,728

1,752

505

$

4,205

18,525

793

10,829

1,166

373

Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

34,134

Loans past due 90 days or more but still accruing

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Total nonperforming loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Nonaccrual securities(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other assets in possession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

462
—

63

525

34,659

1,541

167

7,466

$

$

$

$

28,714

$

28,912

$

22,831

$

35,891

— $
—

— $
—

— $
4

52

52

28,766

1,511

176

11,974

$

$

41

41

28,953

1,272

266

6,658

$

$

273

277

23,108

1,051

61

7,273

$

$

—
—

292

292

36,183

920

148

3,994

Total nonperforming assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

43,833

$

42,427

$

37,149

$

31,493

$

41,245

Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans . . . .

Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets . . . .

0.73%

0.72%

0.64%

0.74%

0.76%

0.75%

0.65%

0.67%

1.07%
0.92%  

(1) 

(2) 

Included in these amounts were $7.5 million, $6.6 million, $9.2 million, $4.0 million, and $3.4 million of TDRs on nonaccrual at December 31, 2013, 
2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Amounts represent the fair value of nonaccrual securities. The Company had five nonaccrual securities in 2013, and six nonaccrual securities in 2012, 
2011, 2010 and 2009. 

42

 
 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in nonperforming assets for the periods indicated:

Table 10 — Activity in Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets beginning balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New to nonperforming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans charged-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans paid-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans restored to accrual status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans transferred to other real estate owned/other assets . . .
Change to other real estate owned:

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 42,427

56,288
(10,518)
(26,617)
(9,808)
(2,869)

$ 37,149

42,606
(16,591)
(10,381)
(9,091)
(7,061)

New to other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,869
419
Acquired other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1,483)
Valuation write down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(8,854)
Sale of other real estate owned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital improvements to other real estate owned . . . . . . . .
2,541
Total change to other real estate owned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net change in nonaccrual securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,061

2,633
(776)
(5,871)
2,269

(4,508)
31
(593)

5,316

239

241

Nonperforming assets ending balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 43,833

$ 42,427

The following table sets forth information regarding troubled debt restructured loans as of the dates indicated:

Table 11 — Troubled Debt Restructurings

December 31

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

(Dollars in thousands)

Performing troubled debt restructurings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 38,410
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,454
Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 45,864

$ 46,764

$ 37,151

$ 26,091

$ 10,484

6,554

9,230

3,982

3,498

$ 53,318

$ 46,381

$ 30,073

$ 13,982

Performing troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans. . . . .

Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans. . . . .

Total troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans . . . . . . . .

0.81%

0.16%

0.97%

1.03%

0.15%

1.18%

0.98%

0.24%

1.22%

0.73%

0.11%

0.84%

0.31%

0.10%

0.41%

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes changes in TDRs for the periods indicated:

Table 12 — Activity in Troubled Debt Restructurings 

TDRs beginning balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
New to TDR status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Court ordered concessions (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paydowns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charge-offs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans removed from TDR status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TDRs ending balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

53,318

$

46,381

6,789

—
(13,307)
(936)
—

8,350

5,143
(6,080)
(476)
—

45,864

$

53,318

(1) Represents consumer loans where the borrower's obligation has been effectively discharged through Chapter 7 Bankruptcy and the borrower has not reaffirmed 
the debt for all applicable prior periods.

Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against 
current income.  The table below shows interest income that was recognized or collected on all nonaccrual loans and TDRs as of 
the dates indicated:

Table 13 — Interest Income Recognized/Collected on Nonaccrual Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

The amount of incremental gross interest income that would have been
recorded if nonaccrual loans had been current in accordance with their original
terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
The amount of interest income on nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs that
was included in net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,154

$

2,022

$

1,265

2,510

2,879

2,484

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable 
to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. 
Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of 
collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment 
shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment 
shortfalls  on  a  case-by-case  basis,  taking  into  consideration  all  of  the  circumstances  surrounding  the  loan  and  the  borrower, 
including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall 
in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impairment  is  measured  on  a  loan  by  loan  basis  for  commercial  and  industrial,  commercial  real  estate,  commercial 
construction, and small business categories and for all loans identified as a troubled debt restructuring by comparing the loan’s 
value to either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable 
market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  For impaired loans deemed collateral dependent, 
where impairment is measured using the fair value of the collateral, the Bank will either order a new appraisal or use another 
available source of collateral assessment such as a broker’s opinion of value to determine a reasonable estimate of the fair value 
of the collateral.

At  December 31,  2013,  impaired  loans  included  all  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  commercial  real  estate  loans, 
commercial construction, and small business loans that are on nonaccrual status, TDRs, and other loans that have been categorized 
as  impaired.   Total  impaired  loans  at  December 31,  2013  and  2012  were  $72.1  million  and  $66.7  million,  respectively.    For 
additional information regarding the Bank’s asset quality, including delinquent loans, nonaccruals, TDRs, and impaired loans, see 
Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses, and Credit Quality” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in 
Item 8 hereof.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Potential  problem  loans  are  any  loans  which  are  not  included  in  nonaccrual  or  nonperforming  loans,  where  known 
information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes management to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers 
to comply with present loan repayment terms.  At December 31, 2013, there were 64 relationships, with an aggregate balance of 
$78.6 million, deemed to be potential problem loans.  These potential problem loans continued to perform with respect to payments.  
Management actively monitors these loans and strives to minimize any possible adverse impact to the Bank.  

Allowance for Loan Losses    The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers adequate 
to provide for probable loan losses based upon evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio.  The allowance is 
increased by providing for loan losses through a charge to provision for loan losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged-
off and is reduced by loans charged-off.

While  management  uses  available  information  to  recognize  losses  on  loans,  future  additions  to  the  allowance  may  be 
necessary based on increases in nonperforming loans, changes in economic conditions, or for other reasons.  Additionally, various 
regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the Bank’s examination process, periodically assess the adequacy of the allowance for 
loan losses and may require it to increase its provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs.

As of December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses totaled $53.2 million, or 1.13% of total loans, as compared to $51.8 
million, or 1.15% of total loans, at December 31, 2012.  The increase in the aggregate amount of allowance is driven by shifts in 
the composition of the loan portfolio mix and loan growth, offset by improvements in certain asset quality measures.  The decrease 
in the amount of the allowance as a percentage of loans is largely attributable to the acquired loans which are accounted for at fair 
value, with no carryover of the related allowance. 

45

The  following  table  summarizes  changes  in  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  other  selected  statistics  for  the  periods 

presented:

Table 14 — Summary of Changes in the Allowance for Loan Losses

Average total loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year . . . . . . $
Charged-off loans:

Commercial and industrial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total charged-off loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Recoveries on loans previously charged-off

Commercial and industrial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total recoveries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loans charged-off

Commercial and industrial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total net loans charged-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for loan losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total allowances for loan losses, end of year. . . . . . . $
Net loans charged-off as a percent of average total
loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans.

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of
nonperforming loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loans charged-off as a percent of allowance for
loan losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Recoveries as a percent of charge-offs. . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

(Dollars in thousands)

4,556,351

$ 4,022,349

51,834

$

48,260

$

$

3,681,418

46,255

$

$

3,434,769

$ 3,177,949

42,361

$

37,049

2,683

3,587

308

773

622

1,370

1,175

10,518

272

206

100

279

143

135

588

1,723

2,411

3,381

208

494

479

1,235

587

8,795

10,200

53,239

6,191

4,348

—

616

1,094

3,178

1,165

2,888

2,631

769

1,190

559

1,626

1,678

16,592

11,341

963

188

—

134

151

93

581

2,110

5,228

4,160

—

482

943

3,085

584

14,482

18,056

51,834

$

420

97

500

160

—

52

635

1,864

2,468

2,534

269

1,030

559

1,574

1,043

9,477

11,482

48,260

$

$

5,170

3,448

1,716

2,279

557

939

2,078

16,187

361

1

—

217

59

131

657

1,426

4,809

3,447

1,716

2,062

498

808

1,421

14,761

18,655

46,255

$

1,663

834

2,679

2,047

829

1,799

3,404

13,255

27

—

—

204

105

41

855

1,232

1,636

834

2,679

1,843

724

1,758

2,549

12,023

17,335

42,361

0.19%

1.13%

0.36%

1.15%

0.26%

1.27%

0.43%

1.30%

0.38%

1.25%

153.61%

180.19%

166.68%

200.17%

117.07%

16.52%

16.38%

27.94%

12.72%

19.64%

16.44%

31.91%

8.81%

28.38%

9.29%

46

 
 
 
For purposes of the allowance for loan losses, management segregates the loan portfolio into the portfolio segments detailed 
in the table below.  The allocation of the allowance for loan losses is made to each loan category using the analytical techniques 
and estimation methods described herein.  While these amounts represent management’s best estimate of the distribution of probable 
losses at the evaluation dates, they are not necessarily indicative of either the categories in which actual losses may occur or the 
extent of such actual losses that may be recognized within each category.  Each of these loan categories possess unique risk 
characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment.  The total allowance is 
available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

Table 15 — Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

2013

2012

December 31

2011

2010

2009

Percent of
Loans
In
Category
To Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

Percent of
Loans
In
Category
To Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

Percent of
Loans
In
Category
To Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

Percent of
Loans
In
Category
To Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

Percent of
Loans
In
Category
To Total
Loans

Allowance
Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

Allocated Allowance

Commercial and
industrial . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real
estate . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial
construction . . . . . .

Small business . . . .

Residential real
estate . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity. . . . . .

Other consumer . . .

15,622

16.6% $

13,461

15.2% $

11,682

15.2% $

10,423

14.1% $

7,545

11.0%

24,541

47.7%

22,598

46.9%

23,514

48.6%

21,939

48.4%

19,451

47.5%

3,371

1,215

2,760

5,036

694

4.7%

1.6%

11.5%

17.5%

0.4%

2,811

1,524

2,930

7,703

807

4.2%

1.7%

13.6%

17.8%

0.6%

2,076

1,896

3,113

4,597

1,382

3.4%

2.1%

11.3%

18.3%

1.1%

2,145

3,740

2,915

3,369

1,724

3.6%

2.3%

13.4%

16.3%

1.9%

2,457

3,372

2,840

3,945

2,751

5.5%

2.4%

16.4%

13.9%

3.3%

Total . . . . . . . . . . $

53,239

100.0% $

51,834

100.0% $

48,260

100.0% $

46,255

100.0% $

42,361

100.0%

To determine if a loan should be charged-off, all possible sources of repayment are analyzed.  Possible sources of repayment 
include the potential for future cash flows, the value of the Bank’s collateral, and the strength of co-makers or guarantors.  When 
available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged-off 
against the allowance for loan losses and any recoveries of such previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance.

Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, the Company charges off the amount of any confirmed loan 
loss in the period when the loans, or portions of loans, are deemed uncollectible.  For troubled, collateral-dependent loans, loss-
confirming events may include an appraisal or other valuation that reflects a shortfall between the value of the collateral and the 
book value of the loan or receivable, or a deficiency balance following the sale of the collateral. 

For additional information regarding the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies” and Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses, and Credit Quality” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in Item 8 hereof.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock    The Bank holds an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Boston's 
stock, which amounted to $39.9 million at December 31, 2013 and $41.8 million at December 31, 2012, as the FHLB repurchased 
excess capital stock in 2013.  The FHLB is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions.  The primary 
reason for the FHLB of Boston membership is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding, particularly term funding, 
as a tool to manage interest rate risk.  The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding.  
The Company purchases FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received and views the purchases as a necessary long-
term investment for the purposes of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return.  

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets    Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets were $182.6 million and $162.1 
million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.  The increase in 2013 was due to the Mayflower acquisition. 
The Company typically performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of the year, unless certain indicators 
suggest earlier testing to be warranted.  The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter 
of 2013 and determined that the Company's goodwill was not impaired.  Identifiable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment 

47

 
 
 
 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.  There were 
no events or changes that indicated impairment of identifiable intangible assets.  For additional information regarding the goodwill 
and identifiable intangible assets, see Note 6, “Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets” within Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies    The Bank holds life insurance policies for the purpose of funding the 
Bank’s future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefits plans.  The cash surrender value of life insurance 
policies was $100.4 million and $97.3 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.  The Bank recorded 
tax  exempt  income  from  the  life  insurance  policies  of  $3.2  million,  $3.1  million,  and  $3.2  million  in  2013,  2012,  and  2011, 
respectively.  Also during 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized gains on life insurance benefits  in the amount of $227,000 
and  $1.3 million, respectively.  These gains are also tax-exempt income to the Company.

Deposits    As of December 31, 2013, deposits of $5.0 billion were $439.7 million, or 9.7%, higher than the prior year-end, 
driven mainly by the Mayflower acquisition.  However, the Company also experienced organic growth in deposits, fueled by 
increases in business deposits from commercial loan customers, as well as small business customers, inflows of municipal deposits 
and higher consumer deposits resulting from strong household growth during the year.  On an organic basis, time deposits decreased 
by 10.6%, as the Company continues to focus on core deposits.  Core deposits, which the Company defines as nontime and 
nonbrokered deposits, increased by $449.2 million, or 11.9%, during 2013 and now comprise 84.9% of total deposits. 

The following table summarizes the organic deposit growth during the periods indicated:

Table 16 - Components of Deposit Growth

December 31

Mayflower

Organic

Organic

2013

2012

Acquisition

Growth/(Decline) Growth/(Decline) %

Demand deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,369,432
1,940,153
Savings and interest checking accounts .
Money market. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time certificates of deposit. . . . . . . . . . .

743,628
Total deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 4,986,418

933,205

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 1,248,394

$

40,056

$

1,691,187

853,971

753,125

84,295

24,195

70,331

$ 4,546,677

$ 218,877

$

80,982

164,671

55,039
(79,828)
220,864

6.5 %

9.7 %

6.4 %

(10.6)%

4.9 %

The following table sets forth the average balances of the Bank’s deposits for the periods indicated:

Table 17 — Average Balances of Deposits

2013

December 31

2012

2011

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

(Dollars in thousands)

Demand deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,271,616
Savings and interest checking . . . . . . .
1,735,211

Money market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

887,936

Time certificates of deposits. . . . . . . . .

724,644
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 4,619,407

27.5% $ 1,070,577

26.7% $

910,701

37.6% 1,484,758

37.1% 1,355,478

19.2%

15.7%

803,656

646,873

20.1%

16.1%

728,380

656,486

24.9%

37.2%

19.9%

18.0%

100.0% $ 4,005,864

100.0% $ 3,651,045

100.0%

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the maturities of the Bank’s time certificates of deposits in the amount of $100,000 or more 

as of December 31, 2013:

Table 18 — Maturities of Time Certificates of Deposits $100,000 and Over

Balance

Percentage

(Dollars in thousands)

1 to 3 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
4 to 6 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 to 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Over 12 months. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

86,601

56,939

83,552

70,892

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

297,984

29.1%

19.1%

28.0%

23.8%

100.0%

The Bank also participates in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) program, allowing the Bank 
to  provide  easy  access  to  multi-million  dollar  FDIC  deposit  insurance  protection  on  certificate  of  deposits  investments  for 
consumers, businesses and public entities.  The economic downturn has made CDARS an attractive product for customers.  In 
addition, the Bank may occasionally raise funds through brokered certificates of deposit.  This channel allows the Bank to seek 
additional funding in potentially large quantities by attracting deposits from outside the Bank’s core market.  The following table 
sets forth the Bank’s brokered deposits as of the dates indicated:

Table 19 — Brokered Deposits

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

CDARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Brokered certificates of deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brokered money market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

53,748

$

13,753

10,000

Total brokered deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

77,501

$

72,218

13,718

10,000

95,936

Borrowings    The following table sets forth the balance of borrowings at the periods indicated:

Table 20 — Borrowings by Category

December 31

2013

2012

% Change

(Dollars in thousands)

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Wholesale repurchase agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Customer repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings. . . . .

Junior subordinated debentures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subordinated debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

140,294

$

50,000

154,288

73,906

30,000

271,569

50,000

165,359

74,127

30,000

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

448,488

$

591,055

(48.3)%

— %

(6.7)%

(0.3)%

— %

(24.1)%

See  Note  8,  "Borrowings"  within  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  in  Item  8  hereof  for  more 

information regarding borrowings.

Capital Resources    The Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and other regulatory agencies have established capital guidelines for 
banks and bank holding companies.  Risk-based capital guidelines issued by the federal regulatory agencies require banks to meet 
a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%.  A minimum requirement of 4.0% 
Tier 1 leverage capital is also mandated.  At December 31, 2013, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum requirements 
for all regulatory capital ratios.  See Note 18, “Regulatory Matters” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included 
in Item 8 hereof for more information regarding capital requirements.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations

Table 21 — Summary of Results of Operations

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Return on average assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Return on average equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stockholders' equity as % of assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net Interest Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

50,254

2.18

0.87%

9.09%

9.70%

3.51%

42,627

1.95

0.83%

8.66%

9.19%

3.75%

Net Interest Income    The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the volume, mix, 

and interest rate sensitivity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $183.5 million in 2013, a 5.6% increase from 2012 net interest 

income of $173.9 million.

The following table presents the Company’s average balances, net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest 
margin for 2013, 2012, and 2011.  Nontaxable income from loans and securities is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis by 
adjusting tax-exempt income upward by an amount equivalent to the prevailing income taxes that would have been paid if the 
income had been fully taxable.

50

 
 
 
 
Table 22 — Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields

2013

INTEREST
EARNED/
PAID

AVERAGE
BALANCE

AVERAGE
YIELD

AVERAGE
BALANCE

2012

INTEREST
EARNED/
PAID

AVERAGE
YIELD

AVERAGE
BALANCE

2011

INTEREST
EARNED/
PAID

AVERAGE
YIELD

Years Ended December 31

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest-earning assets

Interest-earning deposits with
banks, federal funds sold, and
short term investments . . . . . . . $
Securities

80,349

$

200

0.25% $

54,483

$

132

0.24% $

65,053

$

162

0.25%

Trading assets. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taxable investment securities

Nontaxable investment
securities(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total securities . . . . . . . . . .

Loans held for sale . . . . . . . . . .

Loans(2)

—
566,764

1,523

568,287
27,693

Total commercial . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial and industrial. . .

Commercial construction . . . .

Commercial real estate (1) . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . .

736,814
2,166,073
218,894
76,700
3,198,481
534,696
800,646
1,335,342
22,528
4,556,351
Total Interest-Earning Assets. $5,232,680
127,171
39,416

Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . .

Total consumer real estate .

Total loans. . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash and Due from Banks . . . . . .

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. .

Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

400,805
Total Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5,800,072

Interest-bearing liabilities

Deposits

—
15,137

88

15,225
774

29,241
96,165
9,066
4,272
138,744
21,179
28,712
49,891
2,047
190,682
$ 206,881

37
16,643

140

16,820
988

25,309
93,582
6,698
4,509
130,098
18,330
28,124
46,454
2,785
179,337
$ 197,277

—%
2.67%

5.78%

2.68%
2.79%

1,365
524,466

1,746

527,577
29,928

3.97%
625,789
4.44% 1,923,602
4.14%
159,271
79,092
5.57%
4.34% 2,787,754
436,737
3.96%
3.59%
765,228
3.74% 1,201,965
9.09%
32,630
4.18% 4,022,349
3.95% $4,634,337
67,085
35,155

377,450
$5,114,027

285
20,041

560

20,886
482

22,867
93,604
5,805
4,606
126,882
20,463
24,015
44,478
4,171
175,531
$ 197,061

2.71%
3.17%

8.02%

3.19%
3.30%

8,329
540,564

7,471

556,364
14,646

4.04%
538,805
4.86% 1,792,247
4.21%
126,083
78,851
5.70%
4.67% 2,535,986
456,186
4.20%
3.68%
635,695
3.86% 1,091,881
8.54%
53,551
4.46% 3,681,418
4.26% $4,317,481
55,897
35,854

336,617
$4,745,849

Savings and interest checking
accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,735,211
887,936
Money market . . . . . . . . . . . .
724,644

Time certificates of deposits .

$

3,107

2,271
5,246

0.18% $1,484,758

$

0.26%
0.72%

803,656
646,873

2,820

2,461
5,422

0.19% $1,355,478

$

0.31%
0.84%

728,380
656,486

3,216

3,050
7,089

3,347,791

10,624

0.32% 2,935,287

10,703

0.36% 2,740,344

13,355

3.42%
3.71%

7.50%

3.75%
3.29%

4.24%
5.22%
4.60%
5.84%
5.00%
4.49%
3.78%
4.07%
7.79%
4.77%
4.56%

0.24%

0.42%
1.08%

0.49%

Total interest bearing
deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Borrowings

Federal Home Loan Bank
borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Customer repurchase
agreements and other short-
term borrowings . . . . . . . . . . .

Wholesale repurchase
agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Junior subordinated
debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subordinated debt . . . . . . . . .

Total borrowings. . . . . . . . .

245,392

5,446

2.22%

224,553

5,277

2.35%

284,400

7,199

2.53%

150,286

276

0.18%

160,589

325

0.20%

143,904

536

0.37%

50,000

1,158

2.32%

50,000

1,162

2.32%

50,000

1,748

74,017

30,000
549,695

4,049

1,783
12,712

5.47%

5.94%
2.31%

63,549

30,000
528,691

3,749

2,177
12,690

5.90%

7.26%
2.40%

61,857

30,000
570,161

3,663

2,171
15,317

3.50%

5.92%

7.24%
2.69%

Demand deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest-bearing
liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,897,486
1,271,616
78,392
Total liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5,247,494
552,578

Stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . .

Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities and
stockholders’ equity. . . . . . . . . . $5,800,072

Net interest income(1) . . . . . . . . .

Interest rate spread(3) . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest margin(4). . . . . . . . . .

$

23,336

0.60% $3,463,978

$

23,393

0.68% $3,310,505

$

28,672

0.87%

1,070,577
87,104
$4,621,659
492,368

$5,114,027

910,701
67,221
$4,288,427
457,422

$4,745,849

$ 183,545

$ 173,884

$ 168,389

3.35%
3.51%

51

3.58%
3.75%

3.69%
3.90%

 
 
 
 
Supplemental Information . . . . . .

Total deposits, including
demand deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,619,407
Cost of total deposits . . . . . . . . .

Total funding liabilities,
including demand deposits . . . . $5,169,102
Cost of total funding liabilities .

$

$

10,624

23,336

0.23%

0.45%

$4,005,864

$

10,703

$3,651,045

$

13,355

$4,534,555

$

23,393

0.27%

0.52%

$4,221,206

$

28,672

0.37%

0.68%

(1)  The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $967,000, $1.1 million and $1.3 million in 2013, 2012, 
and 2011, respectively.  The FTE adjustment relates to nontaxable investment securities with average balances of $1.5 million, $1.7 million, and $7.5 million, 
in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and nontaxable industrial development bonds with average balances of $39.4 million, $36.3 million, and $37.6 million 
in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

(2)  Average nonaccruing loans are included in loans.

(3) 

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average costs of interest-bearing 
liabilities.

(4)  Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

52

The following table presents certain information on a fully-tax equivalent basis regarding changes in the Company’s interest 
income and interest expense for the periods indicated.  For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, 
information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), 
(2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied 
by change in volume) which is allocated to the change due to rate column:

Table 23 — Volume Rate Analysis

Years Ended December 31

2013 Compared To 2012

2012 Compared To 2011

2011 Compared To 2010

Change
Due to
Rate

Change
Due to
Volume

Total
Change

Change
Due to
Rate

Change
Due to
Volume

Total
Change

Change
Due to
Rate

Change
Due to
Volume

Total
Change

(Dollars in thousands)

Income on interest-earning assets

Interest-earning deposits, federal funds sold
and short term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Securities

5

$

63

$

68

$

(4) $

(26) $

(30) $

(4) $

(171) $

(175)

Trading assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

(37)

(37)

(10)

Taxable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2,848)

1,342

(1,506)

(2,801)

(248)

(17)

40

23

(3,398)

(2,493)

(1,188)

(3,681)

Nontaxable securities(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(34)

(18)

Total securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loans held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(140)

(74)

Loans

Commercial and industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(558)

4,490

Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(9,213)

11,796

Commercial construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(139)

(101)

2,507

(136)

Total commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,262)

(714)

4,111

1,302

Total consumer real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(52)

(1,595)

(214)

3,932

2,583

2,368

(237)

8,646

2,849

588

3,437

9

3

(420)

(4,066)

25

(603)

503

506

(118)

(66)

(578)

(4,236)

(184)

(1,250)

(6,882)

(635)

(111)

3,692

6,860

1,528

14

(1,684)

(8,958)

(281)

(90)

2,442

(22)

893

(97)

3,216

5,094

8,345

3,410

(613)

(1,421)

(1,702)

(133)

(223)

872

(1,266)

(867)

(2,133)

(1,472)

(3,634)

(5,106)

(784)

4,893

4,109

1,976

(372)

5,018

Total other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

124

(862)

(738)

244

(1,630)

(1,386)

37

(2,665)

(238)

(597)

(429)

Loans(1)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expense of interest-bearing liabilities

Deposits

11,345

$ 9,604

Savings and interest checking accounts . . . . $
Money market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Time certificates of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest-bearing deposits. . . . . . . . . .

(189) $

(448)

(828)

476

258

652

$

287

$

(703) $

(904)

(1,563)

(190)

(176)

(79)

307

315

(104)

Borrowings

$

$

3,806

216

(396) $ (1,821) $

640

$ (1,181)

(589)

(1,667)

(2,652)

(1,448)

(2,013)

(67)

(2,190)

(1,515)

(4,203)

(6,899)

4,646

(460)

(2,628)

(2,216)

$ (6,811)

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings . . . . .

(333)

534

201

(407)

(1,515)

(1,922)

(1,298)

(1,092)

(2,390)

Customer repurchase agreements and other
short-term borrowings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wholesale repurchase agreements . . . . . . . .

Junior subordinated debentures. . . . . . . . . . .

Subordinated debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in net interest income. . . . . . . . .

(54)

(4)

(317)

(394)

(27)

—

617

—

(81)

(4)

300

(394)

22

(57)

$

$ 9,661

(273)

(586)

(14)

6

62

—

100

—

(211)

(586)

86

6

(516)

(368)

(3)

1

(2,627)

(5,279)

5,495

$

$

84

—

—

—

(432)

(368)

(3)

1

(3,192)

$(10,091)

$ 3,280

(1)  The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $967,000, $1.1 million, and $1.3 million in 2013, 2012, 

and 2011, respectively.

(2)  Loans include portfolio loans and nonaccrual loans, however unpaid interest on nonaccrual loans has not been included for purposes of determining interest 

income.

53

 
 
 
 
The increase in net interest income is driven primarily by loan growth, fueled mainly by acquisitions, exceeding the impact 

of a continued decreasing interest rate environment.

Provision For Loan Losses    The provision for loan losses represents the charge to expense that is required to maintain 
an adequate level of allowance for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses totaled $10.2 million in 2013, compared with $18.1 
million in 2012, a decrease of $7.9 million.  Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $8.8 million, a decrease 
of $5.7 million from the prior year.  

The Company’s allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of total loans, was 1.13% at year end, as compared to 1.15% 
at December 31, 2012.  The decrease in this percentage is the result of combined factors, including: 1) the additional loan portfolio 
acquired from Mayflower, which has been recorded at fair value; 2.) the resolution of certain impaired loans that previously carried 
specific loan loss allocations; and 3.) improvements observed in certain portfolio asset quality measures and other qualitative 
factors. 

Regional and local general economic conditions showed improvement during 2013, as measured by employment levels, 
economic activity, and other regional economic indicators. Local residential real estate market fundamentals were improved during 
2013, characterized by a higher level of home sales, lower inventory levels, and stabilized to improved prices compared to the 
same period in 2012.  Regional commercial real estate market conditions were mixed, with some areas experiencing continued 
recovery, while others still exhibit higher vacancy rates and flat to negative absorption.  Leading economic indicators suggest 
continued economic improvement heading into 2014. 

Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses considers past loan loss experience, 
known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, adverse situations which may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, the estimated 
value of the underlying collateral, if any, and current economic conditions.  Substantial portions of the Bank’s loans are secured 
by real estate in Massachusetts and Rhode Island.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Bank’s 
loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in property values within those states.

Noninterest Income    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest income for the periods shown:

Table 24 — Noninterest Income

Years Ended December 31

Change

2013

2012

Amount

%

Deposit account fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17,940
Interchange and ATM fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,883

Investment management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16,832

Mortgage banking income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies . . . . . . . .
Gain on life insurance benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loan level derivative income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net gain on sales of securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,734

3,229
227

763

3,439

230

Other noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,732
Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 68,009

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 15,930

$

9,783

14,779

6,500

3,114
1,307

—

3,457

116

7,030

$ 62,016

$

2,010

1,100

2,053

234

115
(1,080)
763
(18)
114

702

5,993

12.6 %

11.2 %

13.9 %

3.6 %

3.7 %
(82.6)%

100.0 %

(0.5)%

98.3 %

10.0 %

9.7 %

Noninterest  income,  which  is  generated  by  deposit  account  service  charges,  interchange  and ATM  fees,  investment 
management  services,  mortgage  banking  activities,  cash  surrender  value  of  life  insurance,  and  miscellaneous  other  sources, 
amounted to $68.0 million in 2013, a $6.0 million, or 9.7%, increase from the prior year.  The primary reasons for the variances 
in the noninterest income category shown in the preceding table are noted below:

Deposit account fees, which represented 26.4% of total noninterest income, increased from $15.9 million in 2012 to $17.9 

million in 2013, mainly due to an increase in customer utilization of overdraft privileges on checking accounts.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interchange and ATM fees increased $1.1 million, or 11.2%, due to increased debit card usage by the Bank’s customers, 
driven by increased promotion, marketing campaigns, and sales activity.  The Bank's customer base has also increased due to 
strong household growth during 2013.

Investment management revenue increased by $2.1 million, or 13.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared 
to the same period in 2012.  The increase is attributable to strong sales results and general market appreciation, as well as an 
increase in assets under administration, which had risen to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2013 representing a 4.1% increase from 
the prior year.

The Company recognized gains on life insurance benefits in the amount of  $227,000 and $1.3 million during 2013 and 

2012, respectively,  which represented tax-exempt income to the Company.  

During 2013 the Company recognized a gain on the extinguishment of debt of $763,000 related to the payment of $60.0 
million of Federal Home Loan Bank Advances, which were assumed as part of the acquisition of Central Bancorp, Inc. in November 
2012.

Other noninterest income increased by $702,000, or 10.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the 
same period in 2012, driven by gains on sale of OREO properties which increased by $763,000, increases in asset-based lending 
fee income of $260,000, merchant processing income of $178,000, foreign currency exchange fees of $136,000, as well as capital 
gain distributions of $260,000 related to the Company's equity portfolio.  These increases were offset by a decrease of $798,000 
associated with income in the prior year relating to the purchase of tax credits.

Noninterest Expense    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest expense for the periods shown:

Table 25 — Noninterest Expense

Years Ended December 31

Change

2013

2012

Amount

%

Salaries and employee benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Occupancy and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Data processing and facilities management . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FDIC assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consulting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Debit card fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Merger & acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill impairment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepayment fees on borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(Dollars in thousands)

89,894

$

84,014

$

19,650

17,307

4,748

4,280

3,579

3,322

2,994

8,685

—
—

4,644

3,949

3,232

2,801

2,510

6,741

2,227
7

Other noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36,497

32,027

5,880

2,343

104

331

347

521

484

1,944
(2,227)
(7)
4,470

Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

173,649

$

159,459

$

14,190

7.0 %

13.5 %

2.2 %

8.4 %

10.7 %

18.6 %

19.3 %

28.8 %

(100.0)%
(100.0)%

14.0 %

8.9 %

Inclusive of merger and acquisition costs, noninterest expense increased by $14.2 million, or 8.9%, during the year ended 
December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012.  The primary reasons for the variances in the noninterest expense 
category shown in the preceding tables are noted below:

Salaries and employee benefits increased by $5.9 million, or 7.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to 

the same period in 2012, driven mainly by increases in base salaries and commissions earned and incentive compensation. 

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased by $2.3 million, or 13.5% due partly to acquired facilities and snow removal 

costs during 2013.

Consulting expense increased during 2013 due to a number of strategic initiatives and projects performed throughout the 

various business units during the year.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Merger and acquisition expenses associated with the Mayflower acquisition were $6.9 million for the year ended 2013 and 
merger and acquisition expenses associated with the Central acquisition were $1.8 and $6.7 million for the years ended 2013 and 
2012, respectively.

During 2012 the Company recorded a $2.2 million goodwill impairment charge, which represented the total amount of 
goodwill relating to Compass Exchange Advisors, LLC which was acquired in January 2007.  There were no goodwill impairment 
charges recognized by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Total other noninterest expense increased by $4.5 million, or 14.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared 
to the same period in 2012.  The increase is primarily attributable to the following: mortgage operations expense increased $1.8 
million, driven by the outsourcing of various mortgage banking functions, loan workout costs increased by  $847,000, software 
maintenance increased by $468,000, intangible amortization increased by $461,000, and online banking expense increased by 
$439,000.  Offsetting these increases were decreases in the following accounts: contract labor by $339,000, other losses and charge-
offs by $364,000 and other legal expenses which decreased by $250,000.

Income  Taxes    The  tax  effect  of  all  income  and  expense  transactions  is  recognized  by  the  Company  in  each  year’s 
consolidated statements of income, regardless of the year in which the transactions are reported for income tax purposes.  The 
following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s tax provision and applicable tax rates for the periods indicated:

Table 26 — Tax Provision and Applicable Tax Rates

Combined federal and state income tax provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Effective income tax rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Blended federal and state statutory tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

16,484

$

14,673

$

17,148

24.7%

40.9%

25.6%

40.9%

27.4%

41.2%

 Effective July 1, 2008 Massachusetts state legislation was passed which enacted corporate tax reform. As a result of that 
legislation, the state tax rate was reduced by 1.5% over a three year period which began on January 1, 2010 and has resulted in a 
blended statutory rate of 40.9%.  The Company's effective rate, which is lower than the statutory rate, is attributable to certain tax 
preference assets such as the non-taxable increase in cash surrender value of life insurance and tax exempt bonds as well as federal 
tax  credits  recognized,  primarily  in  connection  with  the  New  Markets Tax  Credit  (“NMTC”)  program.   The  decrease  in  the 
Company’s effective tax rate in 2013 was primarily attributable to additional New Markets Tax Credit recognized during the year.

The Company's subsidiaries have received several awards of tax credit allocation authority under the federal New Markets 
Tax Credit Program which enable the Company to recognize federal tax credits over a seven year period totaling 39.0% of the 
total award.  The Company recognizes federal tax credits as capital investments are made into its subsidiaries to fund below market 
interest  rate  loans  to  qualifying  businesses  in  low  income  communities. The  following  table  details  the  remaining  tax  credit 
recognition by year associated with this program:

Table 27 — New Markets Tax Credit Recognition Schedule

Investment

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Thereafter

Total Remaining
Credits

38.2 M $ 2,292

$ — $ — $ — $ — $

— $

(Dollars in thousands)

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2008 . . . . . . . . . . . .

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . .

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . .

2012 . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.8 M

10.0 M

40.0 M

21.4 M

44.6 M

408

600

2,400

1,071

2,229

408

600

2,400

1,071

2,229

—

600

2,400

1,285

2,229

—

—

2,400

1,285

2,675

—

—

—

1,285

2,675

Total. . . . . . . . . . . $

161.0 M $ 9,000

$ 6,708

$ 6,514

$ 6,360

$ 3,960

$

56

—

—

—

1,285

5,350

6,635

$

2,292

816

1,800

9,600

7,282

17,387

39,177

 
 
 
 
 
For  additional  information  related  to  the  Company's  income  taxes  see  Note  13,"Income  Taxes"  within  Notes  to  the 

Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Dividends    The Company declared cash dividends of $0.88 per common share in 2013 and $0.84 in 2012.  The 2013 and 
2012 ratio of dividends paid to earnings was 30.09% and 52.77%, respectively.  The variance in the payout ratios is due to the 
acceleration of the payment of the Company's 2012 fourth quarter dividend, which was paid on December 31, 2012, and would 
have been typically paid during the second week of the following month.

Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends of 
the Company will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies 
and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deem appropriate.

Comparison of 2012 vs. 2011    The Company’s total assets were $5.8 billion, which represented an increase of $786.7 
million, or 15.8%, at December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011.  A large driver of this increase is  the Central Bancorp, 
Inc. acquisition that was completed on November 9, 2012.  Total average assets were $5.1 billion and $4.7 billion in 2012 and 
2011, respectively.  Total securities of $507.6 million, at December 31, 2012, decreased $10.9 million compared to the $518.5 
million reported on December 31, 2011.  Total loans of $4.5 billion, at December 31, 2012, increased $724.6 million compared 
to the prior year end.  Total deposits of $4.5 billion at December 31, 2012 reflected an increase of $669.8 million, or 17.3%, 
compared to December 31, 2011.  Borrowings increased by $53.4 million, or 9.9%, during the year ended December 31, 2012.  
Stockholders’ equity increased by $60.3 million in 2012.

Net income for 2012 was $42.6 million, or $1.95 per diluted share, compared to $45.4 million, or $2.12 per diluted share, 
in 2011.  Return on average assets and return on average common equity were 0.83% and 8.66%, respectively, for 2012 and 0.96% 
and 9.93%, respectively, for 2011.

On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $173.9 million in 2012, a 3.3% increase from 2011 net interest 
income of $168.4 million.  The increase in net interest income was driven mainly by reductions in the Company’s overall cost of 
funding, stemming from the Company’s strategy to create a funding mix that focuses on core deposits.  Although average loan 
balances increased, a reduction in loan yields, as well as a decline in the size of and yield on the securities portfolio, reduced 
overall growth in interest income.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased to $23.4 million from the $28.7 million recorded in 2011, 
a decrease of $5.3 million, or 18.4%.  The total cost of funds decreased 16 basis points to 0.52% for 2012 as compared to 0.68% 
for 2011.  Average interest-bearing deposits increased $194.9 million, or 7.1%, over the prior year while the cost of these deposits 
decreased from 0.37% in 2011 to 0.27% in 2012 primarily attributable to the active management of the Company's deposit costs.

Average borrowings decreased in 2012 by $41.5 million, or 7.3%, from the 2011 average balance, with the average cost of 

borrowings decreasing to 2.40% from 2.69%.

The provision for loan losses totaled $18.1 million in 2012, compared with $11.5 million in 2011, an increase of $6.6 
million.  The increase in the aggregate amount of provision for loan losses was the result of shifts in the composition of loan 
portfolio mix, as certain portfolios require different levels of allowance allocation based upon the risks associated with each 
portfolio, as well as portfolio growth of outstanding balances, offset by improvements in certain asset quality measures.  The 
Company’s allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of total loans, was 1.15%, as compared to 1.27% at December 31, 2012 and 
2011, respectively.    The decrease  is largely attributable to the acquired Central loans which are accounted for at fair value, with 
no carryover of the related allowance.  Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2012, net loan charge-offs totaled $14.5 
million, an increase of $5.0 million from the prior year.  This increase was impacted by a customer fraud situation, which resulted 
in a net charge-off of $4.8 million. 

Noninterest  income,  which  is  generated  by  deposit  account  service  charges,  interchange  and ATM  fees,  investment 
management  services,  mortgage  banking  activities,  cash  surrender  value  of  life  insurance,  and  miscellaneous  other  sources, 
amounted to $62.0 million in 2012, a $9.3 million, or 17.7%, increase from the prior year. The primary reasons for the variances 
in the noninterest income category are noted below:

Service charges on deposit accounts, which represented 25.7% of total noninterest income, decreased from $16.6 million 

in 2011 to $15.9 million in 2012, mainly due to a decrease in customer utilization of overdraft privileges on checking accounts.

Interchange and ATM fees increased $2.1 million, or 26.5%, due to increased debit card usage by the Bank’s customers, 

driven by increased promotion, marketing campaigns, and sales activity.

Investment management revenue increased by $1.2 million, or 9.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared 
to the same period in 2011.  The increase is attributable to strong sales results and general market appreciation, as well as an 
57

increase in assets under administration, which had risen to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2012 representing a 31.0% increase from 
the prior year.

Mortgage banking revenue of $6.5 million in 2012 increased by 54.9% from the $4.2 million recorded in 2011, reflective 

of strong mortgage originations and refinancing activity due to the low rate environment.

The Company received proceeds on life insurance policies in the amount of $2.7 million during the third quarter of 2012, 
resulting in a gain of $1.3 million, which represented tax-exempt income to the Company.  There were no such proceeds received 
in the prior year.

Loan level derivative income increased $1.4 million, or 65.2%, driven by increased activity by the Company's commercial 
customers.  This service is used to offer customers a longer term fixed rate cash flow on loans while allowing the Bank to manage 
interest rate risk.

Other noninterest income increased by $2.4 million, or 48.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the 
same period in 2011, driven by $798,000 associated with the purchase of tax credits, $431,000 attributable to the change in the 
fair value of the Company’s trading securities from the prior year, as well as increases in various other categories, including 
merchant processing income and asset-based lending fee income.

Inclusive of merger and acquisition costs, noninterest expense increased by $13.7 million, or 9.4%, during the year ended 
December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011.  Excluding merger and acquisition costs, goodwill impairment and 
other noncore items, noninterest expenses were well contained increasing only 3.8% over the prior year.  The primary reasons for 
the variances in the noninterest expense category shown in the preceding table are noted below:

Salaries and employee benefits increased by $2.7 million, or 3.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to 
the same period in 2011, mainly attributable to an increase in commissions earned, benefit plan expenses, as well as the inclusion 
of Central's employee base in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased by $391,000, or 2.3% due partly to acquired Central facilities offset by 

decreases in costs related to snow removal.

Merger and acquisition expenses associated with the Central acquisition were $6.7 million for the year ended 2012.

During 2012 the Company recorded a $2.2 million goodwill impairment charge, which represented the total amount of 
goodwill relating to Compass Exchange Advisors, LLC which was acquired in January 2007.  There were no other goodwill 
impairment charges recognized during the year ended 2012 or in the prior year.

Total other noninterest expense increased by $2.5 million, or 9.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to 
the same period in 2011.  The increase was primarily attributable to the following: contract labor increased $640,000 driven by 
the outsourcing of various mortgage banking functions, internet banking expense increased by $453,000 due to implementation 
of to a new on-line banking vendor, debit card expense increased $387,000 due to increased customer usage, and appraisal costs 
increased by $327,000 due to loan growth experienced during the year. 

Risk Management

The Company’s Board of Directors and Executive Management have identified significant risk categories which affect the 
Company.  The risk categories include: credit risk, operations risk, compliance risk, reputation risk, strategic risk, market risk and 
liquidity risk.  The Board of Directors has approved a Risk Management Policy that addresses each category of risk.  The Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Information Officer, Director of Residential Lending 
and Compliance, Executive Vice President of Commercial Lending and other members of management provide regular reports to 
the Board of Directors, identifying key risk issues and plans to address these issues. The Board of Directors will ensure the level 
of risk is within limits established by both the Risk Management Policy and other previously approved policies.

Credit Risk    Credit risk represents the possibility that customers may not repay loans or other contractual obligations 
according to their terms due to a decline in their credit quality.  In some cases, the collateral securing the payment of the loans 
may be sufficient to assure repayment, but in other cases the Company may experience significant credit losses which could have 
an adverse effect on its operating results.  The Company makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its 
loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral 
for the repayment of loans.  For further discussion regarding the credit risk and the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, 
see Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses, and Credit Quality” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included 
in Item 8 hereof.

58

Operations Risk    Operations risk is the risk of loss due to human behavior, inadequate or failed internal systems and 
controls, and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters and security risks.  The Company 
continuously strives to strengthen its system of internal controls, operating processes and employee awareness.  The Bank has an 
Operations Risk Management Committee that meets monthly and reports to the Board quarterly or more frequently if events occur 
that  warrant  reporting  to  the  Board  more  frequently.   The  committee  is  chaired  by  the  Director  of  Residential  Lending  and 
Compliance and members of the Committee include representatives from Audit, Finance, Technology, Compliance, Information 
Security and periodic attendance from business units throughout the organization.  An operations risk management dashboard is 
updated quarterly and reviewed with the Board.

Compliance  Risk    Compliance  risk  represents  the  risk  of  regulatory  sanctions  or  financial  loss  resulting  from  the 
Company’s failure to comply with rules and regulations issued by the various banking agencies, the U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission, and the NASDAQ Stock Market, and standards of good banking practice.  Activities which may expose the Company 
to  compliance  risk  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  dealing  with  the  prevention  of  money  laundering,  privacy  and  data 
protection, adherence to all applicable laws and regulations, community reinvestment initiatives and employment and tax matters. 
Compliance risk is mitigated through the use of written policies and procedures, training of staff, and monitoring of activities for 
adherence to those procedures.

Strategic and Reputational Risk    Strategic and reputational risk represent the risk of loss due to impairment of reputation, 
failure to fully develop and execute business plans, and failure to assess current and new opportunities in business, markets and 
products.  Mitigation of strategic and/or reputational risk is achieved through robust annual strategic planning and frequent executive 
strategic reviews, ongoing competitive and technological observation, rigorous assessment processes of new product, new branch, 
and new business initiatives, adherence to ethical standards and a philosophy of customer advocacy, a structured process of customer 
complaint resolution, and ongoing reputational monitoring and management tools.

Market Risk    Market risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices 
and other market-driven rates or prices.  Interest rate sensitivity is the most significant market risk to which the Company is 
exposed.

Interest rate risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates.  Changes in interest rates, as well as fluctuations 
in the level and duration of assets and liabilities, affect net interest income, the Company’s primary source of revenue.  Interest 
rate risk arises directly from the Company’s core banking activities.  In addition to directly impacting net interest income, changes 
in the level of interest rates can also affect the amount of loans originated, the timing of cash flows on loans and securities, and 
the fair value of securities and derivatives, as well as other effects.

The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control this risk within limits approved by the Board of Directors. 
These limits reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons.  The Company 
attempts to control interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying, and where appropriate, hedging its exposure.  If assets and liabilities 
do not re-price simultaneously and in equal volume, the potential for interest rate exposure exists.  It is management’s objective 
to maintain stability in the growth of net interest income through the maintenance of an appropriate mix of interest-earning assets 
and interest-bearing liabilities and, when necessary, within prudent limits, through the use of off-balance sheet hedging instruments 
such as interest rate swaps, floors and caps.

The Company quantifies its interest rate exposures using net interest income simulation models, as well as simpler gap 
analysis, and Economic Value of Equity analysis.  Key assumptions in these simulation analyses relate to behavior of interest rates 
and behavior of the Company’s deposit and loan customers.  The most material assumptions relate to the prepayment of mortgage 
assets (including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities) and the life and sensitivity of nonmaturity deposits (e.g. DDA, 
NOW, savings and money market).  In the case of prepayment of mortgage assets, assumptions are derived from published dealer 
median prepayment estimates for comparable mortgage loans.  The risk of prepayment tends to increase when interest rates fall. 
Since future prepayment behavior of loan customers is uncertain, the resultant interest rate sensitivity of loans cannot be determined 
exactly.

59

The Company’s policy on interest-rate risk simulation specifies that for all "core" interest rate scenarios, estimated net 
interest income for the subsequent one-year period, should not decline by more than 10%.  The Company's core scenarios for 
December 31, 2013, included five instantaneous parallel shifts (“shock”) to market interest rates, and four gradual (12 to 24 months) 
shifts in interest rates.  In 2013, the company also analyzed a separate alternative scenario labeled “Yield Curve Twist”, in which 
the yield curve steepened over the first 18 months of the simulation, raising long term rates, and then flattened over months 19-36 
as the short term rates increased, targeting fed funds at 4.00%.  The results of the scenarios are shown below:

Table 28 — Interest Rate Sensitivity

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

Year 1

Year 2

Year 1

Year 2

Parallel rate shocks (basis points)

-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

+100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

+200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

+300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
+400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gradual rate shifts (basis points)

-100 over 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

+200 over 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

+400 over 24 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Flat +500 over 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.1%

3.4%

7.0%

10.6%
14.1%

0.4%

3.0%

3.0%

3.6%

(3.2)%

5.4%

11.0%

16.7%
22.4%

(2.0)%

9.4%

12.8%

14.3%

(0.5)%

4.2%

8.1%

12.0%
15.7%

0.3%

3.5%

3.6%

4.4%

(5.5)%

3.9%

9.9%

15.5%
21.1%

(4.1)%

7.7%

11.3%

14.1%

Alternative scenarios

Yield curve twist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.5%

3.3%

N/A

N/A

The Company's policy on interest rate risk simulation also specifies that estimated net interest income for the second 
year of all “core scenarios” should decline by less than 15.0%.  The Company was well within policy limits at December 31, 
2013 and 2012.  It should be emphasized, however, that the results are dependent on material assumptions such as those 
discussed above.  For instance, asymmetrical rate behavior can have a material impact on the simulation results.  If competition 
for deposits forced the Company to raise rates on those liabilities quicker than is assumed in the simulation analysis without a 
corresponding increase in asset yields, net interest income may be negatively impacted.  Alternatively, if the Company is able to 
lag increases in deposit rates as loans re-price upward, net interest income would be positively impacted.

The most significant factors affecting market risk exposure of the Company’s net interest income during 2013 were the 
shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curve, the level of U.S. prime interest rate and LIBOR rates, 
and the level of interest rates being offered on long-term fixed rate loans.

The Company manages the interest rate risk inherent in both its loan and borrowing portfolios by utilizing interest rate swap 
agreements and interest rate caps and floors.  An interest rate swap is an agreement whereby one party agrees to pay a floating 
rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for 
a predetermined period of time from a second party.  Interest rate caps and floors are agreements whereby one party agrees to pay 
a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period of time to a second party if certain market 
interest rate thresholds are realized.  The amounts relating to the notional principal amount are not actually exchanged.  See Note 
11, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for additional 
information regarding the Company’s Derivative Financial Instruments.

The Company manages the interest rate risk inherent in its mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales 
contracts and forward TBA mortgage contracts.  An increase in market interest rates between the time the Company commits to 
terms on a loan and the time the Company ultimately sells the loan in the secondary market will have the effect of reducing the 
gain (or increasing the loss) the Company records on the sale.  The Company attempts to mitigate this risk by entering into forward 

60

 
 
 
 
sales commitments and forward TBA mortgage contracts in amount sufficient to cover all closed loans and interest rate-locked 
loan commitments.

The Company’s earnings are not directly or materially impacted by movements in foreign currency rates or commodity 
prices.  Movements in equity prices may have a modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of 
fees from investment-related business lines, as well as changes in the fair value of trading securities, if any.   (See Note 3, “Securities” 
within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof).

Liquidity Risk    Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not have the ability to generate adequate amounts of cash 
in the most economical way for the institution to meet its ongoing obligations to pay deposit withdrawals, service borrowings, 
and  to  fund  loan  commitments.    The  Company’s  primary  sources  of  funds  are  deposits,  borrowings,  and  the  amortization, 
prepayment and maturities of loans and securities.  The Bank utilizes its extensive branch network to access retail customers who 
provide a stable base of in-market core deposits.  These funds are principally comprised of demand deposits, interest checking 
accounts,  savings  accounts,  and  money  market  accounts.    Deposit  levels  are  greatly  influenced  by  interest  rates,  economic 
conditions, and competitive factors.

The Company actively manages its liquidity position under the direction of the Asset/ Liability Committee (ALCO).  The 
Company’s primary measure of  short-term liquidity is the Basic Surplus/Deficit as a percentage of assets.  This ratio, which is 
an analysis of the relationship between liquid assets and short-term liabilities relative to total assets, was well within policy limits 
at  December 31,  2013.  The  Basic  Surplus  measure  is  affected  primarily  by  changes  in  deposits,  securities  and  short-term 
investments, loans and borrowings.  An increase in deposits, without a corresponding increase in nonliquid assets, will improve 
the Basic Surplus measure, whereas, an increase in loans, with no increase in deposits, will decrease the measure.  Other factors 
affecting the Basic Surplus measure include collateral requirements at the FHLB, changes in the securities portfolio, and the mix 
of deposits.

The Bank is careful to increase deposits without adversely impacting the weighted average cost of those funds.  As part of 
a prudent liquidity risk management practice, the Company maintains various liquidity sources, some of which are only accessed 
on a contingency basis.  Accordingly, management has implemented funding strategies that include FHLB advances, Federal 
Reserve Bank borrowing capacity and repurchase agreement lines.  These nondeposit funds are also viewed as a contingent source 
of liquidity and, when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist, access to such funds provides a means to grow the 
balance sheet.

Borrowing capacity at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve is impacted by the amount and type of assets available to be 
pledged.  For example, a prime, one-to-four family, residential loan, may provide 75 cents of borrowing capacity for every $1.00 
pledged, whereas, a commercial loan may provide a lower amount.  As a result, the Company’s strategic lending decisions can 
also affect its liquidity position.

The  Company  can  raise  additional  liquidity  through  the  issuance  of  equity  or  unsecured  debt  privately  or  publicly. 
Additionally, the Company is able to enter into additional repurchase agreements or acquire brokered deposits at its discretion. 
The availability and cost of equity or debt on an unsecured basis is dependent on many factors.  Some factors that will impact this 
source of liquidity are the Company’s financial position, the market environment, and the Company’s credit rating.  As such, the 
Company is careful to monitor the various factors that could impact its ability to raise liquidity through these channels.

61

The table below shows outstanding borrowing balances and the remaining unused liquidity capacity from various sources 

as of the periods indicated:

Table 29 — Sources of Liquidity

December 31

2013

2012

Outstanding

Additional
Borrowing Capacity

Outstanding

Additional
Borrowing Capacity

140,294

$

668,143   

$

271,569

$

(Dollars in thousands)

—

—

50,000

149,288

73,906

30,000

5,000

77,501

856,013   

272,121   

— (1)

— (1)

— (1)

— (1)

5,000

— (1)

—

—

50,000

165,359

74,127

30,000

12,000

95,936

661,922   

766,195   

114,953   

— (1)

— (1)

— (1)

— (1)

8,000

— (1)

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings $
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston . . . . .

Unpledged securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wholesale repurchase agreements. . . .

Customer repurchase agreements . . . .

Junior subordinated debentures . . . . . .

Subordinated debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parent Company line of credit. . . . . . .

Brokered deposits(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

525,989

$

1,801,277   

$

698,991

$

1,551,070   

(1) 

(2) 

The additional borrowing capacity has not been assessed for these categories.

Inclusive of $53.7 million and $72.2 million of brokered deposits acquired through participation in the CDARS program as of December 31, 2013 and 
2012, respectively.

In addition to policies used for managing operational liquidity, the Board of Directors and the Asset/Liability Committee 
of the Bank recognize the need to establish reasonable guidelines for managing through an environment of heightened liquidity 
risk.  Catalysts for elevated liquidity risk can be Bank-specific issues and/or systemic industry-wide events.  It is, therefore, the 
responsibility of the Board and ALCO to institute systems and controls to provide advanced detection of potentially significant 
funding shortages, establish methods for assessing and monitoring risk levels, and institute prompt responses that may alleviate/
circumvent a potential liquidity crisis.  As such, the Board of Directors and the ALCO have put a Liquidity Contingency Plan in 
place.   The  overall  goal  of  this  plan  is  to  provide  a  framework  for  the  Bank  to  help  detect  liquidity  problems  promptly  and 
appropriately address potential liquidity problems in a timely manner.  In a period of perceived heightened liquidity risk, the 
Liquidity Contingency Plan provides for the establishment of a Liquidity Crisis Task Force.  The Liquidity Crisis Task Force is 
responsible for monitoring the potential for a liquidity crisis and for establishing and executing an appropriate response.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies, and Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

The Company has entered into contractual obligations, commitments, and off-balance sheet financial instruments. The 
following tables summarize the Company’s contractual obligations, other commitments, contingencies, and off-balance sheet 
financial instruments at December 31, 2013:

Table 30 — Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies, and Off-Balance Sheet
Financial Instruments by Maturity

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies

Total

Payments Due — By Period

Less than
One Year

One to
Three Years

Four to
Five Years

After
Five Years

(Dollars in thousands)

FHLB advances(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Junior subordinated debentures(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subordinated debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

140,294

$

105,027

$

34,364

$

— $

73,906

30,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

Time certificates of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

743,628

559,402

139,423

44,750

903

73,906

30,000

53

All other deposits with no maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,242,790

Lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vendor contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Retirement benefit obligations(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wholesale repurchase agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Customer repurchase agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51,036

21,323

29,866

50,000

149,288

Other borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,000
Total Contractual Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5,537,131

—

7,997

7,629

347

—

149,288

5,000

—

15,247

10,729

831

50,000

—

—

— 4,242,790

12,457

2,965

908

—

—

—

15,335

—

27,780

—

—

—

$

834,690

$

250,594

$

61,080

$ 4,390,767

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

Amount of Commitment Expiring — By Period

Total

Less than
One Year

One to
Three Years

Four to
Five Years

After
Five Years

Commitments to extend credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,621,873
Standby letters of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18,923

Forward commitments to sell loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Forward TBA mortgage contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest rate swaps - notional value(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,053

12,000

150,000

Customer-related positions

Foreign exchange contracts - notional value(4) . . . .

11,367

Loan level interest rate swaps - notional value(5). . .

561,484
Total Commitments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,383,700

(Dollars in thousands)

$

666,307

$

37,365

$

62,004

$

856,197

18,603

8,053

12,000

50,000

11,367

48,882

320

—

—

—

—

—

75,000

25,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

140,932

75,612

296,058

$

815,212

$

253,617

$

162,616

$ 1,152,255

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

The Company has hedged certain short-term borrowings and variable rate junior subordinated debentures, effectively converting the borrowings to a fixed 
rate.  Amounts maturing represent contractual amounts due, inclusive of fair value marks associated with acquired borrowings.  

Retirement benefit obligations include expected contributions to the Company’s frozen pension plan, post retirement plan, and supplemental executive 
retirement plans.  Expected contributions for the pension plan have been included only through plan year July 1, 2013 — June 30, 2014.  Contributions 
beyond this plan year cannot be quantified as they will be determined based upon the return on the investments in the plan and the discount rate used to 
quantify the liability.  Expected contributions for the post retirement plan and supplemental executive retirement plans include obligations that are payable 
over the life of the participants.

Interest rate swaps on borrowings and junior subordinated debentures (Bank pays fixed, receives variable).  Amounts relating to the notional principal 
amounts are not actually exchanged.

Offsetting positions to foreign exchange contracts offered to commercial borrowers through the Company’s derivative program.  Amounts relating to the 
notional principal amounts are exchanged.

Offsetting positions to Interest rate swaps offered to commercial borrowers through the Company’s derivative program.  Amounts relating to the notional 
principal amounts are not actually exchanged.

63

 
 
 
 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented elsewhere herein have been prepared in accordance 
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position 
and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over 
time due to inflation.

The financial nature of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is more clearly affected by changes in interest 
rates than by inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of 
goods and services.  However, inflation does affect the Company because, as prices increase, the money supply grows and interest 
rates are affected by inflationary expectations.  The impact on the Company is a noted increase in the size of loan requests with 
resulting growth in total assets.  In addition, operating expenses may increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. 
There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 
Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could 
potentially  result  in  materially  different  results  under  different  assumptions  and  conditions.    Management  believes  that  the 
Company’s most critical accounting policies upon which the Company’s financial condition depends, and which involve the most 
complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Allowance for Loan Losses    The Company’s allowance for loan losses provides for probable losses based upon evaluations 
of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio.  Arriving at an appropriate amount of allowance for loan losses involves a high 
degree of judgment.

The Company makes use of two types of allowances for loan losses: specific and general.  A specific allowance may be 
assigned to a loan that is considered to be impaired.  Certain loans are evaluated individually for impairment and are judged to be 
impaired when management believes it is probable that the Bank will not collect all of the contractual interest and principal 
payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  Judgment is required with respect to designating a loan as impaired and determining 
the amount of the required specific allowance.  Management’s judgment is based upon its assessment of probability of default, 
loss given default, and exposure at default.  Changes in these estimates could be due to a number of circumstances which may 
have a direct impact on the provision for loan losses and may result in changes to the amount of allowance.

The general allowance is determined based upon the application of the Company’s methodology for assessing the adequacy 
of the allowance for loan losses, which considers historical and expected loss factors, loan portfolio composition and other relevant 
indicators.  This methodology involves management’s judgment regarding the application and use of such factors, including the 
effects of changes to the prevailing economic environment in its estimate of the required amounts of general allowance.

The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced 
by loans charged-off.  For additional discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the adequacy of the allowance for 
loan losses, see Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses, and Credit Quality” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in Item 8 hereof.

Income Taxes    The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  using  two  components  of  income  tax  expense,  current  and 
deferred.  Current taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities in the current year.  In 
estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking 
into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position.  Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities represent the future effects on income taxes that result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and 
liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, and carry-forwards that exist at the end of a period.  Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and provisions of the enacted tax law and are not discounted to reflect 
the time-value of money.  The effect of any change in enacted tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income 
in the period that includes the enactment date.  Deferred tax assets are assessed for recoverability and the Company would record 
a valuation allowance if it believes based on available evidence that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recognized 
will not be realized before their expiration.  The amount of the deferred tax asset recognized and considered realizable could be 
reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors such as unfavorable business conditions.  If projected income 
is not expected to be achieved, the Company would record a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount 
that it believes can be realized in its future tax returns.  The Company had no recorded deferred tax valuation allowance as of 
December 31, 2013.  Additionally, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on tax rates expected to be in effect in 
future periods.  Previously recorded tax assets and liabilities need to be adjusted when the expected date of the future event is 

64

revised based upon current information.  The Company may also record an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax 
positions taken by the Company on its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax 
examination.  All movements in unrecognized tax benefits are recognized through the provision for income taxes.  Taxes are 
discussed in more detail in Note 13, “Income Taxes” within Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 
hereof.

Valuation of Goodwill/Intangible Assets and Analysis for Impairment    The Company has increased its market share 
through the acquisition of entire financial institutions accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, as well as from 
the acquisition of branches (not the entire institution) and other nonbanking entities.  For all acquisitions, the Company is required 
to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other 
valuation  techniques.    Goodwill  is  evaluated  for  impairment  at  least  annually,  or  more  often  if  warranted,  using  a  combined 
qualitative and quantitative impairment approach.  The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or 
circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount.  If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the 
fair value is less than carrying value the two step quantitative impairment test is performed.  Step one of the quantitative impairment 
testing compares book value to the fair value of the reporting unit.  If test one is failed, a more detailed analysis is performed, 
which involves measuring the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in step one, over the aggregate fair value 
of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination.    
Step one of the impairment testing was passed for all reporting units during 2013.  The remainder of the Company’s goodwill 
relates to acquisitions that are fully integrated into the retail banking operations, which management does not consider to be at 
risk of failing step one in the near future.  The Company’s intangible assets are subject to amortization and are reviewed for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be receivable.  If applicable, 
the Company tests each of the intangibles by comparing the carrying value of the intangible to the sum of the undiscounted cash 
flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset.

Valuation of Securities and Analysis for Impairment    Securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold 
until maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, adjusted for amortization of 
premium and accretion of discount.  Trading securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other 
noninterest income.  All other securities are classified as securities available-for-sale and are carried at fair market value. The fair 
values of securities are based on either quoted market price or third party pricing services.  In general, the third-party pricing 
services employ various methodologies, including but not limited to, broker quotes and proprietary models.  Management does 
not typically adjust the prices received from third-party pricing services.  Depending upon the type of security, management 
employs  various  techniques  to  analyze  the  pricing  it  receives  from  third-parties,  such  as  reviewing  model  inputs,  reviewing 
comparable trades, analyzing changes in market yields and, in certain instances, reviewing the underlying collateral of the security. 
Management reviews changes in fair values from period to period and performs testing to ensure that the prices received from the 
third parties are consistent with their expectation of the market.

Management determines if the market for a security is active primarily based upon the frequency of which the security, or 
similar securities, are traded.  For securities which are determined to have an inactive market, fair value models are calibrated and 
to the extent possible, significant inputs are back tested on a quarterly basis.  The third-party service provider performs calibration 
and testing of the models by comparing anticipated inputs to actual results, on a quarterly basis.  Unrealized gains and losses on 
securities available-for-sale are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated 
other comprehensive income.

On a quarterly basis, the Company makes an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or circumstances 
to indicate that a security for which there is an unrealized loss is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis.  The Company 
considers many factors, including the severity and duration of the impairment; the Company’s intent to sell the security, or whether 
it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery, recent events 
specific to the issuer or industry; and for debt securities, external credit ratings and recent downgrades.  The term other-than-
temporary is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent.  It indicates that the prospects for near-term recovery are not 
necessarily favorable or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values greater than or equal to the carrying value of the 
investment.  Estimates of the expected cash flows for investment securities that potentially may be deemed to have OTTI begin 
with the contractual cash flows of the security.  This amount is then reduced by an estimate of probable credit losses associated 
with the security.  When estimating the extent of probable losses on the securities, management considers the strength of the 
underlying issuers of the securities.  Indicators of diminished credit quality of the issuers include defaults, interest deferrals, or 
“payments in kind.”  Numerous factors are considered when estimating the ultimate realizability of the cash flow for each individual 
security.  The resulting estimate of cash flows after considering credit is then subject to a present value computation using a 
discount rate equal to the current yield used to accrete the beneficial interest or, the effective interest rate implicit in the security 
at the date of acquisition.  If the present value of the estimated cash flows is less than the current amortized cost basis, an OTTI 
is considered to have occurred and the security is written down to the fair value indicated by the cash flows analysis.  Any portion 
65

of decline in fair value considered to be an OTTI charge that is not due to the reduction in cash flows due to credit is considered 
a decline due to other factors such as liquidity or interest rates and accordingly is recorded in other comprehensive income.  Any 
portion of the decline which is related to credit is recorded in earnings.

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in 

Item 8 hereof.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Management” in 

Item 7 hereof.

66

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Independent Bank Corp.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Independent  Bank  Corp.  and  subsidiaries  as  of 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, 
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility 
of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of Independent Bank Corp. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations 
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control 
— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework), 
and our report dated February 28, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 2014

67

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash and due from banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Interest-earning deposits with banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securities

168,106
48,219

$

Assets

Securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securities held to maturity (fair value $346,455 and $185,824). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans held for sale (at fair value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans

Commercial and industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home equity - 1st position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home equity - 2nd position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other consumer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
   Total loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: allowance for loan losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal Home Loan Bank stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bank premises and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identifiable intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other real estate owned and other foreclosed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Deposits

Demand deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Savings and interest checking accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Money market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time certificates of deposit over $100,000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other time certificates of deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Borrowings

Federal home loan bank borrowings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wholesale repurchase agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior subordinated debentures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subordinated debentures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' Equity

Preferred stock, $.01 par value. authorized: 1,000,000 shares outstanding: none . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock, $.01 par value. authorized: 75,000,000
issued and outstanding: 23,805,984 shares in 2013 and 22,774,009 shares in 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(includes 268,290 and 264,124 shares of unvested participating restricted stock awards, respectively)
Shares held in rabbi trust at cost: 178,765 shares in 2013 and 179,814 shares in 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred compensation obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

356,862
350,652
707,514
8,882

784,202
2,249,260
223,859
77,240
541,443
497,075
325,066
20,162
4,718,307
(53,239)
4,665,068
39,926
64,950
170,421
12,221
100,406
7,633
105,888
6,099,234

1,369,432
1,940,153
933,205
297,984
445,644
4,986,418

140,294
154,288
50,000
73,906
30,000
448,488
72,788
5,507,694

—

235

$

$

(3,404)
3,404
305,179
293,560
(7,434)
591,540
6,099,234

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

68

98,144
117,330

329,286
178,318
507,604
48,187

687,511
2,122,153
188,768
78,594
612,881
487,246
314,903
26,955
4,519,011
(51,834)
4,467,177
41,767
55,227
150,391
11,753
97,261
12,150
149,994
5,756,985

1,248,394
1,691,187
853,971
317,438
435,687
4,546,677

271,569
165,359
50,000
74,127
30,000
591,055
89,933
5,227,665

—

225

(3,179)
3,179
269,950
263,671
(4,526)
529,320
5,756,985

 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Interest income

Interest on loans, including fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

189,748

$

178,309

$

Taxable interest and dividends on securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15,137

16,681

Nontaxable interest and dividends on securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest on loans held for sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest on federal funds sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55

774

200

82

988

132

174,450

20,326

331

482

162

Total interest and dividend income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

205,914

196,192

195,751

Interest expense

Interest on deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest on borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest income after provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noninterest income

Deposit account fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interchange and ATM fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Investment management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mortgage banking income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain on life insurance benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loan level derivative income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net gain on sales of securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noninterest expenses

Salaries and employee benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Occupancy and equipment expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Data processing & facilities management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FDIC assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consulting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Debit card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Merger and acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepayment fees on borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other noninterest expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total noninterest expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

               Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

10,624

12,712

23,336

182,578

10,200

172,378

17,940

10,883

16,832

6,734

3,229

227

763

3,439

230

7,732

68,009

89,894

19,650

4,748

3,579

4,280

3,322

2,994

—

8,685

—

36,497

173,649

66,738

16,484

50,254

2.18

2.18

$

$

$

Weighted average common shares (basic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23,011,814

Common share equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

76,764

Weighted average common shares (diluted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23,088,578

10,703

12,690

23,393

172,799

18,056

154,743

15,930

9,783

14,779

6,500

3,114

1,307

—

3,457

116

7,030

62,016

84,014

17,307

4,644

3,232

3,949

2,801

2,510

2,227

6,741

7

32,027

159,459

57,300

14,673

42,627

1.96

1.95

21,782,499

29,817

21,812,316

$

$

$

Cash dividends declared per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

0.88

$

0.84

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

13,355

15,317

28,672

167,079

11,482

155,597

16,628

7,733

13,532

4,197

3,170

—

—

2,093

723

4,624

52,700

81,275

16,916

4,891

3,496

3,876

2,660

2,123

—

—

757

29,719

145,713

62,584

17,148

45,436

2.12

2.12

21,422,757

28,830

21,451,587

0.76

69

 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

50,254

$

42,627

$

45,436

Change in fair value of securities available for sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: net security (gains) losses reclassified into earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net change in fair value of securities available for sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: net cash flow hedge losses reclassified into earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net gain (loss) during the period and amortization of certain costs included in
net periodic retirement costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(7,365)
136
(7,501)

350
(3,385)
3,735

858
(2,908)
47,346

$

(1,141)
(45)
(1,096)

(2,122)
(3,204)
1,082

(26)
(40)
42,587

$

181
(88)
269

(7,021)
(3,198)
(3,823)

(166)
(3,720)
41,716

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common
Stock
Outstanding

Common
Stock

Value of
Shares Held
in Rabbi
Trust at Cost

Deferred
Compensation
Obligation

Additional
Paid in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Total

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Balance December 31, 2010. . . . . . .

21,220,801

$

210

$

(2,738) $

2,738

$

226,708

$ 210,320

$

(766) $ 436,472

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . .

Common dividend declared ($0.76
per share) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from exercise of stock
options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit related to equity award
activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock based compensation . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock awards issued, net
of awards surrendered . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares issued under direct stock
purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred compensation obligation . .

Tax benefit related to deferred
compensation distributions. . . . . . . .

—

—

—

186,518

—

—

60,495

31,954

—

—

—

—

—

2

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(242)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

242

—

—

—

—

4,125

20

2,483

(361)

823

—

80

45,436

—

(16,304)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(3,720)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

45,436

(3,720)

(16,304)

4,127

20

2,483

(361)

824

—

80

Balance December 31, 2011. . . . . . .

21,499,768

$

213

$

(2,980) $

2,980

$

233,878

$ 239,452

$

(4,486) $ 469,057

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . .

Common dividend declared ($0.84
per share) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Common stock issued for
acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from exercise of stock
options, net of cash paid . . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit related to equity award
activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock based compensation . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock awards issued, net
of awards surrendered . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares issued under direct stock
purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred compensation obligation . .

Tax benefit related to deferred
compensation distributions. . . . . . . .

—

—

—

1,068,514

61,326

—

—

86,254

58,147

—

—

—

—

—

11

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(199)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

199

—

—

—

—

42,627

—

(18,408)

30,378

1,107

426

2,845

(467)

1,691

—

92

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(40)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

42,627

(40)

(18,408)

30,389

1,108

426

2,845

(467)

1,691

—

92

Balance December 31, 2012. . . . . . .

22,774,009

$

225

$

(3,179) $

3,179

$

269,950

$ 263,671

$

(4,526) $ 529,320

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . .

Common dividend declared ($0.88
per share) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Common stock issued for
acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from exercise of stock
options, net of cash paid . . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit related to equity award
activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock based compensation . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock awards issued, net
of awards surrendered . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares issued under direct stock
purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred compensation obligation . .

Tax benefit related to deferred
compensation distributions. . . . . . . .

—

—

—

818,650

98,807

—

—

86,331

28,187

—

—

—

—

—

8

1

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(225)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

225

—

—

—

—

50,254

—

(20,365)

29,382

2,474

503

2,462

(670)

969

—

109

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(2,908)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

50,254

(2,908)

(20,365)

29,390

2,475

503

2,462

(669)

969

—

109

Balance December 31, 2013. . . . . . .

23,805,984

$

235

$

(3,404) $

3,404

$

305,179

$ 293,560

$

(7,434) $ 591,540

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

71

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash flow from operating activities

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

50,254

$

42,627

$

45,436

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for loan losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net gain on investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loss on write-down of investments in securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loss (gain) on fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impairment of goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain resulting from early termination of a hedging relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loss on other real estate owned and foreclosed assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Realized gain on sale leaseback transaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain on life insurance benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in fair value on loans held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net change in

Trading assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loans held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows used in investing activities

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities available for sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Purchases of securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities held to maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Purchases of securities held to maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from life insurance policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Purchases of life insurance policies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase in loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash provided by (used in) business combinations, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Purchase of bank premises and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from the sale of bank premises and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds resulting from early termination of a hedging relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned and foreclosed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capital improvements to other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,490

10,200

2,557

(230)

—

560

(763)

—

—

606

(1,034)

2,462
(503)

(3,229)

(227)

—

—

39,305

48,903

(16,016)

91,081

141,335

3,506

81,727

(47,975)

49,165

(222,027)

3,093

—

(267)

(84,264)

10,520

(9,293)

29

—

9,731

(2,541)

10,212

18,056

(1,919)

(116)

76

(30)

—

2,227

(22)

996

(1,034)

2,845
(426)

(3,114)

(1,307)

141

(265)

(27,828)

(1,575)

4,408

1,325

43,952

2,101

101,808

(93,647)

59,887

(34,239)

2,290

3,280

(267)

9,634

11,482

91

(723)

243

353

—

—

—

1,562

(1,034)

2,483
(20)

(3,159)

—

(856)

(643)

8,273

(31,524)

14,871

11,033

56,469

14,639

108,312

(50,975)

44,090

(47,343)

—

—

(267)

(297,394)

(256,282)

(8,965)

(6,263)

67

22

5,649

(2,268)

(457)

(8,317)

496

—

6,276

(938)

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(208,596)

(267,939)

(190,766)

Cash flows provided by financing activities

Net decrease in time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase in other deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net (decrease) increase in short-term Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from long-term Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Repayments of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net (decrease) increase in customer repurchase agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net (decrease) increase in other short term borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net decrease in treasury tax and loan notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net of cash paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(79,136)

300,000

(50,000)

—

(79,946)

(4,071)

(7,000)

—

2,475

(21,074)

333,488

—

—

(79,991)

(12,769)

1,947

—

1,108

(63,014)

312,060

50,000

856

(123,000)

48,009

—

(3,044)

4,127

72

 
 
 
Restricted shares surrendered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit from deferred compensation obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from shares issued under direct stock purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Common dividends paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Cash paid during the year for

(669)

503

109

969

(15,122)

68,112

851

215,474

216,325

Interest on deposits and borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

23,475

12,171

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

Transfer of loans to foreclosed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2,869

$

$

$

$

(467)

426

92

1,691

(22,494)

201,957

(22,030)

237,504

215,474

23,205

11,059

7,061

$

$

$

$

(361)

20

80

824

(16,038)

210,519

76,222

161,282

237,504

29,659

18,962

6,285

In conjunction with the purchase acquisition detailed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements,
assets were acquired and liabilities were assumed as follows

Common stock issued for acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fair value of liabilities assumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29,390

$

30,389

$

241,395

222,525

547,219

507,865

—

—

—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

73

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

  Independent Bank Corp. (the "Company”) is a bank holding company whose principal subsidiary is Rockland Trust 
Company (“Rockland Trust” or the “Bank”).  Rockland Trust is a state-chartered commercial bank, which operates 75 full service 
and three limited service retail branches, twelve commercial banking centers, five investment management offices and five mortgage 
lending centers, all of which are located in Eastern Massachusetts, including Cape Cod, with the exception of an investment 
management group/commercial lending office located in Providence, Rhode Island.  Rockland Trust deposits are insured by the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, subject to regulatory limits.  The Company’s primary source of income is from providing 
loans to individuals and small-to-medium sized businesses in its market area.

Principles of Consolidation

  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank and other wholly-owned subsidiaries, 
except subsidiaries that are not deemed necessary to be consolidated.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have 
been eliminated in consolidation. The Company consolidates subsidiaries in which it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 50% 
of the voting rights and where it exercises control. Entities where the Company holds 20% to 50% of the voting rights, or has the 
ability to exercise significant influence or both, are accounted for under the equity method.  The Company would consolidate 
entities deemed to be variable interest entities (VIEs) when it is determined to be the primary beneficiary, which is the party 
involved with the VIE that will absorb a majority of the expected losses, receive a majority of the expected residual returns or 
both.  A legal entity is referred to as a VIE if any of the following conditions exist: (1) the total equity investment at risk is 
insufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, 
or (2) the entity has equity investors that cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations or that do not absorb their 
proportionate share of the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity.

Reclassification

  Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Use of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting periods.  Actual results could vary from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly 
susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, income taxes, 
valuation and potential impairment of investment securities, other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of certain investment 
securities, as well as valuation of goodwill and other intangibles and their respective analyses of impairment.

Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk

  The vast majority of the Bank’s lending activities are conducted in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and Rhode 
Island. The Bank originates commercial and industrial loans, commercial and residential real estate loans, including construction 
loans, small business loans, home equity loans, and other consumer loans for its portfolio.  The Bank considers a concentration 
of credit to a particular industry to exist when the aggregate credit exposure which includes direct, indirect or contingent obligations 
to a borrower, an affiliated group of borrowers or a nonaffiliated group of borrowers engaged in one industry, exceeds 10% of the 
Bank’s loan portfolio.

  Loans originated by the Bank to lessors of nonresidential buildings represented 16.0% and 14.3% of the total loan portfolio 
as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Within this concentration category the Company believes it is well diversified 
among collateral property types and tenant industries.

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

  For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks,  inclusive 
of interest-earning deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank, and federal funds sold.  Generally, 
federal funds are sold for up to two week periods. 

74

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Securities

  Investment  securities  are  classified  at  the  time  of  purchase  as  “available  for  sale,”  “held  to  maturity,”  or  “trading.” 
Classification is constantly re-evaluated for consistency with corporate goals and objectives.  Trading securities would be recorded 
at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings.  Debt securities that management has the positive intent 
and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost.  Securities not classified as held 
to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and 
recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, net of 
related tax.  Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income, using the interest method, to arrive at periodic 
interest income at a constant effective yield, thereby reflecting the securities market yield.  Gains and losses on the sale of securities 
are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

  Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their amortized cost deemed to be 
OTTI are written down to fair value as determined by a cash flow analysis.  To the extent the estimated cash flows do not support 
the amortized cost, the deficiency is considered to be due to credit loss and recognized in earnings and the remainder of the OTTI 
charge is considered to be due to other factors, such as liquidity or interest rates, and thus is not recognized in earnings, but rather 
through other comprehensive income, net of related tax.  The Company evaluates individual securities that have fair values below 
cost for six months or longer, or for a shorter period of time if considered appropriate by management, to determine if the decline 
in fair value is other-than-temporary.  Consideration is given to the obligor of the security, whether the security is guaranteed, 
whether there is a projected adverse change in cash flows, the liquidity of the security, the type of security, the capital position of 
security issuers, and payment history of the security, amongst other factors when evaluating such securities.

Loans Held for Sale

  The  Bank  primarily  classifies  new  residential  real  estate  mortgage  loans  as  held  for  sale  based  on  intent,  which  is 
determined when loans are underwritten. Residential real estate mortgage loans not designated as held for sale are retained based 
upon available liquidity, for interest rate risk management and other business purposes.

  The Company has elected the fair value option to account for originated closed loans intended for sale. Accordingly, 
changes in fair value relating to loans intended for sale are recorded in earnings and are offset by changes in fair value relating to 
interest rate lock commitments, forward sales commitments, and forward To Be Announced ("TBA") mortgage contracts.  Gains 
and losses on residential loan sales (sales proceeds minus carrying amount) are recorded in mortgage banking income. Direct loan 
origination costs and fees are deferred upon origination and are recognized on the date of sale.

Loans

  Loans are carried at the principal amounts outstanding, or amortized acquired fair value in the case of acquired loans, 
adjusted by partial charge-offs and net of deferred loan costs or fees.  Loan fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred 
and amortized into interest income over the expected term of the loan using the level-yield method.  When a loan is paid off, the 
unamortized portion is recognized in interest income.  Interest income on loans is accrued based upon the daily principal amount 
outstanding except for loans on nonaccrual status.   For acquired loans which did not show signs of credit deterioration at acquisition, 
interest income is also accrued based upon the daily principal amount outstanding and is then further adjusted by the amortization 
of any discount or accretion of any premium associated with the loan.

  Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status if the payment of principal or interest is past due more than 90 days, or 
sooner if management considers such action to be prudent.  As permitted by banking regulations, consumer loans past due 90 days 
or more may continue to accrue interest, however, such loans are usually charged-off after 120 days of delinquency.  As a general 
rule, a commercial or real estate loan more than 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest is classified as a nonaccrual 
loan.  However, certain commercial and real estate loans that are more than 90 days past due may be kept on an accruing status 
if the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously 
accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income.  A loan remains on nonaccrual status until; it becomes current 
with respect to principal and interest (and in certain instances remains current for up to six months),  management no longer has 
doubt about the collection of principal and interest,  the loan is liquidated, or the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is 
charged-off against the allowance for loan losses.  When doubt exists as to the collectability of a loan, any payments received are 
applied to reduce the recorded investment in the asset to the extent necessary to eliminate such doubt.  For all loan portfolios, a 
charge-off occurs when the Company determines that a specific loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible.  This determination is 
made based on managements’ review of specific facts and circumstances of the individual loan, including assessing the viability 
of the customer’s business or project as a going concern, the expected cash flows to repay the loan, the value of the collateral and 
the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform.  

75

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications 
to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”).  Modifications may include adjustments to 
interest rates, extensions of maturity, consumer loans where the borrower's obligations have been effectively discharged through 
Chapter 7 Bankruptcy and the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to the Bank, and other actions intended to minimize economic 
loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral.   The recorded investment of loans classified as TDRs is adjusted to reflect 
the  changes  in  value,  if  any,  resulting  from  the  granting  of  a  concession.      Nonaccrual  loans  that  are  restructured  remain  on 
nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms.  If the restructured loan 
is on accrual status prior to being modified, it is reviewed to determine if the modified loan should remain on accrual status.  If 
the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan is classified as a nonaccrual loan.  
Loans classified as TDRs remain classified as such for the life of the loan, except in limited circumstances, when it is determined 
that the borrower is performing under the modified terms and the restructuring agreement specified an interest rate greater than 
or equal to an acceptable market rate for a comparable new loan at the time of the restructuring.

Acquired loans

All acquired loans are recorded at fair value with no carryover of the allowance for loan losses.  At acquisition, loans are 
also reviewed to determine if the loan has evidence of deterioration in credit quality and to review if  it is probable, at acquisition, 
that all contractually required payments will not be collected.  Such loans are deemed to be purchased credit impaired ("PCI") 
loans.  Under the accounting model for PCI loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying amount of 
the loans, referred to as the "accretable yield", is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans using the effective yield 
method.  Accordingly, PCI loans are not subject to classification as nonaccrual in the same manner as originated loans.  Rather, 
acquired loans are generally considered to be accruing loans because their interest income relates to the accretable yield recognized 
and not to contractual interest payments at the loan level.  The difference between contractually required principal and interest 
payments and the cash flows expected to be collected, referred to as the "nonaccretable difference", includes estimates of both the 
impact of prepayments and future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans.  

    The estimate of cash flows expected to be collected is regularly re-assessed subsequent to acquisition.  These re-assessments 
involve updates, as necessary, of the key assumptions and estimates used in the initial estimate of fair value.  Generally speaking, 
expected cash flows are affected by:

•  Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life - Changes in expected cash flows may 
be driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers.  Changes in expected future cash flows resulting from 
loan modifications are included in the assessment of expected cash flows.

•  Change in prepayment assumptions - Prepayments affect the estimated life of the loans, which may change the amount 

of interest income expected to be collected.

•  Change in interest rate indices for variable rate loans - Expected future cash flows are based, as applicable, on the 

variable rates in effect at the time of the assessment of expected cash flows.

  A decrease in expected cash flows in subsequent periods may indicate that the loan is impaired which would likely require 
the recognition of a charge-off against the allowance for loan losses.  An increase in expected cash flows in subsequent periods 
serves, first, to reduce any previously established allowance for loan losses by the increase in the present value of cash flows 
expected to be collected, and results in a recalculation of the amount of accretable yield for the loan.  The adjustment of accretable 
yield due to an increase in expected cash flows is accounted for as a change in estimate.  The additional cash flows expected to 
be collected are reclassified from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield, and the amount of periodic accretion is 
adjusted accordingly over the remaining life of the loans.

  A PCI loan may be resolved either through receipt of payment (in full or in part) from the borrower, the sale of the loan 
to a third party, or foreclosure of the collateral.  In the event of a sale of the loan, a gain or loss on sale would be recognized and 
reported within noninterest income based on the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the loan.  For 
PCI loans accounted for on an individual loan basis and resolved directly with the borrower, any amount received from resolution 
in excess of the carrying amount of the loan is recognized and reported within interest income.

  A refinancing or modification of a PCI loan accounted for individually is assessed to determine whether the modification 
represents a TDR.  If the loan is considered to be a TDR, it will be included in the total impaired loans reported by the Company.  
The loan will continue to recognize interest income based upon the excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying 
amount of the loan.

76

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses

  The allowance for loan losses is established based upon the level of estimated probable losses in the current loan portfolio. 
Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  management  believes  the  collectability  of  a  loan  balance  is  doubtful.  
Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

  The allowance for loan losses is allocated to loan types using both a formula-based approach applied to groups of loans 
and an analysis of certain individual loans for impairment.  The formula-based approach emphasizes loss factors derived from 
actual historical portfolio loss rates, which are combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors to determine the allowance 
amounts allocated to the various loan categories.  Allowance amounts are determined based on an estimate of the historical average 
annual percentage rate of loan loss for each loan category, a temporal estimate of the incurred loss emergence and confirmation 
period for each loan category, and certain qualitative risk factors considered in the computation of the allowance for loan losses.

  The qualitative risk factors impacting the inherent risk of loss within the portfolio include the following:

•  National and local economic and business conditions

•  Level and trend of delinquencies

•  Level and trend of charge-offs and recoveries

•  Trends in volume and terms of loans

•  Risk selection, lending policy and underwriting standards

•  Experience and depth of management

•  Banking industry conditions and other external factors

•  Concentration risk

  The formula-based approach evaluates groups of loans with common characteristics, which consist of similar loan types 
with similar terms and conditions, to determine the appropriate allocation within each portfolio section.  This approach incorporates 
qualitative adjustments based upon management’s assessment of various market and portfolio specific risk factors into its formula-
based estimate.  Due to the imprecise nature of the loan loss estimation process and ever changing conditions, the qualitative risk 
attributes may not adequately capture amounts of incurred loss in the formula-based loan loss components used to determine 
allocations in the Bank’s analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

  The Bank evaluates certain loans within the commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, commercial construction 
and  small  business  portfolios  individually  for  specific  impairment.   A  loan  is  considered  impaired  when,  based  on  current 
information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when 
due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment 
include payment status, collateral value, contractual interest rates and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest 
payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as 
impaired.    Loans  are  selected  for  evaluation  based  upon  a  change  in  internal  risk  rating,  occurrence  of  delinquency,  loan 
classification, troubled debt restructuring or nonaccrual status.  A specific allowance amount is allocated to an individual loan 
when such loan has been deemed impaired and when the amount of the probable loss is able to be estimated.  Estimates of loss 
may be determined by the present value of anticipated future cash flows, the loan’s observable fair market value, or the fair value 
of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent.  However, for collateral dependent loans, the amount of the recorded investment 
in a loan that exceeds the fair value of the collateral is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses in lieu of an allocation of 
a specific allowance amount when such an amount has been identified definitively as uncollectible.

  Large groups of small-balance homogeneous loans such as the residential real estate, residential construction, home equity 
and other consumer portfolios are collectively evaluated for impairment.  As such, the Bank does not typically identify individual 
loans within these groupings as impaired loans or for impairment evaluation and disclosure.  However, the Bank evaluates all 
TDRs for impairment on an individual loan basis regardless of loan type.

  In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and 
standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable. The credit 
risk associated with these commitments is evaluated in a manner similar to the allowance for loan losses. The reserve for unfunded 
lending commitments is included in other liabilities in the balance sheet.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the reserve for unfunded 
loan commitments was $716,000 and $633,000, respectively.

77

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Loan Servicing

  Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through sale of loans with servicing rights 
retained.  Servicing rights are originally recorded at fair value within other assets, are amortized in proportion to and over the 
period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment at each reporting date.  Fair value is based on market 
prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates 
the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants 
would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an 
inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds, default rates and losses.  Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights 
based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type.  Impairment is recognized through a 
valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount.  If the Company later determines that all or 
a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.   

  Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans for investors.  The fees are based on a contractual 
percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan, and are recorded as income when earned.  The amortization 
of mortgage servicing rights is recorded as a reduction of loan servicing fee income.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

  The Company, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Boston, is required to maintain an investment 
in capital stock of the FHLB.  Based on redemption provisions, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost.  The 
Company continually reviews its investment to determine if OTTI exists.  The Company reviews recent public filings, rating 
agency analysis and other factors, when making its determination.

Bank Premises and Equipment

  Land is carried at cost.  Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is 
computed using the straight-line convention method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold improvements are 
amortized over the shorter of the lease terms or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.  Expected terms include lease 
option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured, not to exceed fifteen years.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

  Goodwill is the price paid which exceeds the net fair value of acquired businesses and is not amortized.  Goodwill is 
evaluated for impairment at least annually, or more often if warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative impairment 
approach.  The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that 
it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  If, after assessing the totality of 
events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, the 
two step quantitative impairment test is performed.  Step one of the quantitative impairment test compares book value to the fair 
value of the reporting unit.  If test one is failed, a more detailed analysis is performed, which involves measuring the excess of 
the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in step one, over the aggregate fair value of the individual assets, liabilities, and 
identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. 

  Identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization consist of core deposit intangibles, noncompete agreements, customer 
lists, as well as a brand name, and are amortized over the estimated lives of the intangibles using a method that approximates the 
amount of economic benefits that are realized by the Company.  Identifiable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.  The range of useful 
lives is as follows:

Core Deposit Intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncompete Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brand Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-10 years
2-5 years
10 years
5 years
2-29 years

  The determination of which intangible assets have finite lives is subjective, as is the determination of the amortization 

period for such intangible assets.

78

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill

  The Company reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes 
in business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-
lived asset may not be fully recoverable.  The Company performs undiscounted cash flow analysis to determine if impairment 
exists.  If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value.  Impairment losses on 
assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies

  Increases in the cash surrender value (“CSV”) of life insurance policies, as well as benefits received net of any CSV, are 
recorded in other noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes.  The CSV of the policies are recorded as assets of the 
Bank, with liabilities recognized for any split dollar arrangements associated with the policies.  The Company reviews the financial 
strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of life insurance policies and no less than annually thereafter.  A life insurance 
policy with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of Tier 1 capital (as defined for regulatory purposes) and the total CSV of life 
insurance policies is limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital.

Other Real Estate Owned and Other Foreclosed Assets

  Real estate properties and other assets, which have served as collateral to secure loans,  are held for sale and are initially 
recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis.  The amount by 
which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated costs to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged 
to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded 
through the use of a valuation allowance.  Subsequent increases in the fair value are recorded as reductions in the allowance, but 
not below zero.  Upon a sale of a foreclosed asset, any excess of the carrying value over the sale proceeds is recognized as a loss 
on sale.   Any excess of sale proceeds over the carrying value of the foreclosed asset is first applied as a recovery to the valuation 
allowance, if any, with the remainder being recognized as a gain on sale.  Operating expenses and changes in the valuation allowance 
relating to foreclosed assets are included in other noninterest expense.

Derivatives

  Derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s financial statements.  The accounting for changes in 
the  fair  value  of  a  derivative  instrument  is  determined  by  whether  it  has  been  designated  and  qualifies  as  part  of  a  hedging 
relationship, and further, by the type of hedging relationship.  For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as 
hedging instruments, the Company designates the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as either a fair 
value hedge or a cash flow hedge.  For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging 
the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain 
or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of related tax, and reclassified 
into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transactions affect earnings.  The remaining gain or loss on 
the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item (i.e., the 
ineffective portion), if any, is recognized in current earnings during the period.  For derivative instruments designated and qualifying 
as a fair value hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or liability or an identified portion thereof 
that is attributable to the hedged risk), the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the 
hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings during the period of the change in fair values.  For 
derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings during the period 
of change.  At the inception of a hedge, the Company documents certain items, including but not limited to the following: the 
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, the Company risk management objectives, hedging strategies, and 
the evaluation of hedge transaction effectiveness. Documentation includes linking all derivatives designated as fair value or cash 
flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific forecasted transactions.

  Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when (1) a derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes 
in the fair value or cash flow of a hedged item, (2) a derivative expires or is settled, (3) it is no longer likely that a forecasted 
transaction associated with the hedge will occur, or (4) it is determined that designation of a derivative as a hedge is no longer 
appropriate.

79

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over 
transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains 
the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and 
(3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before 
their maturity.

Retirement Plans

  The Company has various retirement plans in place for current and former employees including postretirement benefit 

plans, supplemental executive retirement plans and frozen multiemployer pension plans.

  The postretirement benefit plans and the supplemental executive retirement plans are unfunded and therefore have no 
plan assets.  The actuarial cost method used to compute the benefit liabilities and related expense is the projected unit credit 
method.  The projected benefit obligation is principally determined based on the present value of the projected benefit distributions 
at an assumed discount rate.  The discount rate which is utilized is based on the investment yield of high quality corporate bonds 
available in the market place with maturities approximately equal to projected cash flows of future benefit payments as of the 
measurement date.  Periodic benefit expense (or income) includes service costs and interest costs based on the assumed discount 
rate, amortization of prior service costs due to plan amendments and amortization of actuarial gains and losses.  The underfunded 
status of the plans is recorded as a liability on the balance sheet.

  The multiemployer pension plans assets are determined based on fair value, generally representing observable market 
prices.  The actuarial cost method used to compute the pension liabilities and related expense is the unit credit method.   The 
pension expense is equal to the plan contribution requirement of the Company for the plan year.

Stock-Based Compensation

  The Company recognizes stock-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of the award adjusted for forfeitures.  
For restricted stock awards and units, the Company recognizes compensation expense ratably over the vesting period for the fair 
value of the award, measured at the grant date.   For stock option awards, the Company values awards granted using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model.  The Company recognizes compensation expense for these awards on a straight-line basis over the 
requisite service period for the entire award (straight-line attribution method), ensuring that the amount of compensation cost 
recognized at any date at least equals the portion of the grant-date fair value of the award that is vested at that time.

Income Taxes

  Deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  using  the  asset  and  liability  (or  balance  sheet)  method  of 
accounting for income taxes.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences 
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective 
tax bases.  If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is 
established.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the 
years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities 
of a change in enacted tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.  Income taxes are allocated 
to each entity in the consolidated group based on its share of taxable income.  Management exercises significant judgment in 
evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable 
income.  Additionally, a liability for unrecognized tax benefits is recorded for uncertain tax positions taken by the Company on 
its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax examination.

  Tax credits generated from the New Markets Tax Credit program are reflected in earnings when realized for federal 

income tax purposes.

Assets Under Administration

  Assets held in a fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance 
sheet, as such assets are not assets of the Company.  Revenue from administrative and management activities associated with these 
assets is recorded on an accrual basis.

80

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Extinguishment of Debt

Upon extinguishment of an outstanding debt, the Company records the difference between the exit price and the net carrying 
amount of the debt as a gain or loss on the extinguishment.  The gain or loss would be a component of other noninterest income 
or other noninterest expense, respectively.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method.  The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula 
under which earnings per share is calculated from common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared and 
participation  rights  in  undistributed  earnings.    Under  this  method,  all  earnings  distributed  and  undistributed,  are  allocated  to 
participating securities and common shares based on their respective rights to receive dividends.  Unvested share-based payment 
awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities (i.e. unvested restricted stock), not 
subject to performance based measures.  Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average 
number of common shares outstanding (inclusive of participating securities).  Diluted earnings per share have been calculated in 
a manner similar to that of basic earnings per share except that the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is 
increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if all potentially dilutive common 
shares (such as those resulting from the exercise of stock options or the attainment of performance measures) were issued during 
the period, computed using the treasury stock method.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income.  Other comprehensive income includes 
unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on debt securities, 
unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges, deferred gains on hedge accounting transactions, and changes in the funded status 
of the Company’s postretirement and supplemental retirement plans.

Fair Value Measurements

  In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available.  If such quoted 
market prices are not available, fair value is based upon developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based 
parameters.  Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial statements are recorded at fair value.  These adjustments 
may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as 
unobservable parameters.

Recent Accounting Standards

FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40 "Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors" Updated No. 2014-04.  
Update No. 2014-04 was issued in January 2014 to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession of foreclosure 
occurs,  that  is,  when  a  creditor  should  be  considered  to  have  received  physical  possession  of  residential  real  estate  property 
collateralizing  a  consumer  mortgage  loan  such  that  the  loan  receivable  should  be  derecognized  and  the  real  estate  property 
recognized.  The amendments in this update clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is 
considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon 
either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower 
conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu 
of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement.  Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both 
(1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer 
mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements 
of the applicable jurisdiction.  The amendments in the update should be applied prospectively and are effective for fiscal years, 
and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014.  Early adoption is permitted.  The adoption of this 
standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position.

FASB ASC Topic No. 323 "Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures" Update No. 2014-01.  Update No. 
2014-01 was issued in January 2014 to provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through 
limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for low-income housing tax credit.  The 
amendments in this update permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in 
qualified  affordable  housing  projects  using  the  proportional  amortization  method  if  certain  conditions  are  met.    Under  the 
proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other 
tax benefits received and recognized the net investment performance in the income statement as a component to income tax expense 

81

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(benefit).  The amendments in the update should be applied prospectively and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods 
within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014.  Early adoption is permitted.  The adoption of this standard is not expected 
to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position.

FASB ASC Topic No. 740 "Income Taxes" Update No. 2013-11.  Update No. 2013-11 was issued in July 2013 to 
eliminate diversity in the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, 
or a tax credit carryforward exists.  An unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented 
in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax 
credit carryforward, except as follows: to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward 
is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would 
result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and 
the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the 
financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets.  The assessment of whether a deferred tax 
asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exists at the reporting date and should be 
made  presuming  disallowance  of  the  tax  position  at  the  reporting  date.    The  amendments  in  the  update  should  be  applied 
prospectively and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013.  Early 
adoption is permitted.  The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated 
financial position.

FASB ASC Topic No. 815 "Derivatives and Hedging" Update No. 2013-10.  Update No. 2013-10 was issued in July 
2013 to provide guidance on the risks that are permitted to be hedged in a fair value or cash flow hedge.  Among those risks for 
financial assets and financial liabilities is the risk of changes in a hedged item's fair value or a hedged transaction's cash flows 
attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate (referred to as interest rate risk).  In the United States, currently 
only the interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government (UST) and, for practical reasons, the London Interbank 
Offered Rate (LIBOR) swap rate are considered benchmark interest rates.  The amendments in this update permit the Fed Funds 
Effective Swap Rate (OIS) to now be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815, in 
addition to UST and LIBOR.  The amendments also remove the restriction on using benchmark rates for similar hedges.  The 
amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 
2013.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position.

FASB ASC Topic No. 220 "Comprehensive Income" Update No. 2013-02.  Update No. 2013-02 was issued in February 
2013, stating that the amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income 
in financial statements.  However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of 
accumulated other comprehensive income by component.  In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the 
statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive 
income by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified 
to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.  For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified 
in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide 
additional detail about those amounts.  The amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 
15, 2012.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position.

FASB ASC Topic No. 210 "Balance Sheet" Update No. 2013-01.  Update No. 2013-01 was issued in January of 2013, 
the amendments in this update affect entities that have derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815 “Derivatives and
Hedges," including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities 
borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or 
similar agreement.  As a result of these amendments, entities with other types of financial assets and financial liabilities subject 
to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement are no longer subject to the disclosure requirements in Update No. 2011-11.  
An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within 
those annual periods.  An entity should provide the required disclosures retrospectively for all comparative periods presented.  The 
amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those 
periods.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position.

82

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(2)    ACQUISITIONS

Mayflower Bancorp, Inc.

On November 15, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of Mayflower Bancorp, Inc. ("Mayflower"), the parent 
of Mayflower Co-operative Bank.  The transaction qualified as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes and  
Mayflower shareholders received either the right to receive $17.50 in cash per share or 0.565 shares of the Company's stock (valued 
at $20.28 per share, based upon the highest trading value of the Company's stock on November 15, 2013 of $35.90).  The total 
deal consideration was $40.3 million and was comprised of 30% cash and 70% stock consideration.  The cash consideration was 
$10.9 million in the aggregate, inclusive of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares.  The total stock consideration was $29.4 million 
and resulted in an increase to the Company's outstanding shares of 818,650 shares.  In addition to increasing its loan and deposit 
base, the Company will be able to provide a deeper product set to new customers, as well as benefit from increased operating 
synergies, improving the long-term operating and financial results of the Company.

The Company accounted for the acquisition using the acquisition method pursuant to the Business Combinations Topic 
of the FASB ASC.  Accordingly, the Company recorded merger and acquisition expenses of $6.9 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2013.  Additionally, the acquisition method requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed at their fair values as of the acquisition date.  The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition:

Net Assets Acquired at
Fair Value

(Dollars in thousands)

Assets
Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Premises and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Core deposit intangible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total assets acquired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities

Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities assumed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     Purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

21,390

77,953

126,570

7,128

20,030

2,610

7,104

262,785

218,877

1,121

2,527
222,525

40,260

Fair value adjustments to assets acquired (other than PCI loans, see Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" 
herein) and liabilities assumed are generally amortized using either an effective yield or straight-line basis over periods consistent 
with the average life, useful life and/or contractual term of the related assets and liabilities.  

Fair values of the major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined as follows:

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

  The fair values of cash and cash equivalents approximate the respective carrying amounts because the instruments are 

payable on demand or have short-term maturities. 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Investments

  The fair values of securities were based on quoted market prices for identical securities received from an independent, 
nationally-recognized, third-party pricing service.  When quoted market prices for identical securities were unavailable, prices 
provided by the independent pricing service were based on recent trading activity and other observable information including, but 
not limited to, market interest rate curves, referenced credit spreads and estimated prepayment rates where applicable. 

Loans 

  The loans acquired were recorded at fair value without a carryover of the allowance for loan losses.  Fair value of the 
loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash 
flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-
based discount rate to those cash flows.  The overall discount on the loans acquired in this transaction was due primarily to 
anticipated credit loss, as well as considerations for liquidity and market interest rates.  For the year ended December 31, 2013 
the Company recorded approximately $641,000 of interest income attributable to these acquired loans since the acquisition date. 

  A portion of the loans acquired showed evidence of deterioration of credit quality at the purchase date and was deemed 
unlikely that the Bank will be able to collect all contractually required payments.  As such, these loans were deemed to be PCI 
and the carrying value and prospective income recognition are predicated upon future cash flows expected to be collected.  The 
following is a summary of these PCI loans associated with the acquisition: 

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected cash flows at acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest component of expected cash flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basis in PCI loans at acquisition - estimated fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

4,440
(1,296)
3,144
(386)
2,758

(Dollars in thousands)

 Core Deposit Intangible

The fair value of the core deposit intangible is derived by comparing the interest rate and servicing costs that the financial 
institution pays on the core deposit liability versus the current market rate for alternative sources of financing.  The intangible 
asset represents the stable and relatively low cost source of funds that the deposits and accompanying relationships provide the 
Company, when compared to alternative funding sources. 

Premises and Equipment 

The fair value of Mayflower's premises, including land, buildings and improvements, was determined based upon appraisal 
by licensed real estate appraisers or pending agreed upon sale prices.  The appraisals were based upon the best and highest use of 
the property with final values determined based upon an analysis of the cost, sales comparison and income capitalization approaches 
for each property appraised.

Deposits 

The fair value of acquired savings and transaction deposit accounts was assumed to approximate the carrying value as 
these accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand.  The fair value of time deposits were determined based on the 
present value of the contractual cash flows over the remaining period to maturity using a market interest rate. 

Borrowings

  The fair values of FHLB advances were derived based upon the present value of the principal and interest payments using 

a current market discount rate.

84

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Selected Pro Forma Results

  The following summarizes the unaudited pro forma results of operations as if the Company acquired Mayflower on 
January 1, 2013 (2012 amounts represent combined results for the Company and Mayflower).  The selected pro forma financial 
information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial results of the combined 
companies had the acquisition actually been completed at the beginning of the periods presented, nor does it indicate future results 
for any other interim or full-year period. 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

178,556

$

55,103

162,781

44,133

  Excluded from the pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 are merger costs, net of tax, of 
$4.5 million, or $0.19 per diluted share, respectively, primarily made up of contract terminations arising due to the change in 
control, the acceleration of certain compensation and benefit costs, and other merger expenses.

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

85

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Central Bancorp, Inc.

On November 9, 2012, the Company completed its acquisition of Central Bancorp, Inc. (“Central”), the parent of Central 
Co-operative Bank.  The transaction qualified as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes and Central shareholders 
received either the right to receive $32.00 in cash per share or 1.0533 shares of the Company's stock (valued at $29.95 per share, 
based upon the highest trading value of the Company's stock on November 9, 2012 of $28.44).  The total deal consideration was 
$52.0 million and was comprised of 40% cash and 60% stock consideration.  The cash consideration was $21.6 million in the 
aggregate, inclusive of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares.  The total stock consideration was $30.4 million and resulted in an 
increase to the Company's outstanding shares of 1,068,514 shares.    In addition to increasing its loan and deposit base, the Company 
will be able to provide a deeper product set to new customers, as well as benefit from increased operating synergies, improving 
the long-term operating and financial results of the Company.

The Company accounted for the acquisition using the acquisition method pursuant to the Business Combinations Topic 
of the FASB ASC.  Accordingly, the Company recorded merger and acquisition expenses of $1.8 million and $6.7 million during 
the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Additionally, the acquisition method requires the acquirer to recognize 
the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their fair values as of the acquisition date.  The following table summarizes the 
estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition:

Net Assets Acquired at
Fair Value

(Dollars in thousands)

Assets
Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Premises and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Core deposit intangible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total assets acquired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities

Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities assumed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     Purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

12,683

28,268

450,671

6,277

22,544

2,150

37,309

559,902

357,434

144,920

5,511

507,865
52,037

As noted above, the Company acquired loans at fair value of $450.7 million.  Subsequent to the acquisition, on November 
9, 2012, the Company sold approximately $42.2 million of performing jumbo residential mortgages acquired in the transaction 
and paid down $25.0 million of acquired Federal Home Loan Bank Advances. 

Fair value adjustments to assets acquired (other than PCI loans, see Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" 
herein.) and liabilities assumed are generally amortized using either an effective yield or straight-line basis over periods consistent 
with the average life, useful life and / or contractual term of the related assets and liabilities.  

Fair values of the major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined as follows: 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

  The fair values of cash and cash equivalents approximate the respective carrying amounts because the instruments are 

payable on demand or have short-term maturities. 

86

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Investments

  The fair values of securities were based on quoted market prices for identical securities received from an independent, 
nationally-recognized, third-party pricing service.  When quoted market prices for identical securities were unavailable, prices 
provided by the independent pricing service were based on recent trading activity and other observable information including, but 
not limited to, market interest rate curves, referenced credit spreads and estimated prepayment rates where applicable. 

Loans 

  The loans acquired were recorded at fair value without a carryover of the allowance for loan losses.  Fair value of the 
loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash 
flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-
based discount rate to those cash flows.  The overall discount on the loans acquired in this transaction was due primarily to 
anticipated credit loss, as well as considerations for liquidity and market interest rates.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 
the Company recorded approximately $3.1 million of interest income attributable to these acquired loans since the acquisition 
date. 

  A portion of the loans acquired showed evidence of deterioration of credit quality at the purchase date and was 
deemed unlikely that the Bank will be able to collect all contractually required payments.  As such, these loans were deemed to 
be PCI and the carrying value and prospective income recognition are predicated upon future cash flows expected to be 
collected.  The following is a summary of these PCI loans associated with the acquisition: 

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected cash flows at acquisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest component of expected cash flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basis in PCI loans at acquisition - estimated fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

47,548
(8,733)
38,815
(3,095)
35,720

(Dollars in thousands)

Core Deposit Intangible

The fair value of the core deposit intangible is derived by comparing the interest rate and servicing costs that the financial 
institution pays on the core deposit liability versus the current market rate for alternative sources of financing.  The intangible 
asset represents the stable and relatively low cost source of funds that the deposits and accompanying relationships provide the 
Company, when compared to alternative funding sources.

Deposits 

The fair value of acquired savings and transaction deposit accounts was assumed to approximate the carrying value as 
these accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand.  The fair value of time deposits were determined based on the 
present value of the contractual cash flows over the remaining period to maturity using a market interest rate. 

Borrowings 

  The fair values of these borrowings were derived based upon present value of the principal and interest payments using 

a current market discount rate.  

87

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Selected Pro Forma Results

  The following summarizes the unaudited pro forma results of operations as if the Company acquired Central on January 1, 
2012 (2011 amounts represent combined results for the Company and Central).  The selected pro forma financial information is 
presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial results of the combined companies had 
the acquisition actually been completed at the beginning of the periods presented, nor does it indicate future results for any other 
interim or full-year period. 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

165,860

$

47,261

170,514

46,477

  Excluded from the pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 are merger costs, net of tax, of 
$4.5 million, or $0.20 per diluted share, respectively, primarily made up of contract terminations arising due to the change in 
control, the acceleration of certain compensation and benefit costs, and other merger expenses.

Years Ended December 31

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

88

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(3)    SECURITIES

Trading Securities

During 2012 the Company transferred equity securities classified previously as trading to available for sale.   The majority 
of these securities are held solely for the purpose of funding certain executive nonqualified retirement obligations (see Note 14 
“Employee Benefit Plans”).  The remainder of the portfolio is comprised of equity securities, which consists of a fund whose 
investment objective  is to invest in geographically specific private placement debt securities designed to support underlining 
economic activities such as community development and affordable housing.  The Company realized a gain on trading activities 
of $285,000 and $122,000 in 2012 and 2011, respectively, which were included in other income.

Available for Sale and Held to Maturity Securities

The following table presents a summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains and losses, other-than-

temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income and fair value of securities available for sale and securities held 
to maturity for the periods indicated:

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Other

Other-
Than-
Temporary
Impairment

Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

(Dollars in thousands)

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Other

Other-
Than-
Temporary
Impairment

Fair
Value

Available for sale
securities

U.S. government
agency securities. . . . . $
Agency mortgage-
backed securities. . . . .

Agency collateralized
mortgage obligations .

Private mortgage-
backed securities. . . . .

State, county, and
municipal securities . .

Single issuer trust
preferred securities
issued by banks. . . . . .

Pooled trust preferred
securities issued by
banks and insurers . . .

Marketable securities .

41,331 $

3 $

(885) $

— $

40,449

$

20,053 $

769 $

— $

— $

20,822

234,591

209,381

12,158

(114)

58,153

67,412

1,001

(37)

232,742

6,405

(4,556)

58,765

490

(1,102)

—

5,439

2,960

—

1

14

—

(28)

(22)

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,227

5,412

—

2,952

2,255

—

—

(15)

—

—

—

—

221,425

68,376

305

3,532

—

2,240

2,981

9,910

—

—

—

—

92

8,083

10,997

—

762

(1,913)

(2,329)

(295)

—

3,841

11,464

8,353

9,875

(2,415)

(2,957)

(57)

—

Total available for
sale securities. . . . . . $ 360,317 $

7,675 $

(8,801) $

(2,329) $ 356,862

$ 320,556 $

14,020 $

(2,638) $

(2,652) $ 329,286

Held to maturity
securities

U.S. treasury
securities. . . . . . . . . . . $
Agency mortgage-
backed securities. . . . .

Agency collateralized
mortgage obligations .

State, county, and
municipal securities . .

Single issuer trust
preferred securities
issued by banks. . . . . .

Corporate debt
securities. . . . . . . . . . .

1,011 $

31 $

— $

— $

1,042

$

1,013 $

121 $

— $

— $

1,134

155,067

1,917

(1,033)

187,388

824

(6,176)

678

7

1,503

5,005

23

210

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

155,951

72,360

4,233

182,036

97,507

2,875

685

915

1,526

1,516

11

10

5,215

5,007

258

—

(2)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

76,593

100,380

926

1,526

5,265

Total held to
maturity securities . . $ 350,652 $
Total . . . . . . . . . . . $ 710,969 $

3,012 $

(7,209) $

— $ 346,455

$ 178,318 $

7,508 $

(2) $

— $ 185,824

10,687 $

(16,010) $

(2,329) $ 703,317

$ 498,874 $

21,528 $

(2,640) $

(2,652) $ 515,110

89

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

When securities are sold, the adjusted cost of the specific security sold is used to compute the gain or loss on the sale.  The 

following table shows the gross realized gains and losses on available for sale securities for the periods indicated:

Gross gains on available for sale securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Gross losses on available for sale securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net gains on available for sale securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

258
(28) (2)
230

$

$

116 (1) $

—

116

$

723

—

723

(1) 

(2) 

Amount includes $111,000 of realized gains associated with the marketable securities classified as available for sale.

Amount represents realized losses associated with marketable securities classified as available for sale. 

The actual maturities of certain securities may differ from the contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right 
to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  A schedule of the contractual maturities of securities 
available for sale and securities held to maturity as of December 31, 2013 is presented below:

Available for Sale

Held to Maturity

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Due in one year or less. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Due from one year to five years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Due from five to ten years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Due after ten years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total debt securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(Dollars in thousands)

— $

— $

255

$

30,723

82,705

235,892

349,320

10,997

360,317

$

$

$

31,155

80,664

233,579

345,398

11,464

356,862

$

$

$

5,883

17,690

326,824

350,652

$

— $

256

6,130

17,710

322,359

346,455

—

350,652

$

346,455

Inclusive in the table above is $33.8 million of callable securities at December 31, 2013.

The carrying value of securities pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes, 

as required or permitted by law was $360.1 million and $365.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

At  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  had  no  investments  in  obligations  of  individual  states,  counties,  or 

municipalities, which exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

The Company continually reviews investment securities for the existence of OTTI, taking into consideration current market 
conditions, the extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, the credit worthiness of the obligor of 
the security, volatility of earnings, current analysts’ evaluations, the Company’s intent to sell the security, or whether it is more 
likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery, as well as other qualitative 
factors.  The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects 
for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal 
to or greater than the carrying value of the investment.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables show the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments in an unrealized loss 
position, which the Company has not deemed to be OTTI, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual 
securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

Description of securities

# of
holdings

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

(Dollars in thousands)

Less than 12 months

12 months or longer

Total

December 31, 2013

U.S. government agency
securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agency mortgage-backed
securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Agency collateralized mortgage
obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

State, county, and municipal
securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Single issuer trust preferred
securities issued by banks and
insurers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pooled trust preferred securities
issued by banks and insurers . . . .

Marketable securities . . . . . . . . .

Total temporarily impaired
securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39

$

39,950

$

(885) $

— $

— $

39,950

$

(885)

124

202,004

(5,217)

5,108

(372)

207,112

(5,589)

19

13

2

2

22

183,721

(7,278)

3,838

(28)

1,341

—

2,376

(22)

—
(90)

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,300

3,520

(1,913)
(205)

183,721

(7,278)

3,838

(28)

1,341

2,300

5,896

(22)

(1,913)
(295)

221

$ 433,230

$ (13,520) $

10,928

$

(2,490) $ 444,158

$ (16,010)

Description of securities

# of
holdings

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

(Dollars in thousands)

Less than 12 months

12 months or longer

Total

December 31, 2012

Agency mortgage-backed
securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Agency collateralized mortgage
obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Single issuer trust preferred
securities issued by banks and
insurers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pooled trust preferred securities
issued by banks and insurers . . . .

Marketable securities . . . . . . . .

Total temporarily impaired
securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17

$

23,814

$

(114) $

— $

— $

23,814

$

(114)

2

2

2

15

17,677

(39)

2,240

—

6,613

(15)

—
(57)

—

—

—

—

2,069

—

(2,415)
—

17,677

(39)

2,240

2,069

6,613

(15)

(2,415)
(57)

38

$

50,344

$

(225) $

2,069

$

(2,415) $

52,413

$

(2,640)

The Company does not intend to sell these investments and has determined based upon available evidence that it is more 
likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis.  As a result, 
the Company does not consider these investments to be OTTI.  The Company made this determination by reviewing various 
qualitative and quantitative factors regarding each investment category, such as current market conditions, extent and nature of 
changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility of earnings, and current analysts’ evaluations.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

As a result of the Company’s review of these qualitative and quantitative factors, the causes of the impairments listed in 

the table above by category are as follows at December 31, 2013:

•  U.S. Government Agency Securities, Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations: 
This portfolio has contractual terms that generally do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than 
the current par value of the investment.  The decline in market value of these securities is attributable to changes in 
interest rates and not credit quality.  Additionally, these securities are implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. Government 
or one of its agencies.

• 

• 

State, County and Municipal Securities: This portfolio has contractual terms that generally do not permit the issuer 
to settle the securities at a price less than the current par value of the investment.  The decline in market value of 
these securities is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality. 

Single Issuer Trust Preferred Securities:  This portfolio consists of two securities, one of which is below investment 
grade.  The unrealized loss on these securities is attributable to the illiquid nature of the trust preferred market in the 
current economic environment.  Management evaluates various financial metrics for each of the issuers, including 
regulatory capital ratios of issuers.

•  Pooled Trust Preferred Securities: This portfolio consists of two below investment grade securities both of which 
are performing.  The unrealized loss on these securities is attributable to the illiquid nature of the trust preferred 
market and the significant risk premiums required in the current economic environment.  Management evaluates 
collateral credit and instrument structure, including current and expected deferral and default rates and timing.  In 
addition, discount rates are determined by evaluating comparable spreads observed currently in the market for similar 
instruments.

•  Marketable Securities: This portfolio consists of mutual funds and other equity investments.  During some periods, 
the mutual funds in the Company’s investment portfolio may have unrealized losses resulting from market fluctuations 
as well as the risk premium associated with that particular asset class.  For example, emerging market equities tend 
to trade at a higher risk premium than U.S. government bonds and thus, will fluctuate to a greater degree on both the 
upside and the downside.  In the context of a well-diversified portfolio, however, the correlation amongst the various 
asset classes represented by the funds serves to minimize downside risk.  The Company evaluates each mutual fund 
in the portfolio regularly and measures performance on both an absolute and relative basis.  A reasonable recovery 
period for positions with an unrealized loss is based on management’s assessment of general economic data, trends 
within a particular asset class, valuations, earnings forecasts and bond durations.

Management monitors the following issuances closely for impairment due to the history of OTTI losses recorded within 
these classes of securities.  Management has determined that the securities possess characteristics which in the current economic 
environment  could  lead  to  further  credit  related  OTTI  charges.   The  following  tables  summarize  pertinent  information  as  of 
December 31, 2013, that was considered by management in determining if OTTI existed:

Class

Amortized
Cost (1)

Gross
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)

Non-Credit
Related
Other-
Than-
Temporary
Impairment

Fair
Value

(Dollars in thousands)

Total
Cumulative
Credit
Related
Other-
Than-
Temporary
Impairment

Total
Cumulative
Other-
Than-
Temporary
impairment
to date

Pooled trust preferred securities

Security A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C1

D

C1

D

C1

B

A1

$

1,283

$

— $

(860) $

423

$

(3,676) $

—

506

—

2,081

1,818

2,395

—

—

—

—

(1,037)

(876)

—

(291)

—

(1,178)

—

—

—

215

—

903

781

1,519

(3,481)

(482)

(990)

(1,368)

—

—

(4,536)

(3,481)

(773)

(990)

(2,546)

—

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

8,083

$

(1,913) $

(2,329) $

3,841

$

(9,997) $

(12,326)

(1) 

The amortized cost reflects previously recorded credit related OTTI charges recognized in earnings for the applicable securities.

92

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Number of
Performing
Banks and
Insurance
Cos. in
Issuances
(Unique)

Current
Deferrals/
Defaults/
Losses (As
a % of
Original
Collateral)

Total
Projected
Defaults/
Losses (as
a % of
Performing
Collateral)

Excess
Subordination
(After Taking
into Account
Best Estimate
of Future
Deferrals/
Defaults/
Losses)(1)

Lowest credit
Ratings to date(2)

55

55

48

48

46

32

32

33.08%

33.08%

28.84%

28.84%

26.86%

25.08%

25.08%

18.08%

18.08%

14.50%

14.50%

16.09%

18.29%

18.29%

—% C (Fitch & Moody’s)

—%

C (Fitch)

—% C (Fitch & Moody’s)

—%

C (Fitch)

0.98% C (Fitch & Moody’s)

31.48%

55.07%

CC (Fitch)

CCC+ (S&P)

Pooled trust preferred securities

Security A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Class

C1

D

C1

D

C1

B

A1

(1) 

Excess subordination represents the additional default/losses in excess of both current and projected defaults/losses that the security can absorb before 
the security experiences any credit impairment.

(2) 

The Company reviewed credit ratings provided by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch in its evaluation of issuers.

Per review of the factors outlined above, five of the securities shown in the table above were deemed to be OTTI.  The 
remaining securities were not deemed to be OTTI as the Company does not intend to sell these investments and has determined, 
based upon available evidence, that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before the 
recovery of its amortized cost basis.

The following table shows the total OTTI that the Company recorded for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

Gross change in OTTI recorded on certain investments (gain/(losses)) . . . . . $
Portion of OTTI gains (losses) recognized in OCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total credit related OTTI losses recognized in earnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

$

588
(588)

— $

$

678
(754)
(76) $

53
(296)
(243)

The following table shows the cumulative credit related component of OTTI for the periods indicated:

Balance at January 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Add

Incurred on securities not previously impaired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Incurred on securities previously impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less

Securities sold during the period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reclassification due to changes in Company’s intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

(10,847) $

(10,771) $

(10,528)

—

—

850

—

—
(76)

—

—

—
(243)

—

—

Increases in cash flow expected to be collected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at December 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

—
(9,997) $

—
(10,847) $

—
(10,771)

93

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(4)    LOANS, ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND CREDIT QUALITY

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for loan losses by loan category and bifurcates the amount of 
allowance allocated to each loan category based on collective impairment analysis and loans evaluated individually for impairment:

December 31, 2013

Commercial
and
Industrial

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial
Construction

Small
Business

Residential
Real
Estate

Home
Equity

Other
Consumer

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

Allowance for loan losses

Beginning balance. . . . . . . . . . . $
Charge-offs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ending balance . . . . . . . . . . $
Ending balance:
individually evaluated for
impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for
impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Financing receivables

13,461

$

22,598

$

2,811

$

1,524

$

2,930

$

7,703

$

807

$

51,834   

(2,683)

(3,587)

272

4,572

206

5,324

(308)

100

768

(773)

279

185

(622)

(1,370)

(1,175)

(10,518)   

143

309

135

(1,432)

588

474

694

1,723   

10,200   

$

53,239   

15,622

$

24,541

$

3,371

$

1,215

$

2,760

$

5,036

$

1,150

$

765

$

— $

109

$

1,564

$

116

$

70

$

3,774   

14,472

$

23,776

$

3,371

$

1,106

$

1,196

$

4,920

$

624

$

49,465   

Ending balance: total loans
by group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 784,202
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment . . . . $
Ending balance:  purchase
credit impaired loans . . . . . . . $
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment . . . . $ 775,053

9,148

1

$ 2,249,260

$

$

39,516

18,612

$ 2,191,132

$

$

$

$

223,859

100

197

223,562

$

$

$

$

77,240

$ 541,443

$ 822,141

1,903

$

15,200

— $

10,389

$

$

4,890

326

75,337

$ 515,854

$ 816,925

$

$

$

$

20,162

$ 4,718,307 (1)

1,298

19

$

$

72,055   

29,544

18,845

$ 4,616,708   

Commercial
and
Industrial

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial
Construction

Small
Business

Residential
Real
Estate

Home
Equity

Other
Consumer

Total

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Allowance for loan losses

Beginning balance . . . . . . . . . $
Charge-offs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Ending balance . . . . . . . . . . $
Ending balance:
individually evaluated for
impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for
impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Financing receivables

11,682

$

23,514

$

2,076

$

1,896

$

3,113

$

4,597

$

1,382

$

48,260   

(6,191)

(4,348)

963

7,007

13,461

$

$

188

3,244

22,598

—

—

$

$

735

2,811

$

$

(616)

(1,094)

(3,178)

(1,165)

(16,592)   

134

110

1,524

$

$

151

760

2,930

$

$

93

6,191

7,703

$

$

581

9

807

$

$

2,110   

18,056   

51,834   

1,084

$

516

$

— $

353

$

1,302

$

35

$

130

$

3,420   

12,377

$

22,082

$

2,811

$

1,171

$

1,628

$

7,668

$

677

$

48,414   

Ending balance: total loans
by group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 687,511
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment . . . . $

8,575

$ 2,122,153

$

33,868

Ending balance:  purchase
credit impaired loans . . . . . . . $

— $

21,853

Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment . . . . $ 678,936

$ 2,066,432

$

$

$

$

188,768

$

78,594

$ 612,881

$ 802,149

— $

2,279

$

15,373

— $

— $

9,821

$

$

4,435

380

188,768

$

76,315

$ 587,687

$ 797,334

$

$

$

$

26,955

$ 4,519,011 (1)

2,129

$

66,659   

— $

32,054

24,826

$ 4,420,298   

94

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

December 31, 2011

Commercial
and
Industrial

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial
Construction

Small
Business

Residential
Real
Estate

Home
Equity

Other
Consumer

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

10,423

$

21,939

$

2,145

$

3,740

$

2,915

$

3,369

$

1,724

$

46,255   

(2,888)

(2,631)

(769)

(1,190)

(559)

(1,626)

(1,678)

(11,341)   

Allowance for loan losses

Beginning balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Charge-offs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ending balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment. . . . . . $
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment. . . . . . $

Financing receivables

420

3,727

11,682

562

11,120

$

$

$

97

4,109

23,514

457

23,057

Ending balance: total loans by
group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 575,716
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment . . . . . . . $
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment . . . . . . . $ 570,108

5,608

$ 1,847,654

$

37,476

$ 1,810,178

500

200

160

(814)

2,076

$

1,896

— $

148

2,076

$

1,748

$

$

$

—

757

3,113

1,245

1,868

$

$

$

52

2,802

4,597

31

4,566

128,904

843

128,061

$

$

$

78,509

$ 426,201

$ 696,063

2,326

$

12,984

$

326

76,183

$ 413,217

$ 695,737

635

701

1,382

239

1,143

$

$

$

1,864   

11,482   

48,260   

2,682   

45,578   

41,343

$ 3,794,390 (1)

2,138

$

61,701   

39,205

$ 3,732,689   

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(1) 

The amount of deferred fees included in the ending balance was $2.3 million, $3.1 million, and $2.9 million at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, 
respectively.

For the purpose of estimating the allowance for loan losses, management segregates the loan portfolio into the portfolio 
segments detailed in the above tables.  Each of these loan categories possesses unique risk characteristics that are considered when 
determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment.  Some of the risk characteristics unique to each loan category 
include:

Commercial Portfolio

•  Commercial & Industrial: Loans in this category consist of revolving and term loan obligations extended to business and 
corporate enterprises for the purpose of financing working capital and/or capital investment.  Collateral generally consists 
of pledges of business assets including, but not limited to: accounts receivable, inventory, plant & equipment, or real 
estate, if applicable.  Repayment sources consist of: primarily, operating cash flow, and secondarily, liquidation of assets.

•  Commercial Real Estate: Loans in this category consist of mortgage loans to finance investment in real property such as 
multi-family  residential,  commercial/retail,  office,  industrial,  hotels,  educational  and  healthcare  facilities  and  other 
specific use properties.  Loans are typically written with amortizing payment structures.  Collateral values are determined 
based upon third party appraisals and evaluations.  Loan to value ratios at origination are governed by established policy 
and  regulatory  guidelines.  Repayment  sources  consist  of:  primarily,  cash  flow  from  operating  leases  and  rents,  and 
secondarily, liquidation of assets.

•  Commercial Construction: Loans in this category consist of short-term construction loans, revolving and nonrevolving 
credit lines and construction/permanent loans to finance the acquisition, development and construction or rehabilitation 
of real property.  Project types include: residential 1-4 family condominium and multi-family homes, commercial/retail, 
office, industrial, hotels, educational and healthcare facilities and other specific use properties.  Loans may be written 
with nonamortizing or hybrid payment structures depending upon the type of project.  Collateral values are determined 
based upon third party appraisals and evaluations.  Loan to value ratios at origination are governed by established policy 
and regulatory guidelines.  Repayment sources vary depending upon the type of project and may consist of: sale or lease 
of units, operating cash flows or liquidation of other assets.

• 

Small  Business  :  Loans  in  this  category  consist  of  revolving,  term  loan  and  mortgage  obligations  extended  to  sole 
proprietors and small businesses for purposes of financing working capital and/or capital investment.  Collateral generally 
consists of pledges of business assets including, but not limited to: accounts receivable, inventory, plant & equipment, 
or real estate (if applicable).  Repayment sources consist of: primarily, operating cash flows, and secondarily, liquidation 
of assets.

95

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the commercial portfolio it is the Bank’s policy to obtain personal guarantees for payment from individuals holding 

material ownership interests of the borrowing entities.

Consumer Portfolio

•  Residential Real Estate: Residential mortgage loans held in the Bank’s portfolio are made to borrowers who demonstrate 
the ability to make scheduled payments with full consideration to underwriting factors such as current and expected 
income,  employment  status,  current  assets,  other  financial  resources,  credit  history  and  the  value  of  the  collateral.  
Collateral consists of mortgage liens on 1-4 family residential properties.  The Company does not originate sub-prime 
loans.

•  Home Equity: Home equity loans and lines are made to qualified individuals for legitimate purposes secured by senior 
or junior mortgage liens on owner-occupied 1-4 family homes, and condominiums or vacation homes.  The home equity 
loan has a fixed rate and is billed equal payments comprised of principal and interest.  The home equity line of credit has 
a variable rate and is billed interest only payments during the draw period.  At the end of the draw period, the home equity 
line of credit is billed a percentage of the principal balance plus all accrued interest.  Borrower qualifications include 
favorable  credit  history  combined  with  supportive  income  requirements  and  combined  loan  to  value  ratios  within 
established policy guidelines.

•  Other Consumer: Other consumer loan products including personal lines of credit and amortizing loans made to qualified 
individuals  for  various  purposes  such  as  auto  loans,  debt  consolidation,  personal  expenses  or  overdraft  protection. 
 Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income and collateral requirements 
within established policy guidelines.  Other consumer loans may be secured or unsecured.

Credit Quality

The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information.  Based on this 
information,  loans  demonstrating  certain  payment  issues  or  other  weaknesses  may  be  categorized  as  delinquent,  impaired, 
nonperforming and/or put on nonaccrual status.  Additionally, in the course of resolving such loans, the Company may choose to 
restructure the contractual terms of certain loans to match the borrower’s ability to repay the loan based on their current financial 
condition.  If a restructured loan meets certain criteria, it may be categorized as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”).

The Company reviews numerous credit quality indicators when assessing the risk in its loan portfolio.  For the commercial 
portfolio, the Company utilizes a 10-point commercial risk-rating system, which assigns a risk-grade to each borrower based on 
a number of quantitative and qualitative factors associated with a commercial loan transaction.  Factors considered include industry 
and market conditions, position within the industry, earnings trends, operating cash flow, asset/liability values, debt capacity, 
guarantor strength, management and controls, financial reporting, collateral, and other considerations.  The risk-ratings categories 
are defined as follows:

• 

• 

• 

1- 6 Rating — Pass: Risk-rating grades “1” through “6” comprise those loans ranging from ‘Substantially Risk Free’ 
which  indicates  borrowers  are  of  unquestioned  credit  standing  and  the  pinnacle  of  credit  quality,  well  established 
companies with a very strong financial condition, and loans fully secured by cash collateral, through ‘Acceptable Risk’, 
which indicates borrowers may exhibit declining earnings, strained cash flow, increasing leverage and/or weakening 
market fundamentals that indicate above average or below average asset quality, margins and market share.  Collateral 
coverage is protective.

7  Rating  —  Potential  Weakness:  Borrowers  exhibit  potential  credit  weaknesses  or  downward  trends  deserving 
management’s close attention.  If not checked or corrected, these trends will weaken the Bank’s asset and position.  While 
potentially weak, currently these borrowers are marginally acceptable; no loss of principal or interest is envisioned.

8 Rating — Definite Weakness: Borrowers exhibit well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly liquidation of 
debt.  Loan may be inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral 
pledged, if any.  Normal repayment from the borrower is in jeopardy, although no loss of principal is envisioned.  However, 
there is a distinct possibility that a partial loss of interest and/or principal will occur if the deficiencies are not corrected.  
Collateral coverage may be inadequate to cover the principal obligation.

• 

9 Rating — Partial Loss Probable: Borrowers exhibit well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly liquidation of 
debt with the added provision that the weaknesses make collection of the debt in full, on the basis of currently existing 

96

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.  Serious problems exist to the point where partial loss 
of principal is likely.

• 

10  Rating  —  Definite  Loss:  Borrowers  deemed  incapable  of  repayment.    Loans  to  such  borrowers  are  considered 
uncollectible and of such little value that continuation as active assets of the Bank is not warranted.

The credit quality of the commercial loan portfolio is actively monitored and any changes in credit quality are reflected in 
risk-rating changes.  Risk-ratings are assigned or reviewed for all new loans, when advancing significant additions to existing 
relationships (over $50,000), at least quarterly for all actively managed loans, and any time a significant event occurs, including 
at renewal of the loan.

The Company utilizes a comprehensive strategy for monitoring commercial credit quality.  Borrowers are required to provide 
updated financial information at least annually which is carefully evaluated for any changes in financial condition.  Larger loan 
relationships are subject to a full annual credit review by an experienced credit analysis group.  Additionally, the Company retains 
an independent loan review firm to evaluate the credit quality of the commercial loan portfolio.  The independent loan review 
process achieves a significant review of the commercial loan portfolio exposure and reports the results of these reviews to the 
Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

The following table details the internal risk-rating categories for the Company’s commercial portfolio:

Category

Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Potential weakness . . . . . . . . . . . .

Definite weakness . . . . . . . . . . . .

Partial loss probable. . . . . . . . . . .

Definite loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Category

Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Potential weakness . . . . . . . . . . . .

Definite weakness . . . . . . . . . . . .

Partial loss probable. . . . . . . . . . .

Definite loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Risk
Rating

Commercial and
Industrial

Commercial
Real
Estate

December 31, 2013

Commercial
Construction

(Dollars in thousands)

Small Business

Total

1 - 6

$

736,996

$

2,068,995

$

210,372

$

71,514

$

3,087,877

7

8

9

10

21,841

24,409

956

—

91,984

85,767

2,514

—

8,608

4,779

100

—

3,031

2,552

143

—

125,464

117,507

3,713

—

$

784,202

$

2,249,260

$

223,859

$

77,240

$

3,334,561

Risk
Rating

Commercial and
Industrial

Commercial
Real
Estate

December 31, 2012

Commercial
Construction

(Dollars in thousands)

Small Business

Total

1 - 6

$

647,984

$

1,928,148

$

177,693

$

71,231

$

2,825,056

7

8

9

10

16,420

21,979

1,128

—

92,651

98,688

2,666

—

6,195

4,880

—

—

3,213

4,080

70

—

118,479

129,627

3,864

—

$

687,511

$

2,122,153

$

188,768

$

78,594

$

3,077,026

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Company’s consumer portfolio, the quality of the loan is best indicated by the repayment performance of an individual 
borrower.  However, the Company does supplement performance data with current Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) and Loan to 
Value (“LTV”) estimates.  Current FICO data is purchased and appended to all consumer loans on a quarterly basis.  In addition, 
automated valuation services and broker opinions of value are used to supplement original value data for the residential and home 
equity portfolios, periodically.  The following table shows the weighted average FICO scores and the weighted average combined 
LTV ratio, exclusive of loans acquired in the year of acquisition, for the periods indicated below:

Residential portfolio

FICO score (re-scored)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LTV (re-valued)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity portfolio

FICO score (re-scored)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LTV (re-valued)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31

2013

2012

738
67.0%

763
53.0%

727
67.0%

763
54.0%

(1) 

(2) 

The average FICO scores above are based upon rescores available from November and actual score data for loans booked between December 1 and 
December 31, for the years indicated.

The combined LTV ratios for December 31, 2013 are based upon updated automated valuations as of February 28, 2013 and actual score data for loans 
booked from March 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013.   The combined LTV ratios for December 31, 2012 are based upon updated automated valuations 
as of November 30, 2011 and actual score data for loans booked from December 1, 2011 through December 31, 2012.  For home equity loans and lines 
in a subordinate lien, the LTV data represents a combined LTV, taking into account the senior lien data for loans and lines.

The Bank’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which stresses early 
detection and response to delinquent and default situations.  Delinquent loans are managed by a team of seasoned collection 
specialists and the Bank seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time 
frame.  As a general rule, loans more than 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans. 
As permitted by banking regulations, certain consumer loans past due 90 days or more may continue to accrue interest.  The 
Company also may use discretion regarding other loans over 90 days delinquent if the loan is well secured and in process of 
collection.  Set forth is information regarding the Company’s nonperforming loans at the period shown:

The following table shows nonaccrual loans at the dates indicated:

Commercial and industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

4,178

$

11,734

100

633

10,329

7,068

92

2,666

6,574

—

570

11,472

7,311

121

Total nonaccrual loans(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

34,134

$

28,714

(1) 

Included in these amounts were $7.5 million and $6.6 million nonaccruing TDRs at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

98

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows the age analysis of past due financing receivables as of the dates indicated:

30-59 days

60-89 days

90 days or more

Total Past Due

Number
of Loans

Principal
Balance

Number
of Loans

Principal
Balance

Number
of Loans

Principal
Balance

Number
of Loans

Principal
Balance

Current

Total
Financing
Receivables

Recorded
Investment
>90 Days
and Accruing

(Dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2013

Commercial and
industrial . . . . . . . .

Commercial real
estate . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial
construction. . . . . .

Small business. . . .

Residential real
estate . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . .

Other consumer. . .

Total . . . . . . . . . .

9

$

743

21

1

18

23

27

110

209

8,643

847

353

2,903

1,922

514

$ 15,925

6

2

—

6

8

8

30

60

$

327

20

$ 3,763

35

$ 4,833

$ 779,369

$ 784,202

$

356

—

227

1,630

852

106

30

1

14

39

23

34

8,155

100

247

6,648

2,055

148

$ 3,498

161

$ 21,116

53

2

38

70

58

174

430

17,154

2,232,106

2,249,260

947

827

222,912

223,859

76,413

77,240

11,181

4,829

768

530,262

817,312

19,394

541,443

822,141

20,162

$ 40,539

$ 4,677,768

$4,718,307

$

—

—

—

—

462

—

63

525

30-59 days

60-89 days

90 days or more

Total Past Due

Number
of Loans

Principal
Balance

Number
of Loans

Principal
Balance

Number
of Loans

Principal
Balance

Number
of Loans

Principal
Balance

Current

Total
Financing
Receivables

Recorded
Investment
>90 Days
and Accruing

(Dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2012

Commercial and
industrial . . . . . . . .

Commercial real
estate . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial
construction. . . . . .

Small business. . . .

Residential real
estate . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . .

Other consumer. . .

Total . . . . . . . . . .

14

$ 1,305

19

—

20

17

32

208

310

5,028

—

750

3,053

2,756

1,217

$ 14,109

7

8

—

8

7

10

32

72

$

336

23

$ 1,875

44

$ 3,516

$ 683,995

$ 687,511

$

2,316

—

94

1,848

632

224

31

—

10

40

17

28

6,054

—

320

7,501

1,392

153

$ 5,450

149

$ 17,295

58

—

38

64

59

268

531

13,398

2,108,755

2,122,153

—

188,768

188,768

1,164

77,430

78,594

12,402

4,780

1,594

600,479

797,369

25,361

612,881

802,149

26,955

$ 36,854

$ 4,482,157

$4,519,011

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

52

52

In the course of resolving nonperforming loans, the Bank may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans. 
The Bank attempts to work-out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid foreclosure actions.  Any 
loans that are modified are reviewed by the Bank to identify if a TDR has occurred, which is when, for economic or legal reasons 
related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. 
Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status and the restructuring of 
the loan may include the transfer of assets from the borrower to satisfy the debt, a modification of loan terms, or a combination 
of the two.

The following table shows the Company’s total TDRs and other pertinent information as of the dates indicated:

TDRs on accrual status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
TDRs on nonaccrual status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total TDRs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Amount of specific reserves included in the allowance for loan loss associated with TDRs: . . $
Additional commitments to lend to a borrower who has been a party to a TDR: . . . . . . . . . . . $

99

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

38,410

7,454

45,864

2,474

1,877

$

$

$

$

46,764

6,554

53,318

3,049

1,847

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Bank’s policy is to have any restructured loan which is on nonaccrual status prior to being modified remain on nonaccrual 
status for six months, subsequent to being modified, before management considers its return to accrual status.  If the restructured 
loan is on accrual status prior to being modified, it is reviewed to determine if the modified loan should remain on accrual status.  
Additionally, loans classified as TDRs are adjusted to reflect the changes in value of the recorded investment in the loan, if any, 
resulting from the granting of a concession. For all residential loans modifications, the borrower must perform during a 90 day 
trial period before the modification is finalized.

The following table shows the modifications which occurred during the periods indicated and the change in the recorded 

investment subsequent to the modifications occurring:

Years Ended December 31

2013

Number
of Contracts

Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment

Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment(1)

(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

11

9
12

9

17

9

67

18

15

14

20

20

33

732

$

8,100
556

2,401

1,347

27

13,163

$

2012

3,372

$

7,121

621

3,495

1,195

328

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

120

$

16,132

$

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11

17

37

16

2

89

2011

$

1,165

$

8,707

1,270

3,460

101

985

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

172

$

15,688

$

732

8,100
556

2,427

1,347

27

13,189

3,372

7,121

621

3,499

1,198

329

16,140

1,165

8,707

1,270

3,536

101

985

15,764

(1) 

The post-modification balances represent the balance of the loan on the date of modification. These amounts may show an increase when modifications 
include a capitalization of interest.

100

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows the Company’s post-modification balance of TDRs listed by type of modification as of the 

periods indicated:

Extended maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Adjusted interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Combination rate & maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Court ordered concession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

3,582

$

5,867

$

—

8,917

690

2,182

5,007

3,084

5,216

1,746

8,802

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

13,189

$

16,140

$

15,764

For purposes of this table the Company considers a loan to have defaulted when it reaches 90 days past due.  The following 
table shows the loans that have been modified during the past twelve months which have subsequently defaulted during the periods 
indicated:  

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

Number
of Contracts

Recorded
Investment

Number
of Contracts

Recorded
Investment

Number
of Contracts

Recorded
Investment

(Dollars in thousands)

Troubled debt restructurings that
subsequently defaulted

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . .

— $

Commercial real estate. . . . . . . . . . . .

Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

—

—

1

2

$

—

176

—

—

1

177

1

3

—

1

—

5

$

231

696

—

238

—

$

1,165

— $

—

5

—

1

6

$

—

—

75

—

22

97

All TDR loans are considered impaired and therefore are subject to a specific review for impairment.  The impairment 
analysis appropriately discounts the present value of the anticipated cash flows by the loan’s contractual rate of interest in effect 
prior to the loan’s modification.  The amount of impairment, if any, is recorded as a specific loss allocation to each individual loan 
in the allowance for loan losses.  Commercial loans (commercial and industrial, commercial construction, commercial real estate 
and small business loans), residential loans, and home equity loans that have been classified as TDRs and which subsequently 
default are reviewed to determine if the loan should be deemed collateral dependent, which means that repayment is expected to 
be provided solely by the underlying collateral from either proceeds from the sale of the collateral, cash flow from the continued 
operation of the collateral, or both.  In such an instance, any shortfall between the value of the collateral and the book value of 
the loan is determined by measuring the recorded investment in the loan against the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs 
to sell.  The Bank charges off the amount of any confirmed loan loss in the period when the loans, or portion of loans, are deemed 
uncollectible.  Smaller balance consumer TDR loans are reviewed for performance to determine when a charge-off is appropriate.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable 
to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.   
Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of 
collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment 
shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment 
shortfalls  on  a  case-by-case  basis,  taking  into  consideration  all  of  the  circumstances  surrounding  the  loan  and  the  borrower, 
including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall 
in relation to the principal and interest owed.

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The table below sets forth information regarding the Company’s impaired loans as of the dates indicated:

Years Ended December 31

Recorded
Investment

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

2013

Related
Allowance

(Dollars in thousands)

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

With no related allowance recorded

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

With an allowance recorded

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,147

$

7,288

$

— $

7,338

$

14,283

15,891

100

1,474

1,972

4,263

446

408

1,805

2,026

4,322

446

29,685

32,186

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

15,728

1,105

1,854

2,021

4,335

515

32,896

2,001

$

2,045

$

1,150

$

2,572

$

25,233

25,377

—

429

—

462

13,228

14,197

627

852

694

856

42,370

43,631

765

—

109

1,564

116

70

3,774

25,595

—

459

13,405

642

954

43,627

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

72,055

$

75,817

$

3,774

$

76,523

$

338

1,075

43

121

95

202

41

1,915

125

1,326

—

28

515

26

33

2,053

3,968

Recorded
Investment

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

2012

Related
Allowance

(Dollars in thousands)

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

With no related allowance recorded

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

With an allowance recorded

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,849

$

7,343

$

— $

6,993

$

12,999

13,698

—

1,085

2,545

4,119

700

—

1,147

2,630

4,166

705

27,297

29,689

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

13,984

—

1,217

2,589

4,190

858

29,831

2,726

$

2,851

$

1,084

$

2,883

$

20,869

—

1,194

12,828

316

1,429

39,362

21,438

—

1,228

13,601

389

1,453

40,960

516

—

353

1,302

35

130

3,420

21,678

—

1,255

13,014

324

1,610

40,764

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

66,659

$

70,649

$

3,420

$

70,595

$

391

952

—

80

118

195

72

1,808

143

1,340

—

77

560

23

60

2,203

4,011

102

 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Recorded
Investment

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

2011

Related
Allowance

(Dollars in thousands)

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized

With no related allowance recorded

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

With an allowance recorded

Commercial & industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Commercial real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,380

$

4,365

$

— $

4,672

$

19,433

843

1,131

—

22

31

20,010

843

1,193

—

22

32

24,840

26,465

2,228

$

2,280

$

18,043

—

1,195

12,984

304

2,107

36,861

19,344

—

1,218

13,651

349

2,125

38,967

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

562

457

—

148

1,245

31

239

2,682

19,760

839

1,199

—

22

35

26,527

$

2,244

$

19,951

—

1,292

13,059

316

1,928

38,790

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

61,701

$

65,432

$

2,682

$

65,317

$

300

1,365

59

84

—

1

3

1,812

99

1,173

—

73

512

19

73

1,949

3,761

103

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table displays certain information pertaining to purchased credit impaired loans at the dates indicated:

Contractually required principal and interest payments receivable. . (1)
Less:  expected cash flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1)
Initial nonaccretable difference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expected cash flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1)
Less:  fair value (initial carrying amount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretable Yield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1)  Reflective of anticipated prepayments.

$

$

$

$

Mayflower Acquisition

 Central Acquisition

November 15, 2013

November 9, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

4,440 $

3,144

1,296 $

3,144 $

2,758

386 $

47,548

38,815

8,733

38,815

35,720

3,095

The  following  table  summarizes  the  outstanding  balances  and  carrying  amounts  for  each  acquisition  as  of  the  dates 

indicated:

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)

At Acquisition Date

Central PCI loans

Outstanding balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrying amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mayflower PCI loans

Outstanding balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrying amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

29,765 $

26,797 $

3,790

2,747

36,278 $

32,054 $

N/A $

N/A $

The following table summarizes activity in the accretable yield for the PCI loan portfolio:

Beginning balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other change in expected cash flows (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improved cash
flows (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ending balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

Results in increased interest income during the period in which the loan paid off.

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

2,464

$

386
(1,812)
1,142

334

2,514

$

(1) 

(2) 

Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected and resulting in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining 
life of the loan(s).

104

40,799

35,720

3,808

2,758

—

3,095
(903)
—

272

2,464

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Loans to Insiders

The Bank has granted loans to principal officers, directors (and their affiliates) and principal security holders.  All such loans 
were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those 
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability 
or present other unfavorable features.  Annual activity consists of the following at the periods indicated:

Principal balance of loans outstanding at beginning of year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Loan advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loan payments/payoffs (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal balance of loans outstanding at end of year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

47,859

$

41,184

107,461
(102,810)
52,510

$

89,666
(82,991)
47,859

(1) 

Includes the removal of $900,000 related to a director who retired during 2012, and no longer considered an insider.  Amount does not reflect an actual 
payoff of a loan.

(5)    BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Bank premises and equipment at December 31, were as follows:

Cost:
Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Bank premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Furniture and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accumulated depreciation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net bank premises and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Estimated
Useful Life

(In years)

n/a

5-39

1-15

1-10

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

16,026

$

32,858

20,189

46,613

115,686
(50,736)
64,950

$

14,514

24,160

19,681

43,763

102,118
(46,891)
55,227

Depreciation expense related to bank premises and equipment was $6.1 million in 2013, $5.5 million in 2012, and $4.9 

million in 2011, which is included in occupancy and equipment expense and other noninterest expense.

(6)    GOODWILL AND IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table sets forth the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, 

at December 31:

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Balances not subject to amortization:

Goodwill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

170,421

$

150,391

Balances subject to amortization:

Core deposit intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other identifiable intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11,218

1,003

12,221

Total goodwill and other intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

182,642

$

10,328

1,425

11,753
162,144  

105

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the periods indicated were as follows:

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impairment (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Earn out payments from prior acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

150,391

$

130,074

$

129,617

20,030

—

—

22,544
(2,227)
—

—

—

457

Balance at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

170,421

$

150,391

$

130,074

(1) 

Amount represents the total amount of goodwill relating to Compass Exchange Advisors, LLC, which was acquired in January 2007.

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets were as follows at the periods indicated:

Gross
Carrying
Amount

2013

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Gross
Carrying
Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

2012

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Core deposit intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Other intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

20,147

1,940

22,087

$

$

(8,929) $
(937)
(9,866) $

11,218

1,003

12,221

$

$

17,537

1,960

19,497

$

$

(7,209) $
(535)
(7,744) $

10,328

1,425
11,753  

Amortization of intangible assets was  $2.1 million,  $1.7 million,  and $1.7 million, for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The following table sets forth the estimated annual amortization expense of intangible assets for each of the next five years:

Year

Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

The original weighted average amortization period for intangible assets is 9.9 years.

(7)    DEPOSITS

The following is a summary of the scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31:

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

1 year or less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Over 1 year to 2 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Over 2 years to 3 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Over 3 years to 4 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Over 4 years to 5 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Over 5 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

559,402

87,645

51,778

20,462

24,288

53

75.1% $

11.8%

7.0%

2.8%

3.3%

—%

518,957

125,915

39,722

52,012

16,466

53

2,337

2,175

2,082

2,061

1,315

68.9%

16.7%

5.3%

6.9%

2.2%

—%

Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

743,628

100.0% $

753,125

100.0%

The amount of overdraft deposits that were reclassified to the loan category at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $2.4 

million and $1.6 million, respectively.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(8)    BORROWINGS

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

Advances payable to the Federal Home Loan Bank are summarized as follows:

2013

2012

Weighted

Average

Weighted

Average

Total

Contractual

Total

Contractual

Outstanding

Rate
(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding

Rate

Stated Maturity

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortizing advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Federal Home Loan Bank Advances . . . .

$

$

$

—

105,027

3,074

—
31,290

—

139,391

903

140,294

—% $

163,245

0.55%

5.81%

—%
4.02%

—%

10,431

8,372

—
83,145

5,446

1.44% $

270,639

930

$

271,569

0.60%

4.11%

3.54%

—%
3.79%

2.07%

1.84%

To manage the interest rate risk of these advances, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps, effectively converting 
$100.0 million and  $150.0 million of the FHLB advances to fixed interest rates at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  
These swaps carried a weighted average interest rate of  2.68%  and 2.66% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 
have various maturity dates ranging from December 2014 through December 2018.

During 2013 the Company prepaid $60.0 million of these advances assumed as part of the Central acquisition.  The difference 

between the exit price and the net carrying amount of the debt resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $763,000.

The  Company’s  FHLB  advances  are  collateralized  by  a  blanket  pledge  agreement  on  the  Bank’s  FHLB  stock,  certain 
qualified investment securities, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank, and by residential mortgages, and certain commercial 
real estate loans held in the Bank’s portfolio.  The Bank’s unused remaining available borrowing capacity at the Federal Home 
Loan Bank was approximately $668.1 million and $661.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, inclusive of a 
$5.0 million line of credit.   At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company was in compliance with the FHLB collateral requirements.

Short-Term Debt

The following table summarizes short-term borrowings:

The Company’s short-term borrowings consisted of the following as of the periods indicated:

Customer repurchase agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Line of credit advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

149,288

5,000

Total short-term borrowings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

154,288

$

$

153,359

12,000

165,359

The interest expense on short-term borrowings was $276,000, $363,000, and $536,000 as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 

and 2011, respectively.

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

107

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Customer Repurchase Agreements.  In a security repurchase agreement with the Bank’s customers, the Bank will generally 
sell a security, agreeing to repurchase either the same or substantially the same security on a specified later date, at a price greater 
than the original sales price.  The securities underlying these agreements with customers are held in segregated safekeeping accounts 
by the Bank’s safekeeping agents, to minimize the potential risk that the borrower may not return the security underlying the 
agreements.  The Customer repurchase agreements are primarily collateralized by U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed 
securities.  The amount of investments pledged against customer repurchase agreements was $169.0 million and $172.4 million 
at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Line of Credit Borrowings.  The revolving line of credit, which is an obligation of the parent company, accrues interest at 
an adjusted LIBOR rate.  The line of credit provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million (reduced from $20.0 million with a 
2013 amendment) and matures on November 8, 2014.  The amounts outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are shown in 
the table above.

The table below sets forth additional information on certain short-term borrowing categories as of and for the periods 

indicated:

2013

2012

2011

Weighted

Average

Interest

Weighted

Average

Interest

Weighted

Average

Interest

Amount

Rate

Amount

Rate

Amount

Rate

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 149,288

0.13% $ 153,359

0.13% $

166,128

147,195

0.13%

160,589

0.20%

143,902

0.32%

0.37%

164,180

N/A

178,171

N/A

167,093

N/A

Customer Repurchase Agreements

Balance outstanding at end of year. .
Average daily balance outstanding. .
Maximum balance outstanding at
any month end. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Long-Term Debt

The following table summarizes long-term debt as of the periods indicated:

Wholesale repurchase agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Junior subordinated debentures

Capital Trust V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Slades Ferry Trust I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  Central Trust I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  Central Trust II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subordinated debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

50,000

$

50,000

51,547

10,310

5,258

6,791

30,000

51,547

10,310

5,258

7,012

30,000
154,127  

Total long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

153,906

$

The interest expense on long-term debt was $7.0 million, $7.1 million, and $7.6 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 

and 2011, respectively.

Wholesale Repurchase Agreements:  In a wholesale security repurchase agreement with established firms, the Bank will 
generally sell a security, agreeing to repurchase either the same or substantially the same security on a specified later date, at a 
price greater than the original sales price.  The securities underlying these agreements with these counterparties are primarily 
collateralized by U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities, which are delivered to broker/dealers.  The amount of 
investments pledged against wholesale repurchase agreements was $50.1 million and $49.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 
2012, respectively.  At December 31, 2013, there is one outstanding wholesale repurchase agreement with a maturity date of 
August 23, 2015.  

108

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Junior Subordinated Debentures:  The junior subordinated debentures are issued to various trust subsidiaries of the Company.  
These trusts are considered to be variable interest entities for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary, and therefore the 
accounts of the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  These trusts were formed for the 
purpose of issuing trust preferred securities, which were then sold in a private placement offering.  The proceeds from the sale of 
the securities and the issuance of common stock by these trusts were invested in these Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by 
the Company.  

For regulatory purposes, bank holding companies are allowed to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital up to a 
certain limit.  Provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act generally exclude trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital, but a grandfather 
provision will permit bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $15 billion, such as the Company, to continue 
to include these instruments  in Tier 1 capital, but no such securities issued in the future will count as Tier 1 capital.  

Information relating to these trust preferred securities are as follows: 

Trust
Capital Trust V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description of Capital Securities
$50.0 million due in 2037, interest at a variable rate (LIBOR plus 1.48%), which has
been effectively converted to a fixed rate of 6.52% until December 28, 2016, through
the use of an interest rate swap.  These securities are callable quarterly, until
maturity.

Slades Ferry Trust I . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10.0 million due in 2034, bearing interest at a variable rate (LIBOR plus 2.79%).
These securities callable quarterly, until maturity.

Central Trust I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5.1 million due in 2034, bearing interest at a variable rate (LIBOR plus 2.44%).
These securities are callable quarterly, until maturity.

Central Trust II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5.9 million due in 2037, bearing a fixed interest rate 7.015% until March 15, 2017.
Subsequent to this date, the interest will be variable (LIBOR plus 1.65%) and the
securities will become callable quarterly, until maturity.

All obligations under these trust preferred securities are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.

Subordinated Debentures:  The subordinated debentures were issued to USB Capital Resources, Inc., a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of U.S. Bank National Association.  The subordinated debt matures on October 1, 2019, however with regulatory 
approval, the Bank may redeem the subordinated debt without penalty at any time on or after October 1, 2014.  The interest rate 
was fixed at 7.02% through August of 2013, and is now a floating rate of LIBOR plus 3.00%.

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of long-term debt over the next five years:

Wholesale repurchase agreements

$ — $50,000

$ — $ — $ — $

— $ 50,000

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

Junior subordinated debentures

Capital trust V . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Slades ferry trust I . . . . . . . . . . .

  Central trust I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  Central trust II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subordinated debentures. . . . . . . .

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

109

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

51,547

10,310

5,258

6,791

51,547

10,310

5,258

6,791

30,000

30,000

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(9)    EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share consisted of the following components for the years ended December 31:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 50,254

$ 42,627

$ 45,436

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

Weighted Average Shares

(Shares in thousands)

Basic shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of dilutive securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23,012

21,782

21,423

77

30

29

23,089

21,812

21,452

Net income per share
Basic EPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Effect of dilutive securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted EPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2.18

—

2.18

$

$

1.96
(0.01)
1.95

$

$

2.12

—

2.12

The following table illustrates the options to purchase common stock that were excluded from the calculation of diluted 

earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive:

Stock options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013
124,608

December 31

2012
584,938

2011
824,224

(10)    STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has the following stock based plans, all of which have been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors 

and shareholders:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

1996 Nonemployee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (“1996 Plan”)

1997 Employee Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”)

2005 Amended and Restated Employee Stock Plan (“2005 Plan”)

2006 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan (“2006 Plan”)

2010 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan (“2010 Plan”)

110

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table presents the amount of cumulatively granted stock options and restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures, 

through December 31, 2013:

Cumulative Granted, Net of
Forfeitures

Authorized
Stock
Option Awards
300,000

Authorized
Restricted
Stock Awards
N/A

1996 Plan . . . . . .

1997 Plan . . . . . .

1,100,000

2005 Plan . . . . . .

2006 Plan . . . . . .

2010 Plan . . . . . .

(1)

(2)

(3)

N/A

(1)

(2)

(3)

Total
300,000

1,100,000

1,650,000

35,400

314,600

Stock
Option 
Awards

190,000

972,771

537,941

15,000

27,000

Restricted
Stock  Awards
N/A

N/A

Total
190,000

972,771

465,856

1,003,797

20,400

56,300

35,400

83,300

Authorized
but
Unissued

(4)

(4)

646,203

(4)
231,300  

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

The Company may award up to a total of 1,650,000 shares as stock options or restricted stock awards.

The Company may award up to a total of 50,000 shares as stock options or restricted stock awards.  During 2010, the remaining 14,600 shares were 
transferred and available for issue under the 2010 Plan.

The Company may award up to a total of 314,600 shares as stock options or restricted stock awards, inclusive of 14,600 shares which were transferred 
from the 2006 Plan.

There are no shares available for grant under the 1996 Plan or 1997 Plan due to their expirations.  These Plans have outstanding stock options exercisable 
despite the Plan expiration.  Additionally, the 2006 Plan has outstanding stock options exercisable despite the transfer of remaining authorized shares to 
the 2010 Plan.

The Company issues shares for stock option exercises and restricted stock awards from its pool of authorized but unissued 

shares. 

The following table presents the pre-tax expense associated with stock option and restricted stock awards and the related 

tax benefits recognized for the years presented:

Stock based compensation expense

Stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Restricted stock awards(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Directors’ fee expense

Stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stock based award expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Related tax benefits recognized in earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

241
1,906

27
289
2,462
832

$

$
$

526
1,968

19
332
2,845
932

$

$
$

662
1,502

65
254
2,483
1,014

(1) 

Inclusive of compensation expense associated with time-vested and performance-based restricted stock awards.

Amounts recognized related to awards issued to directors are recognized as directors’ fees within other noninterest expense.

The Company has standard form agreements used for stock option and restricted stock awards.  The standard form agreements 
used for the Chief Executive Officer and all other Executive Officers have previously been disclosed in Securities and Exchange 
Commission filings and generally provide that: (1) any unvested options or unvested restricted stock vest upon a Change of Control; 
and, that (2) any stock options which vest pursuant to a Change of Control, which is an event described in Section 280G of the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, will be cashed out at the difference between the acquisition price and the exercise price of the 
stock option.

111

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Stock Options

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with 

the following assumptions used for grants under the identified plans:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the historical volatility of the weekly adjusted closing price of the 
Company’s shares for a period equivalent to the expected life of the option.

Expected life represents the period of time that the option is expected to be outstanding, taking into account the contractual 
term, historical exercise/forfeiture behavior, and the vesting period, if any. 

Expected dividend yield is an annualized rate calculated using the most recent dividend payment at time of grant and the 
Company’s average trailing twelve-month daily closing stock price.

The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a period equivalent to the 
expected life of the option.

The stock based compensation expense recognized in earnings should be based on the amount of awards ultimately expected 
to vest, therefore a forfeiture assumption is estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods 
if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Stock based compensation expense recognized in 2013, 2012, and 2011 
has been reduced for annualized estimated forfeitures of 3.5%, 3.5%, and 5.0%, respectively, based on historical experience.

The Company has made the following awards of nonqualified options to purchase shares of common stock from 2011 

through 2013:

Date of grant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013
11/9/2013
2010

Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,000
Vesting period (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 months
Expiration date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11/9/2023

Years Ended December 31

2/10/2011
2005

40,000

3 years

2011
2/17/2011
2005

54,000

3 years

5/24/2011
2010

7,000

20 months

2/10/2021

2/17/2021

5/24/2021

Expected volatility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31.23% 32.38%

32.11%

32.95%

Expected life (years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expected dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Risk free interest rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value per option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

5.5

2.64%

1.56%

5.5

2.90%

2.57%

5

2.89%

2.27%

5

2.87%

1.81%

8.13

$

6.81

$

6.39

$

6.72  

(1)  Vesting periods begin on the grant date unless otherwise noted.

Under all of the Company’s stock based plans, the option exercise price is based upon the average of the high and low 

trading value of the stock on the date of grant. Stock option awards granted to date under all plans expire through 2023.

The following table presents relevant information relating to the Company’s stock options for the periods indicated:

Fair value of stock options vested based on grant date fair value. . . . . . . . . . $
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash received from stock option exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit realized on stock option exercises/repurchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted (per share). . . . . .

Cash paid to settle equity instruments granted under stock based
compensation arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

430

$

1,051

2,475

322

8.13

—

$

706

609

1,242

242

—

134

506

943

4,127

735

6.58

—

112

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of the status of the Company’s Stock Option Grants for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented in the 

table below:

Stock Option
Awards

Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)

Nonvested

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)

Stock
Option
Awards

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Balance at January 1, 2013 . . .

684,241   

$ 30.13

Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,000   

Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(152,793)

Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

n/a

(500)

Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(11,000)

35.48

28.94

n/a

27.58

31.15

99,184

5,000

n/a
(70,197)
(500)
—

$

6.23

8.13

n/a

6.13

6.81

—

Balance at December 31,
2013. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options outstanding and
expected to vest at
December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . .

Options exercisable at
December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . .

Unrecognized compensation
cost, including forfeiture
estimate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

524,948 (2)

$ 30.50

3.57

$

4,621

33,487 (4)

$

6.71

524,753 (2)

$ 30.51

491,461 (3)

$ 30.65

3.56

3.31

$

$

4,620

4,252

$

50

Weighted average remaining
recognition period (years) . . . .

0.37  
The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding tables represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the average of the high price and low price at 
which the Company’s common stock traded on December 31, 2013 of $39.31 which would have been received by the option holders had they all exercised 
their options as of that date.

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Inclusive of 25,940 stock options outstanding and expected to vest to Directors.

Inclusive of 22,667 vested stock options outstanding to Directors.

Inclusive of 3,333 nonvested stock options outstanding to Directors.

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Restricted Stock

The Company grants both time-vested restricted stock awards as well as performance-based restricted stock awards. During 

the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 the Company has made the following restricted stock award grants:

Shares Granted

Plan

Fair Value (1)

Vesting Period

Time-vested

2013

1/16/2013 . . . . . . . . . .
2/14/2013 . . . . . . . . . .
5/21/2013 . . . . . . . . . .

2012

2/16/2012 . . . . . . . . . .
4/5/2012 . . . . . . . . . . .
5/22/2012 . . . . . . . . . .
5/22/2012 . . . . . . . . . .
11/10/2012 . . . . . . . . .

2011

2/10/2011 . . . . . . . . . .
2/17/2011 . . . . . . . . . .
5/3/2011 . . . . . . . . . . .
5/24/2011 . . . . . . . . . .

Performance-based

2011

2,000

93,800

14,700

89,800

1,000

1,000

13,000
1,000

27,750

33,000

3,000

9,800

2005

$

30.48 Ratably over 3 years from grant date

2005

2010

2005

2005

2010

2010
2010

31.51 Ratably over 5 years from grant date

33.17 At the end of 5 years from grant date(2)

$

27.81 Ratably over 5 years from grant date

28.16 Ratably over 5 years from grant date

27.63

Immediate upon grant

27.63 At the end of 5 years from grant date(2)
28.03 At the end of 5 years from grant date(2)

2005

$

27.58 Ratably over 5 years from grant date

2005

2005

2010

27.43 Ratably over 5 years from grant date

29.00 Ratably over 5 years from grant date

28.88 At the end of 5 years from grant date(2)

8/8/2011 . . . . . . . . . . .

3,637

2005

$

23.81

On December 31, 2014, if performance
conditions are met

(1) 

(2) 

The fair value of the restricted stock awards are based upon the average of the high and low price at which the Company’s common stock traded on the 
date of grant.  The holders of time-vested restricted stock awards participate fully in the rewards of stock ownership of the Company, including voting 
and dividend rights.  The holders of performance-based restricted stock awards do not participate in the rewards of stock ownership of the Company until 
vested.  The holders of all restricted stock awards are not required to pay any consideration to the Company for the awards.

These restricted stock grants will vest at the end of a five year period, or earlier if the director ceases to be a director for any reason other than cause, such 
as, for example, by retirement.  If a non-employee director is removed from the Board for cause, the Company has ninety (90) days within which to 
exercise a right to repurchase any unvested portion of any restricted stock award from the non-employee director for the aggregate price of one dollar 
($1.00).

The following table presents the fair value of restricted stock awards vesting during the periods presented:

Fair value of restricted stock awards upon vesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

3,289

$

2,085

$

1,599

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

114

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of the status of the Company’s Restricted Stock Award Grants for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented 

in the table below:

Outstanding
Restricted Stock
Awards

Weighted Average
Grant Price ($)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Balance at January 1, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

267,761   

$

Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vested/released . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

110,500   
(103,234)

(3,100)   
—   

Balance at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

271,927 (1)

$

25.33

31.71

24.04

27.57

—

28.39

Unrecognized compensation cost (inclusive of directors’ fees),
including forfeiture estimate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average remaining recognition period (years) . . . . . . .

(1) 

Inclusive of 43,000 restricted stock awards outstanding to Directors.

(11)    DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

$

5,512
3.37  

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of 
the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally to manage the Company’s 
interest rate risk.  Additionally, the Company enters into interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts to accommodate 
the business requirements of its customers (“customer related positions”).  The Company minimizes the market and liquidity risks 
of customer-related positions by entering into similar offsetting positions with broker-dealers.  Derivative instruments are carried 
at fair value in the Company’s financial statements.  The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument is 
dependent upon whether or not it qualifies as a hedge for accounting purposes, and further, by the type of hedging relationship.

The Company does not enter into proprietary trading positions for any derivatives.

Interest Rate Positions

The Company currently utilizes interest rate swap agreements as hedging instruments against interest rate risk associated 
with the Company’s borrowings.  An interest rate swap is an agreement whereby one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest 
on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount, for a predetermined 
period of time, from a second party.  The amounts relating to the notional principal amount are not actually exchanged.  The 
maximum length of time over which the Company is currently hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for 
forecasted transactions related to the payment of variable interest on existing financial instruments is five years.

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table reflects the Company’s derivative positions for the periods indicated below for interest rate swaps 

which qualify as hedges for accounting purposes:

Notional
Amount

Trade
Date

Effective
Date

Maturity
Date

Receive
(Variable)
Index

Current
Rate
Received

Pay Fixed
Swap Rate

Fair Value

December 31, 2013

16-Feb-06
16-Feb-06
9-Dec-08
17-Nov-09
5-May-11

28-Dec-06
28-Dec-06
10-Dec-08
20-Dec-10
10-Jun-11

(Dollars in thousands)

28-Dec-16
28-Dec-16
10-Dec-18
20-Dec-14
10-Jun-15

3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR

25,000
25,000
25,000
50,000
25,000
150,000

0.24%
0.24%
0.24%
0.25%
0.24%

5.04% $
5.04%
2.94%
3.04%
1.71%

$

(3,151)
(3,152)
(1,493)
(1,341)
(493)
(9,630)

Notional
Amount

Trade
Date

Effective
Date

Maturity
Date

Receive
(Variable)
Index

Current
Rate
Received

Pay Fixed
Swap Rate

Fair Value

December 31, 2012

25,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
50,000
25,000
200,000

16-Feb-06
16-Feb-06
8-Dec-08
9-Dec-08
9-Dec-08
17-Nov-09
5-May-11

28-Dec-06
28-Dec-06
10-Dec-08
10-Dec-08
10-Dec-08
20-Dec-10
10-Jun-11

(Dollars in thousands)

28-Dec-16
28-Dec-16
10-Dec-13
10-Dec-13
10-Dec-18
20-Dec-14
10-Jun-15

3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR
3 Month LIBOR

0.31%
0.31%
0.31%
0.31%
0.31%
0.31%
0.31%

5.04% $
5.04%
2.65%
2.59%
2.94%
3.04%
1.71%

$

(4,416)
(4,417)
(553)
(539)
(2,819)
(2,647)
(798)
(16,189)

$

$

$

$

During 2011, the Company had entered into a forward starting swap with a notional amount of $40.0 million, with the 
intention of hedging a future federal home loan advance.  Subsequently, during the quarter ending March 31, 2012, the Company 
exited the forward starting swap.  At the time of exit, the derivative instrument had a fair value of $22,000, which was received 
in cash and recognized in other income.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the effective portion of the gains or losses 
is reported as a component of OCI, and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction 
affects earnings.  The Company expects approximately $4.5 million (pre-tax) to be reclassified to interest expense from OCI, 
related to the Company’s cash flow hedges, in the next twelve months.  This reclassification is due to anticipated payments that 
will be made and/or received on the swaps based upon the forward curve as of December 31, 2013.  

The Company recognized $244,000 of net amortization income that was an offset to interest expense related to previously 

terminated swaps for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The Company had no fair value hedges as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Customer Related Positions

Interest  rate  derivatives,  primarily  interest-rate  swaps,  offered  to  commercial  borrowers  through  the  Bank’s  loan  level 
derivative program do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes.  The Bank believes that its exposure to commercial customer 
derivatives is limited because these contracts are simultaneously matched at inception with an offsetting dealer transaction.  The 
commercial customer derivative program allows the Bank to retain variable-rate commercial loans while allowing the customer 
to synthetically fix the loan rate by entering into a variable-to-fixed interest rate swap.

Foreign exchange contracts offered to commercial borrowers through the Bank’s derivative program do not qualify as 
hedges for accounting purposes.  The Bank acts as a seller and buyer of foreign exchange contracts to accommodate its customers. 
To mitigate the market and liquidity risk associated with these derivatives, the Bank enters into similar offsetting positions.

116

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table reflects the Company’s customer related derivative positions for the periods indicated below for those 

derivatives not designated as hedges for accounting purposes:

Notional Amount Maturing

Number of
Positions (1)

Less than
1 year

Less than
2 years

Less than
3 years

Less than
4 years

Thereafter

Total

Fair Value

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

Loan level swaps

Receive fixed, pay variable.
Pay fixed, receive variable .

168

162

$ 48,882

$ 48,882

97,975

97,975

42,957

42,957

42,116

42,116

329,554

$ 561,484

329,554

$ 561,484

$
9,484
$ (9,523)

Foreign exchange contracts

Buys foreign currency, sells
U.S. currency . . . . . . . . . . .
Buys U.S. currency, sells
foreign currency . . . . . . . . .

Loan level swaps

6

6

$ 11,367

$ 11,367

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $ 11,367

— $ 11,367

$

$

396

(390)

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Receive fixed, pay variable.
Pay fixed, receive variable .

143

137

$ 16,766

$ 16,766

65,344

105,939

65,344

105,939

45,267

45,267

268,932

$ 502,248

268,932

$ 502,248

$ 28,678
$ (28,663)

Foreign exchange contracts

Buys foreign currency, sells
U.S. currency . . . . . . . . . . .
Buys U.S. currency, sells
foreign currency . . . . . . . . .

16

$ 42,516

16

$ 42,516

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $ 42,516

$

1,748

— $ 42,516

$ (1,718)

(1)  The Company may enter into one swap agreement which offsets multiple reverse swap agreements. The positions will offset and the terms will be identical.

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on 

the balance sheet at the periods indicated:

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

Balance Sheet
Location

Fair Value at
December 31,
2013

Fair Value at
December 31,
2012

Balance Sheet
Location

Fair Value at
December 31,
2013

Fair Value at
December 31,
2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Derivatives designated as hedges

Interest rate swaps. . . . . . . . . . . . Other assets $

— $

— Other liabilities $

9,630

$

16,189

Derivatives not designated as
hedges

Customer related positions

Loan level swaps . . . . . . . . . . . Other assets $
Foreign exchange contracts . . . Other assets
Total

$

16,301

396

16,697

$

$

28,678

Other liabilities $

16,340

1,748

Other liabilities

390

30,426

$

16,730

$

$

28,663

1,718

30,381

117

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments included in OCI and current earnings 

for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

Derivatives designated as hedges

Gain (loss) in OCI on derivative (effective portion), net of tax . . . . . . . . . . $

350

$

(2,122) $

(7,021)

Net loss reclassified from OCI into income (effective portion) . . . . . . . . . . $

(5,723) $

(5,417) $

(5,472)

Loss recognized in income on derivative (ineffective portion & amount
excluded from effectiveness testing):

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Other expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

— $

—

— $

— $

—

— $

Derivatives not designated as hedges

Changes in fair value of customer related positions:

Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Other expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

$

38
(116)
(78) $

134
(49)
85

$

$

—

—

—

164
(56)
108

By using derivatives, the Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do 

not perform as required.  Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of a derivative contract, the Company’s credit 
exposure on interest rate swaps is limited to the net positive fair value and accrued interest of all swaps with each counterparty.  
The Company seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, and obtaining 
collateral, where appropriate. Institutional counterparties must have an investment grade credit rating and be approved by the 
Company’s Board of Directors.  As such, management believes the risk of incurring credit losses on derivative contracts with 
those counterparties is remote and losses, if any, would be immaterial.  The Company had $3.4 million in exposure relating to 
institutional counterparties at December 31, 2013 and had no such exposure at December 31, 2012, as all such swaps were in a 
liability position.  The Company’s exposure relating to customer counterparties was approximately $13.6 million and $31.0 
million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Credit exposure may be reduced by the amount of collateral pledged by 
the counterparty.

Mortgage Derivatives

Prior to closing and funding certain one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, an interest rate lock commitment is 
generally extended to the borrower.  During the period from commitment date to closing date, the Company is subject to the risk 
that market rates of interest may change.  If market rates rise, investors generally will pay less to purchase such loans resulting in 
a reduction in the gain on sale of the loans or, possibly, a loss.   In an effort to mitigate such risk, forward delivery sales commitments 
may be executed, under which the Company agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans to various investors.  In addition, the Company 
may also enter into additional Forward To Be Announced ("TBA") mortgage contracts, also considered derivative instruments, 
which are purchased by the company from a list of diversified counterparties in order to hedge customer rate locks.  These forward 
contracts carry a market price that has a strong inverse relationship to that of mortgage prices.  When the Company locks a rate 
to the customer, the rate can be held for the benefit of the customer for a certain period of time until the mortgage is sold.  During 
that time, the Company may not have agreed on a price with a mortgage investor and fluctuations in market conditions may cause 
the mortgage to lose market value.  Within a short period after the rate is locked with the customer, the Company may, depending 
upon the effectiveness of existing hedges, execute a Forward TBA trade with a counterparty to hedge that market risk.  Certain 
assumptions,  including  pull  through  rates  and  rate  lock  periods,  are  used  in  managing  the  existing  and  future  hedges.    The 
effectiveness of the hedges rely on the accuracy of these assumptions.  

118

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The table below summarizes the fair value of mortgage derivatives at the periods indicated:

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage derivative assets

Interest rate lock commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Forward TBA mortgage contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total mortgage derivative assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

204

64

268

$

$

102

—

102

Mortgage derivative liabilities

Forward sales agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Total mortgage derivative liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(35) $
(35) $

(223)
(223)

The changes in fair value on the interest rate lock commitments, forward delivery sale commitments, and forward TBA 
mortgage contracts are recorded in current period earnings as a component of mortgage banking income.  In addition, the Company 
has elected the fair value option to carry loans held for sale at fair value.  The change in fair value of loans held for sale is also 
recorded as a component of mortgage banking income in accordance with the Company's fair value election.

119

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

12) BALANCE SHEET OFFSETTING

The Company does not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments or repurchase agreements.  The 
Company does net the amount recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral against the obligation to return cash collateral 
arising from derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement.  Collateral legally 
required to be maintained at dealer banks by the Company is monitored and adjusted as necessary.  At December 31, 2013, it was 
determined that no additional collateral would have to be posted to immediately settle these instruments.

The  following  tables  present  the  Company's  asset  and  liability  derivative  positions  and  the  potential  effect  of  netting 

arrangements on its financial position, as of the periods indicated:

Gross Amounts Not Offset in
the Statement of Financial
Position

Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Statement of
Financial
Position

Net Amounts
Presented in the
Statement of
Financial
Position

Gross Amounts
Recognized

Financial
Instruments
(1)

Collateral
Pledged
(Received)

Net Amount

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

Derivative Assets

Interest rate swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Loan level swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer foreign exchange contracts .

— $

16,301

396

— $

—

—

— $

— $

— $

—

16,301

396

2,823

—

—

—

13,478

396

$

16,697 $

— $

16,697 $

2,823 $

— $

13,874

Derivative Liabilities

Interest rate swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

9,630 $

— $

9,630 $

— $

9,630 $

Loan level swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Customer foreign exchange contracts .

Repurchase agreements

Customer repurchase agreements . . . .

Wholesale repurchase agreements . . . .

16,340

390

149,288

50,000

—

—

—

—

16,340

390

149,288

50,000

2,823

12,930

—

—

— (149,288)

—

(50,000)

$

225,648 $

— $

225,648 $

2,823 $ (176,728) $

—

587

390

—

—

977

(1)  Includes loan level swaps which are not subject to a master netting arrangement and thus are not offset in the statement of financial position.

120

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Gross Amounts Not Offset in
the Statement of Financial
Position

Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Statement of
Financial
Position

Net Amounts
Presented in the
Statement of
Financial
Position

Gross Amounts
Recognized

Financial
Instruments

Collateral
Pledged
(Received)

Net Amount

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Derivative Assets

Interest rate swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Loan level swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer foreign exchange contracts .

— $

28,678

1,748

— $

—

—

— $

— $

— $

—

28,678

1,748

—

—

—

—

28,678

1,748

$

30,426 $

— $

30,426 $

— $

— $

30,426

Derivative Liabilities

Interest rate swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Loan level swaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer foreign exchange contracts .

Repurchase agreements

28,663

1,718

Customer repurchase agreements . . . .
Wholesale repurchase agreements . . . .

153,359

50,000

16,189 $

— $

16,189 $

— $

16,189 $

—

—

—

—

28,663

1,718

153,359

50,000

28,663

—

—

—

1,718

—

—

— (153,359)
(49,693)
—
— $ (158,200) $

—

307

2,025

$

249,929 $

— $

249,929 $

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company 
fails to maintain its status as a well capitalized institution, then the Company could be required to terminate any outstanding 
derivatives with the counterparty.  All liability position interest rate swap and customer loan level swap counterparties have credit-
risk contingent instruments as of the dates indicated in the table above.  In addition, derivative instruments that contain credit-risk 
related contingent features that are in a net liability position require the Company to assign collateral as noted in the table above.

(13)    INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following components:

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

Current expense

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred expense (benefit)

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total deferred expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

121

9,570

$

11,928

$

4,357

13,927

1,598

959

2,557

16,484

$

4,664

16,592

(1,183)
(736)
(1,919)
14,673

11,830

5,227

17,057

548
(457)
91

$

17,148

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The difference between the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% and the effective income tax rate reported for the last 

three years is detailed below:

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

Computed statutory federal income tax provision . . . $ 23,359
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,455
(557)
(9,194)

Nontaxable interest, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax credits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance and
tax exempt gain on benefit payments . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merger and other related costs (non-deductible) . . . .

(1,209)
366

Other, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
Total expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 16,484

35.00 % $ 20,055

35.00 % $ 21,904

35.00 %

5.17 %

(0.83)%

(13.77)%

(1.81)%

0.55 %

0.39 %

2,553
(542)
(6,567)

(1,612)
404

382

4.46 %

(0.95)%

(11.46)%

(2.81)%

0.71 %

0.66 %

3,101
(661)
(6,238)

(1,109)
—

151

4.95 %

(1.06)%

(9.97)%

(1.77)%

— %

0.25 %

24.70 % $ 14,673

25.61 % $ 17,148

27.40 %

The tax-effected components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31 were as follows:

Deferred tax assets

Allowance for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Accrued expenses not deducted for tax purposes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other-than-temporary impairment on securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Derivatives fair value adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred gain on sale leaseback transaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employee and director equity compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Markets Tax Credit carry-forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loan basis difference fair value adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating loss carry-forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings fair value adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Deferred tax liabilities

Goodwill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Core deposit and other intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred loan fees, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Total net deferred tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

21,743

$

21,252

8,530

4,074

3,440

3,104

2,351

2,257

1,819

1,671

1,418

220

1,481

52,108

13,030

5,571

4,052

3,530

—

956

$

$

27,139

24,969

$

$

8,627

4,435

6,020

3,541

2,474

—

1,402

2,440

—

4,005

758

54,954

11,831

7,286

3,775

3,104

3,257

356

29,609

25,345

The Company has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for any of its deferred tax assets since it is more 
likely than not that these assets will be realized principally through the utilization of carry-back provisions to taxable income on 
prior years and future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and by offsetting other future taxable income.

122

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Uncertainty in Income Taxes

From time to time, the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") may review and/or challenge specific tax positions taken by 
the Company in its ordinary course of business.  The Company believes that its income tax returns have been filed based upon 
applicable statutes, regulations and case law in effect at the time of filing, however, the IRS could disagree with the Company's 
interpretation. The Company accounts for uncertainties in income taxes by providing a tax reserve for certain positions.  The 
following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits:

Balance at December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Reduction of tax positions for prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase for prior year tax position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase for current year tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Reduction of tax positions for prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Increase for prior year tax positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Increase for current year tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(Dollars in thousands)

111
(34)
5

44

126
(113)
42

—

55

Increases to the Company's unrealized tax positions occur as a result of accruing for the unrecognized tax benefit as well 
the accrual of interest and penalties related to prior year positions.  Decreases in the Company's unrealized tax positions occur as 
a result of the statute of limitation lapsing on prior year positions and/or settlements relating to outstanding positions.  All of the 
Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would be recorded as a component of income tax expense therefore affecting 
the effective tax rate.  The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the provision for income 
taxes.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction as well as in various states.  The 
Company is subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the 2010 through 2012 tax years 
including any related income tax filings from its recent Bank acquisitions.  The Company is utilizing net operating loss carry 
forwards acquired from the Central and Mayflower acquisitions that are subject to annual change in ownership limitations.  In 
addition, the Company has a general business credit carry forward that resulted from 2013 operations that can be used to reduce 
future federal income tax.  The net operating loss carry forwards of $4.7 million will expire at various dates through 2032 and the 
general business credit carryforward of $2.3 million will expire in 2033.  The Company anticipates utilizing these carry forwards 
prior to their expirations.

(14)    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pension

The  Company  maintains  a  multiemployer  defined  benefit  pension  plan  (the  “Pension  Plan”)  administered  by  Pentegra 
Retirement Services (the “Fund” or “Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions”).  The Fund does not segregate the 
assets or liabilities of all participating employers and accordingly, disclosure of plan assets, accumulated vested and nonvested 
benefits is not possible.  Effective July 1, 2006, the Company froze the defined benefit plan by eliminating all future benefit 
accruals.  Contributions to the Pension Plan are based on each individual employer’s experience.  The Company bears the market 
risk relating to the Pension Plan and will continue to fund the Pension Plan as required.  The Pension Plan year is July 1st through 
June 30th.

The Company’s participation in the Pension Plan for the annual period ended December 31, 2013, is outlined in the table 
below.  The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Employee Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan 
number.  The funding status of the Pension Plan is determined on the basis of the financial statements provided by the Fund using 
total plan assets and accumulated benefit obligation.  The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates plans for which 
a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented.  The “Expiration 
Date of Collective-Bargaining Agreement” column lists the expiration date(s) of any collective-bargaining agreement(s) to which 
the Pension Plan is subject.

123

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

EIN/Pension
Plan Number

Pentegra defined benefit
plan for financial
institutions . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5645888/333

Funding Status
of Pension Plan

2013
90.99%
as of
7/1/2013

2012
96.96%
as of
7/1/2012

FIP/
RP Status
Pending/
Implemented

Surcharge
Imposed

Expiration
Date of
Collective-
Bargaining
Agreement

Minimum
Contributions
Required for
Future
Periods

No

No

N/A

$

—  

Contributions to the Fund are based on each individual employer’s experience. The Company’s total contributions to the 
Pension Plan did not represent more than 5% of the total contributions to the Pension Plan as indicated in the Pension Plan’s most 
recently  available  annual  report  dated  June 30,  2013.    The  comparability  of  employer  contributions  is  impacted  by  asset 
performance, discount rates and the reduction in the number of covered employees year over year.

The Company’s contributions to the Pension Plan were as follows for the periods indicated:

Cash Payment

2013-2014

2012-2013

2011-2012

Plan Year Allocation

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(Dollars in thousands)

2,603

$

1,762

$

234

2,217

—

—

$

841

234

—

—

—

2,217

The Company’s total defined benefit plan expense was $1.4 million, $1.6 million, and $1.9 million, for the years ending 

December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Financial information for the Fund is made available through the public Form 5500 which is available by April 15th of the 

year following the plan year end.

Additionally, during 2013, as a result of the Mayflower acquisition, the Company acquired another multiemployer pension 
plan, which is currently frozen.  The Company is in the process of withdrawing from this plan as of year end and as such, has not 
incurred, nor expects to incur, any expenses associated with this plan.

Postretirement Benefit Plans

Employees retiring from the Bank after attaining age 65, who have rendered at least 10 years of continuous service are 
entitled to a fixed contribution toward the premium for postretirement health care benefits and a $5,000 upon death benefit paid. 
The health care benefits are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations.  The Bank may amend or change 
these  benefits  periodically.   Additionally,  the  Company  has  acquired  small  postretirement  plans  in  conjunction  with  various 
acquisitions, which do not have a material impact on the amount of expense realized by the Company.  Postretirement benefit 
expense was $25,000, $82,000, and $46,000, for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

The Bank maintains supplemental executive retirement plans (“SERP”) for certain highly compensated employees designed 
to offset the impact of regulatory limits on benefits under qualified pension plans.  The Bank has established and funded Rabbi 
Trusts  to  accumulate  funds  in  order  to  satisfy  the  contractual  liability  of  these  supplemental  retirement  plan  benefits.   These 
agreements provide for the Bank to pay all benefits from its general assets, and the establishment of these trust funds does not 
reduce nor otherwise affect the Bank’s continuing liability to pay benefits from such assets except that the Bank’s liability shall 
be offset by actual benefit payments made from the trusts.  The related trust assets, included in the Company's securities portfolio, 
totaled $8.5 million and $6.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 these trust 
assets were held as available for sale securities and at December 31, 2011 the trust assets were held in the trading portfolio.

The following table shows the supplemental retirement expense, and the contributions paid to the plan which were used 

only to pay the current year benefits as of the dates indicated:

Retirement expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Contributions paid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,049
253

$

1,144
253

794
253

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

124

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows the Company's best estimate of the benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years, 

in the aggregate for the next five fiscal years thereafter and in the aggregate after those 10 years:

Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plans
Expected Benefit
Payment

(Dollars in thousands)

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2019-2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2024 and later. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

253

288

357

351

378

2,332

22,126

125

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The measurement date used to determine the supplemental executive retirement plans benefits is December 31st for each 
of the years reported. The following table illustrates the status of the supplemental executive retirement plans at December 31 for 
the years presented:

Supplemental Executive
Retirement Benefits

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

Change in accumulated benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Benefit obligation acquired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actuarial loss/(gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

8,714
—
429
409
—
(1,056)
(253)
8,243

$

$

7,550
—
627
296
—
494
(253)
8,714

$

$

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Employer contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value of plan assets at end of year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Funded status at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued benefit cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
(“AOCI”), net of tax

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Prior service cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amounts recognized in AOCI, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Information for plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of
plan assets

Projected benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Accumulated benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Net periodic benefit cost

Service cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Interest cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of prior service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recognized net actuarial gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net periodic benefit cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be
recognized in net periodic benefit cost over next fiscal year

Net actuarial loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net prior service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Discount rate used for benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discount rate used for net periodic benefit cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rate of compensation increase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

126

— $
253
(253)

— $
253
(253)

— $
$

(8,243)
—
(8,243)
(8,243)

— $
$

(8,714)
—
(8,714)
(8,714)

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

938
659
1,597

8,243
8,243

429
409
113
155
1,106

18
113
4.95%
4.05%
n/a

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

1,276
440
1,716

8,714
8,714

627
296
113
108
1,144

151
99
4.05%
4.40%
n/a

5,953
—
351
325
—
1,179
(258)
7,550

—
253
(253)
—
(7,550)
—
(7,550)
(7,550)

1,056
499
1,555

7,550
7,550

351
325
112
4
792

103
112
4.40%
5.54%
n/a

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Other Employee Benefits

The Bank from time to time creates an incentive compensation plan for senior management and other officers to participate 
in at varying levels.  In addition, the Bank may also pay a discretionary bonus to senior management, officers, and/or nonofficers 
of the Bank.  The expense for the incentive plans and the discretionary bonus amounted to $8.5 million in 2013 and  $7.8 million 
in both 2012 and 2011.

The Bank has an Employee Savings Plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal 
Revenue Code.  Under the Employee Savings Plan, participating employees may defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings, not to 
exceed the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limits.  The Bank matches 25% of each employee’s contributions up to 
6% of the employee’s earnings.  The 401(k) Plan incorporates an Employee Stock Ownership Plan for contributions invested in 
the Company’s common stock.  This Plan also provides nondiscretionary contributions in which employees, with one year  and 
1,000 hours of service, receive a 5% cash contribution of eligible pay up to the social security limit and a 10% cash contribution 
of eligible pay over the social security limit up to the maximum amount permitted by law.  Benefits contributed to employees 
under this defined contribution plan vest immediately.  The defined contribution plan expense was $3.9 million in 2013, $3.6 
million in 2012, and $3.4 million in 2011.

As a result of the Central acquisition during 2012, the Company acquired an Employee Stock Ownership Plan, which is 

currently in the process of being terminated, pending approval from the Internal Revenue Service.   

       Director Benefits 

The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for the Company’s Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors is 
entitled to elect to defer their director’s fees until retirement.  If the Director elects to do so, their compensation is invested in the 
Company’s stock and maintained within the Company’s Investment Management Group.  The amount of compensation deferred 
during 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $107,400, $88,000, and $136,000, respectively.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company 
had 178,765 and 179,814 of shares provided for the plan with a related liability of $3.4 million and $3.2 million established within 
shareholders’ equity, respectively.

(15)    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific 
measure.  Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect 
those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.  If there has been a significant 
decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective 
of a fair value measurement remains the same.  Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a 
liability in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement 
date under current market conditions.  The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including 
during periods of market dislocation.  In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for 
many instruments.  This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from one level to another.

The  Fair Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures Topic  of  the  FASB ASC  defines  fair  value  and  establishes  a  fair  value 
hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority 
to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to 
unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under the Fair Value Measurements and 
Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC are described below:

Level 1 — Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity 

has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, 

either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 — Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

To  the  extent  that  valuation  is  based  on  models  or  inputs  that  are  less  observable  or  unobservable  in  the  market,  the 
determination of fair value requires more judgment.  Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining 
fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.  A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based 
on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

127

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Valuation Techniques

There have been no changes in the valuation techniques used during the current period.

Securities

          U.S. Government Agency Securities

Fair value is estimated using either multi-dimensional spread tables or benchmarks.  The inputs used include benchmark 
yields, reported trades, and broker/dealer quotes.  These securities are classified as Level 2.

Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities

Fair value is estimated using either a matrix or benchmarks.  The inputs used include benchmark yields, reported trades, 
broker/dealer quotes, and issuer spreads.  These securities are categorized as Level 2.

Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Private Mortgage-Backed Securities

The valuation model for these securities is volatility-driven and ratings based, and uses multi-dimensional spread tables. 
The inputs used include benchmark yields, recent reported trades, new issue data, broker and dealer quotes, and collateral 
performance.  If there is at least one significant model assumption or input that is not observable, these securities are 
categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are classified as Level 2.

State, County, and Municipal Securities

The fair value is estimated using a valuation matrix with inputs including bond interest rate tables, recent transaction, and 
yield relationships.  These securities are categorized as Level 2.

Single and Pooled Issuer Trust Preferred Securities

The fair value of trust preferred securities, including pooled and single issuer preferred securities, is estimated using external 
pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques.  The inputs used in these valuations include 
benchmark yields, recent reported trades, new issue data, broker and dealer quotes and collateral performance.  If there is 
at least one significant model assumption or input that is not observable, these securities are categorized as Level 3 within 
the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are classified as Level 2.

Marketable Securities

These equity and fixed income securities are valued based on market quoted prices.  These securities are categorized in 
Level 1 as they are actively traded and no valuation adjustments have been applied.

Loans Held for Sale

The Company has elected the fair value option to account for originated closed loans intended for sale.  Fair value is 
measured using quoted market prices when available.  If quoted market prices are not available, comparable market values 
or discounted cash flow analysis may be utilized. These assets are typically categorized as Level 2.

Derivative Instruments

Derivatives

The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash 
flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative.  This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, 
including  the  period  to  maturity,  and  uses  observable  market-based  inputs,  including  interest  rate  curves  and  implied 
volatilities.  The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect nonperformance risk in the 
fair value measurements.  In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the 
Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings.  Although 
the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate derivatives fall within Level 2 of 
the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as 
estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by the Company and its counterparties.  However, 
as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit 
valuation  adjustments  on  the  overall  valuation  of  its  derivative  positions  and  has  determined  that  the  credit  valuation 
adjustments  are  not  significant  to  the  overall  valuation  of  its  derivatives.   Additionally,  in  conjunction  with  fair  value 
measurement guidance, the Company has made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of its derivative 
financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.  As a result, the 
Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2.

128

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

           Mortgage Derivatives

The  fair  value  of  the  commitments  and  agreements  are  estimated  using  the  anticipated  market  price  based  on  pricing 
indications provided from syndicate banks.  These commitments and agreements are categorized as Level 2.

Impaired Loans

Loans that are deemed to be impaired are valued based upon the lower of cost or fair value of the underlying collateral.  
The inputs used in the appraisals of the collateral are not always observable, and therefore the loans may be categorized as 
Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are classified as Level 2.

Other Real Estate Owned

The fair values are estimated based upon recent appraisal values of the property less estimated costs to sell the property.  
Certain inputs used in appraisals are not always observable, and therefore Other Real Estate Owned may be categorized as 
Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.  When inputs in appraisals are observable, they are classified as Level 2.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and identified intangible assets are subject to impairment testing.  The Company conducts an annual impairment 
test of goodwill in the third quarter of each year and more frequently, if necessary.  To estimate the fair value of goodwill 
and other intangible assets the Company utilizes both a comparable analysis of relevant price multiples in recent market 
transactions and discounted cash flow analysis.  Both valuation models require a significant degree of management judgment.  
In the event the fair value as determined by the valuation model is less than the carrying value, the intangibles may be 
impaired.  If the impairment testing resulted in impairment, the Company would classify the impaired goodwill and other 
intangible assets subjected to nonrecurring fair value adjustments as Level 3.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31 were as follows:

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

Quoted Prices
in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

Balance

(Level 1)        

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)        

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

Recurring fair value measurements

Assets

Securities available for sale

U.S. Government agency securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Agency mortgage-backed securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

State, county, and municipal securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks and
insurers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers

Marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loans held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Derivative instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

234,591

58,153

5,412

2,952

3,841

11,464

8,882

16,965

Derivative Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

26,395
Total recurring fair value measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 356,314

129

40,449

$

— $

40,449

$

—

—

—

—

11,464

—

—

—

234,591

58,153

5,412

2,952

—

—

8,882

16,965

26,395

—

—

—

—

3,841

—

—

—

—

$

11,464

$

341,009

$

3,841

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

Quoted Prices
in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

Balance

(Level 1)        

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)        

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Nonrecurring fair value measurements

Assets

Collateral dependent impaired loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,328

7,466

Total nonrecurring fair value measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

17,794

$

$

— $

—

— $

— $

—

— $

10,328

7,466

17,794

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

20,822

$

— $

20,822

$

—

—

—

—

—

9,910

—

—

—

221,425

68,376

—

2,240

—

—

—

3,532

—

—

2,981

48,187

30,528

46,793

—

—

—

9,910

$

344,785

$

6,513

— $

—

— $

— $

—

— $

7,817

11,974

19,791

Recurring fair value measurements

Assets

Securities available for sale

U.S. Government agency securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Agency mortgage-backed securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Private mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks and
insurers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers

Marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Derivative instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

221,425

68,376

3,532

2,240

2,981

9,910

48,187

30,528

Derivative instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,793
Total recurring fair value measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 361,208

Nonrecurring fair value measurements:

Assets

Collateral dependent impaired loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total nonrecurring fair value measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

7,817

11,974

19,791

$

$

$

130

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The table below presents a reconciliation for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using 
significant  unobservable  inputs  (Level  3).    These  instruments  were  valued  using  pricing  models  and  discounted  cash  flow 
methodologies.  The following table provides a reconciliation for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring 
basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods indicated:

Pooled Trust
Preferred
Securities

Securities Available for Sale

Single
Issuer Trust
Preferred
Security

Private
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities

(Dollars in thousands)

Total

Year-to-date

Balance at December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2,820

$

4,210

$

6,110

$

13,140

Gains and losses (realized/unrealized)

Included in earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Included in other comprehensive income. . . . . . . . . . .

Purchases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transfers in to (out of) level 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

313

—

—
—
(152)
—

—

703

—

—
—

—
(4,913)

(76)
411

—

—
—
(2,913)
—

Balance at December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2,981

$

— $

3,532

$

Gains and losses (realized/unrealized)

Included in earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Included in other comprehensive income. . . . . . . . . . .

Purchases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Issuances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transfers into (out of) level 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

1,132

—

—

—
(272)
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
(64)
—
(2,695)
—
(773)
—

Balance at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

3,841

$

— $

— $

(76)
1,427

—

—
—
(3,065)
(4,913)
6,513

—

1,068

—
(2,695)
—
(1,045)
—

3,841

During the first quarter of 2012 the Company transferred the Single Issuer Trust Preferred Security from Level 3 to Level 
2.  The reason for this transfer was increased trading of the security, enabling the use of more observable inputs.  It is the Company's 
policy to recognize the transfers as of the end of the reporting period.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no 
transfers between the Levels of the fair value hierarchy for any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

131

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table sets forth certain unobservable inputs regarding the Company's investment in securities that are 

classified as Level 3:

December 31,

2013

2012

December 31,

December 31,

2013

2012

2013

2012

Valuation Technique

Fair Value

Unobservable Inputs

Range

Weighted Average

(Dollars in Thousands)

Discounted cash flow methodology

Pooled trust
preferred securities

$ 3,841

$ 2,981

Multi-dimensional spreads table

Private mortgage-
backed securities. .

$ — $ 3,532

Cumulative
prepayment. . . . . . . . .
Cumulative default. . .
Loss given default . . .
Cure given default . . .

Cumulative
prepayment rate . . . . .
Constant default rate .
Severity . . . . . . . . . . .

0% - 76%

0% - 76%

7.2%

7.5%

3% - 100%

3% - 100% 18.1% 19.6%

85% - 100% 85% - 100% 95.7% 94.9%

0% - 75%

0% - 75%

39.9% 33.8%

—%

—%

—%

10% - 15% —% 13.9%

1% - 20%

—%

4.0%

20% - 55% —% 33.6%

Appraisals of collateral (1)
Impaired loans . . .
Other real estate
owned . . . . . . . . . .

$ 10,328

$ 7,466

$ 7,817

$ 11,974

(1) 

 Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are 
not identifiable.  Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic factors and estimated liquidation expenses.  The 
range of these possible adjustments may vary.

For the fair value measurements in the table above, which are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy, the 
Company’s Treasury and Finance groups determine the valuation policies and procedures.  For the pricing of the securities, the 
Company uses third-party pricing information, without adjustment.  Depending on the type of the security, management employs 
various techniques to analyze the pricing it receives from third-parties, such as analyzing changes in market yields and in certain 
instances reviewing the underlying collateral of the security.  Management reviews changes in fair value from period to period 
and performs testing to ensure that prices received from the third parties are consistent with their expectation of the market.  For 
the securities categorized as Level 3, the market is deemed to be inactive, the fair value models are calibrated and to the extent 
possible, significant inputs are back tested on a quarterly basis.  This testing is done by the third party service provider, who 
performs this testing by comparing anticipated inputs to actual results.  For example, modeled default and prepayment rates for 
private mortgage-backed securities will be compared to actual rates for the previous period.  Significant changes in fair value from 
period to period are closely scrutinized to ensure fair value models are not flawed.  The driver(s) of the respective change in fair 
value and the method for forecasting the driver(s) is closely considered by management.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s pooled trust preferred securities 
are cumulative prepayment rates, cumulative defaults, loss given defaults and cure given defaults.  Significant increases (decreases) 
in deferrals or defaults, in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.  Alternatively, significant 
increases (decreases) in cure rates, in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s private mortgage-backed securities 
are constant prepayment rates, constant default rates, and loss severity in the event of default.  Significant increases (decreases) 
in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.  Generally, a change in 
the assumption used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the 
loss severity and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates.

Additionally, the Company has financial instruments which are marked to fair value on a nonrecurring basis which are 
categorized within Level 3.  These instruments include collateral dependent impaired loans and OREO.  The determination of the 
fair  value  amount  is  derived  from  the  use  of  independent  third  party  appraisals  and  evaluations,  prepared  by  firms  from  a 
predetermined list of qualified and approved appraisers or evaluators.  Upon receipt of an appraisal or evaluation, the internal 
Commercial Real Estate Appraisal Department will review the report for compliance with regulatory and Bank standards, as well 

132

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

as reasonableness and acceptance of the value conclusions.  Any issues or concerns regarding compliance or value conclusions 
will be addressed with the engaged firm and the report may be adjusted or revised.  If a disagreement cannot be resolved, the 
Commercial Real Estate Appraisal Department will either address the key issues and modify the report for acceptance or reject 
the report and re-order a new report.  Ultimately the Company’s Commercial Real Estate Appraisal Department will confirm the 
collateral value as part of its review process.  Once it is determined that an impaired loan is collateral dependent, a new appraisal 
or evaluation is obtained to determine the fair value of the collateral.

The estimated fair values and related carrying amounts for assets and liabilities for which fair value is only disclosed are 

shown below as of the periods indicated:

Book Value

Fair
Value

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

1,011

$

1,042

$

— $

1,042

$

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses(b) . . . . . . . . . . 4,665,068

4,655,920

—

4,655,920

$ 746,908

$

— $ 746,908

$

Financial assets

Securities held to maturity(a)

U.S. Treasury securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Agency mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . .

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations . . . . . .

State, county, and municipal securities . . . . . . . . . .

Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by
banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

155,067

187,388

678

1,503

5,005

155,951

182,036

685

1,526

5,215

Financial liabilities

Time certificates of deposits(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 743,628
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings(c). . . . . . . . . . .
140,294

140,321

Customer repurchase agreements and other short-
term borrowings(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wholesale repurchase agreements(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Junior subordinated debentures(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subordinated debentures(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

154,288

154,349

50,000

73,906

30,000

51,298

67,481

28,396

133

155,951

182,036

685

1,526

5,215

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

140,321

—

—

67,481

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

154,349

51,298

—

28,396

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Financial assets

Securities held to maturity(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

U.S. Treasury securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Agency mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . .

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations . . . . . .

State, county, and municipal securities . . . . . . . . . .

Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by
banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

72,360

97,507

915

1,516

5,007

76,593

100,380

926

1,526

5,265

Book Value

Fair
Value

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

1,013

$

1,134

$

— $

1,134

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

76,593

100,380

926

1,526

5,265

281,580

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses(b) . . . . . . . . . . 4,467,177

4,462,580

—

4,462,580

Financial liabilities

Time certificates of deposits(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 753,125
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings(c). . . . . . . . . . .
271,569

Customer repurchase agreements and other short-
term borrowings(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wholesale repurchase agreements(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

165,359

50,000

281,580

165,359

47,830

—

—

—

$ 759,516

$

— $ 759,516

$

—

—

165,359

47,830

Junior subordinated debentures(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subordinated debentures(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
22,762  
The fair values presented are based on quoted market prices, where available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted 
market prices of comparable instruments and/or discounted cash flow analysis.

30,000

74,416

74,127

74,416

22,762

—

—

—

Fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit 
ratings and for the same remaining maturities or cash flows.

Fair value was determined by discounting anticipated future cash payments using rates currently available for instruments with similar remaining maturities.

Fair value was determined based upon market prices of securities with similar terms and maturities.

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

This summary excludes financial assets and liabilities for which the carrying value approximates fair value.  For financial 
assets, these include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, short-term investments, Federal Home Loan Bank stock, and 
cash surrender value of life insurance policies.  For financial liabilities, these include demand, savings, money market deposits, 
federal funds purchased, and assets sold under repurchase agreements.  The estimated fair value of demand, savings and money 
market deposits is the amount payable at the reporting date.  Also excluded from the summary are financial instruments measured 
at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis, as previously described.

The Company considers its financial instruments' current use to be the highest and best use of the instruments.

134

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(16)    OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The following table presents a reconciliation of the changes in the components of other comprehensive loss for the dates 

indicated, including the amount of income tax (expense) benefit allocated to each component of other comprehensive loss:

Change in fair value of securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Less: net security gains reclassified into other noninterest income (1) . . . . . . . . . . .

Net change in fair value of securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less: net cash flow hedge losses reclassified into interest on borrowings expense . .

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net gain during the period and amortization of certain costs included in net
periodic retirement costs (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total other comprehensive loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Change in fair value of securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Less: net security losses reclassified into other noninterest income (1) . . . . . . . . . . .

Net change in fair value of securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less: net cash flow hedge losses reclassified into interest on borrowings expense . .

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss during the period and amortization of certain costs included in net
periodic retirement costs (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total other comprehensive loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Change in fair value of securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Less: net security gains reclassified into other noninterest income (1) . . . . . . . . . . .

Net change in fair value of securities available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less: net cash flow hedge losses reclassified into interest on borrowings expense . .

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Pre Tax
Amount

Tax (Expense)
Benefit

After Tax
Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

(11,943) $
230
(12,173)
592
(5,723)
6,315

$

4,578
(94)
4,672
(242)
2,338
(2,580)

1,450
(4,408) $

(592)
1,500

$

(7,365)
136
(7,501)
350
(3,385)
3,735

858
(2,908)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

Pre Tax
Amount

Tax (Expense)
Benefit

After Tax
Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

(1,682) $
(76)
(1,606)
(3,588)
(5,417)
1,829

541

$

31

510

1,466

2,213
(747)

(44)
179

$

18
(219) $

(1,141)
(45)
(1,096)
(2,122)
(3,204)
1,082

(26)
(40)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

Pre Tax
Amount

Tax (Expense)
Benefit

After Tax
Amount

$

(Dollars in thousands)
(96) $
(568)
472

4,848

2,274

2,574

277

480
(203)
(11,869)
(5,472)
(6,397)

181
(88)
269
(7,021)
(3,198)
(3,823)

Net loss during the period and amortization of certain costs included in net
periodic retirement costs (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total other comprehensive loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(166)
(3,720)  
Net security losses include pre-tax OTTI credit related losses of $0, $76,000, and $243,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, 
respectively.   

(366)
(6,966) $

3,246

200

$

The change in fair value of cash flow hedges includes the remaining balance of a realized but unrecognized gain, net of tax, from the termination of 
interest rate swaps in June 2009. The original gain of $1.4 million, net of tax, will be recognized in earnings through December 2018, the original maturity 
date of the swap. The balance of this gain had amortized to $715,000, $859,000, and $1.0 million at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  

(1) 

(2) 

(3)         The amortization of prior service costs is included in the computation of net periodic pension costs as disclosed in Note 14 - Employee Benefit Plans.

135

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Information on the Company's accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, is comprised of the following components 

as of the periods indicated:

Unrealized
Gain on
Securities

Unrealized
Loss on Cash
Flow Hedge

Deferred
Gain on
Hedge
Transactions

Defined
Benefit
Pension
Plans

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Beginning balance: January 1, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net change in other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . .
Ending balance: December 31, 2013. . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Beginning balance: January 1, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net change in other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . .
Ending balance: December 31, 2012. . . . . . . . . . . . . $

5,478
(7,501)
(2,023)

6,574
(1,096)
5,478

Beginning balance: January 1, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net change in other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . .
Ending balance: December 31, 2011. . . . . . . . . . . . . $

6,305
269

6,574

(Dollars in Thousands)

$

$

$

$

$

$

(9,577)
3,879
(5,698)

(10,804)
1,227
(9,577)

(7,125)
(3,679)
(10,804)

$

$

$

$

$

$

859
(144)
715

$ (1,286)
858
(428)

$

1,004
(145)
859

$ (1,260)
(26)
$ (1,286)

1,148
(144)
1,004

$ (1,094)
(166)
$ (1,260)

$

$

$

$

$

$

(4,526)
(2,908)
(7,434)

(4,486)
(40)
(4,526)

(766)
(3,720)
(4,486)

(17)    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers, 
which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles are not included in its consolidated balance sheets.  These 
transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of 
credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.  The Company minimizes 
its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. 

The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination 
clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes.  Substantially all of these commitments to extend credit are contingent upon 
customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding.  Standby letters of credit are written conditional 
commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  In the event the customer does not perform in 
accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment.  The 
maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount 
of the commitment.  If the commitment were funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer.  The 
Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to 
those contained in loan agreements. 

The fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit are representative of the fair value of its 
obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee.  In accordance with applicable accounting standards related to guarantees, fees 
collected  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  standby  letters  of  credit  are  deferred.    The  fees  are  then  recognized  in  income 
proportionately over the life of the standby letter of credit agreement.  The deferred standby letter of credit fees represent the fair 
value of the Company's potential obligations under the standby letter of credit guarantees. 

Year-end financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk were as follows: 

Commitments to extend credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Standby letters of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred standby letter of credit fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

2012

(Dollars In thousands)

1,621,873

$

1,439,074

18,923

87

25,468

151

136

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space, space for ATM locations, and certain branch locations under noncancelable operating 

leases.  The following is a schedule of minimum future lease payments under such leases as of December 31, 2013:

2014. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2015. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total future minimum lease commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

7,997
7,861
7,386
6,892
5,565
15,335
51,036

(Dollars In thousands)

Rent expense incurred under operating leases was approximately $7.6 million in 2013, $7.0 million in 2012, and $6.8 

million in 2011.  Renewal options ranging from 1-10 years exist for several of these leases.

The Company has entered into lease agreements with related third parties on substantially the same terms as those prevailing 
at  the  time  for  comparable  transactions  with  unrelated  parties.    Rent  expense  incurred  under  related  third  party  leases  was 
approximately $1.0 million, $1.0 million, and $1.1 million, in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Other Contingencies

At December 31, 2013, Rockland Trust was involved in pending lawsuits that arose in the ordinary course of business. 
Management has reviewed these pending lawsuits with legal counsel and has taken into consideration the view of counsel as to 
their outcome.  In the opinion of management, the final disposition of pending lawsuits is not expected to have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

The Bank is required to maintain certain reserve requirements of vault cash and/or deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank 
of  Boston.    The  amount  of  this  reserve  requirement  was  $21.0  million  and  $29.0  million  at  December 31,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively.

(18)    REGULATORY MATTERS

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking 
agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary 
actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.  Under capital 
adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific 
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance 
sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative 
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain 
minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 Capital (as defined for regulatory purposes) to 
average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes) and Tier 1 Capital to risk weighted assets (as defined for regulatory purposes).  
Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements 
to which they are subject.

At December 31, 2013 the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation indicated that the Bank's 
capital  levels  met  or  exceeded  the  minimum  levels  to  be  considered  "well  capitalized"  for  bank  regulatory  purposes.   To  be 
categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios 
as set forth in the following tables.  There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed 
the Bank’s category.  The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are also 
presented in the table that follows:

137

 
6.0

5.0

N/A

N/A

N/A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

Independent Bank Corp.

Total capital (to risk weighted assets) . . . . . . $ 589,811
505,646

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) . . .

Tier 1 capital (to average assets) . . . . . . . .

505,646

12.58% $375,117

10.78

8.64

187,558

234,153

8.0%

4.0

4.0

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Rockland Trust Company

Total capital (to risk weighted assets) . . . . . . $ 582,599
498,434

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) . . .

Tier 1 capital (to average assets) . . . . . . . .

498,434

12.42% $375,205

8.0% $ 469,006

10.0%

10.63

8.51

187,603

234,154

4.0

4.0

281,404

292,692

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Independent Bank Corp.

Total capital (to risk weighted assets) . . . . . . $ 541,119
458,638

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) . . .

Tier 1 capital (to average assets) . . . . . . . .

458,638

12.23% $354,086

10.36

8.65

177,043

212,015

8.0%

4.0

4.0

N/A

N/A

N/A

Rockland Trust Company

Total capital (to risk weighted assets) . . . . . . $ 534,182
451,701

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) . . .

Tier 1 capital (to average assets) . . . . . . . .

451,701

12.07% $353,965

8.0% $ 442,456

10.0%

10.21

8.52

176,983

212,074

4.0

4.0

265,474

265,093

6.0

5.0

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, or Federal Reserve, published final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital 
framework for U.S. banking organizations, referred to herein as the Rules.  The FDIC has adopted substantially identical rules (as 
interim final rules).  The Rules implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 framework, commonly referred to as Basel III, 
for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Rules, among other 
things: (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1,” or CET1; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of 
CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements; (iii) apply most deductions/adjustments to 
regulatory capital measures to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, thus potentially requiring higher levels of CET1 
in order to meet minimum ratios; and (iv) expand the scope of the reductions/adjustments from capital as compared to existing 
regulations.

Dividend Restrictions

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is dependent upon dividends from the Bank to provide funds for the 
payment of dividends to shareholders and to provide for other cash requirements.  Banking regulations may limit the amount of 
dividends that may be paid.  Approval by regulatory authorities is required if the effect of dividends declared would cause the 
regulatory capital of the Bank to fall below specified minimum levels.  Approval is also required if dividends declared exceed the 
net profits for that year combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years.  Under the foregoing dividend restrictions 
and while maintaining its "well capitalized" status, dividends paid by the Bank to the Company for the year ended December 31, 
2013 and 2012 totaled $30.6 million and $28.7 million, respectively.   

138

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Trust Preferred Securities

In accordance with the applicable accounting standard related to variable interest entities, the common stock of trusts 
which have issued trust preferred securities have not been included in the consolidated financial statements.  At December 31, 
2013 and 2012, $71.0 million in trust preferred securities have been included in the Tier 1 capital of the Company for regulatory 
reporting purposes pursuant to the Federal Reserve's capital adequacy guidelines.  Certain provisions of the Basel III capital 
standards proposal will require trust preferred securities to be excluded from Tier 1 capital, however, the Company qualifies under 
certain grandfathering provisions which allows the trust preferred securities to continue to be treated as Tier 1 capital under the 
Basel III capital standards.

(19)    PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Condensed financial information relative to the Parent Company’s balance sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the 
related statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are presented below.  The 
statement of stockholders’ equity is not presented below as the parent company’s stockholders’ equity is that of the consolidated 
Company.

BALANCE SHEETS

December 31

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

Assets

Cash (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Investments in subsidiaries(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16,855

$

661,257

18,535

600,808

Prepaid income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred stock issuance costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Dividends payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior subordinated debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accrued income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Derivative instruments(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stockholders’ equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

—

3,777

201

682,090

5,243

5,000

73,906

8

6,303

90

90,550

591,540

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

682,090

$

161

4,602

267

624,373

—

12,000

74,127

—

8,834

92

95,053

529,320
624,373  

(1) 

(2) 

Entire balance eliminates in consolidation.

$659.1 million and $598.6 million eliminate in consolidation at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

139

 
 
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Income

Dividends received from subsidiaries(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Interest income(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expenses

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

30,694

$

28,709

$

20,962

50

30,744

4,122

15

4,137

83

28,792

3,795

6

3,801

74

21,036

3,820

1

3,821

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries.

Income tax benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17,215
(1,409)
18,624
26,812
45,436  
Income of $30.6 million, $28.7 million and $20.9 million eliminated in consolidation for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Income of parent company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

26,607
(1,342)
27,949
22,305

24,991
(1,636)
26,627
16,000

50,254

42,627

$

$

(1) 

(2) 

Entire balance eliminated in consolidation.

140

 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating
activities

(Accretion) Amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows used in investing activities

Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash used in investing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows used in financing activities

Proceeds from short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Repayment of short-term borrowings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from stock issued and stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Issuance of shares under direct stock purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Common dividend paid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Years Ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

(Dollars in thousands)

50,254

$

42,627

$

45,436

(155)
203
(373)
206
(22,305)
27,830

(10,832)
(10,832)

10,000
(17,000)
2,475

969
(15,122)
(18,678)
(1,680)
18,535

(13)
(398)
5,430
(240)
(16,000)
31,406

(21,648)
(21,648)

12,000
(10,053)
1,242

1,691
(22,494)
(17,614)
(7,856)
26,391

16,855

$

18,535

$

8
(42)
—
(3,106)
(26,812)
15,484

—

—

—

—

4,127

824
(16,038)
(11,087)
4,397

21,994

26,391

141

 
  
 
51,414

5,935

45,479

4,350

16,900

116

—

—

17,016

39,569

7

—

5,474

45,050

3,127

9,968

0.45

0.45

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(20)    SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Interest expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50,820

5,958

Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

44,862

$

$

Provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net gain on securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gain on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . .

Gain on life insurance benefits . . . . . . . . .

Total noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other noninterest expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepayment fee on borrowings . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Merger and acquisition expenses . . . . . . .

Total noninterest expenses. . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

47,796

5,943

41,853

1,600

13,909

—

—

—

51,495

5,880

45,615

3,100

16,692

—

—

—

$

$

48,426

5,798

42,628

8,500

14,983

—

—

—

1,300

15,724

—

—

—

15,724

41,575

13,909

37,358

16,692

41,410

14,983

36,327

—

—

1,345

42,920

4,114

—

—

—

37,358

4,621

—

—

754

42,164

4,285

—

—

672

36,999

3,238

$

$

51,027

5,831

45,196

2,650

17,367

—

763

—

18,130

40,356

—

—

366

40,722

5,299

$

$

$

$

48,555

5,717

42,838

3,606

14,801

—

—

1,307

16,108

37,230

—

2,227

595

40,052

3,687

52,571

5,666

46,905

3,150

17,007

230

—

227

17,464

41,626

—

—

6,219

47,845

2,786

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

12,252

$

12,183

$

12,758

$

8,874

$

14,655

$

11,601

$

10,588

$

Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average common shares (basic)

0.54

0.54

0.57

0.56

0.56

0.56

0.41

0.41

0.64

0.64

0.54

0.53

0.45

0.45

Common stock equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,040

24,481

52,144

20,377

100,806

52,116

97,445

31,502

Weighted average common shares
(diluted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,869,793

21,585,487

22,940,299

21,644,204

23,047,114

21,706,304

23,481,053

22,318,343

22,823,753

21,561,006

22,888,155

21,623,827

22,946,308

21,654,188

23,383,608

22,286,841

142

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE

None

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, 
including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer along with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the 
design  and  operation  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  such  term  is  defined  under  Rule  13a-15(e) 
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  Based upon that evaluation, the 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer along with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure 
controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter that have 

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

         Management of Independent Bank Corp. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 
financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process 
designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the 
Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles.  Independent Bank Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that:

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflects the transactions and 

disposition of the assets of the Company;

(ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company 
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

(iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or 

disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. 
In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992).

Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control 

over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.

Independent Bank Corp.’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued a report on the Company’s internal 

control over financial reporting, which appears below:

143

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Independent Bank Corp.:

We have audited Independent Bank Corp. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (“the COSO Criteria”).  The Company’s management is responsible 
for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control 
over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition use or disposition of the Company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Independent Bank Corp. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 

financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the 2013 consolidated financial statements of Independent Bank Corp. and subsidiaries and our report dated February 28, 2014 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 2014 

144

 
ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Company’s proxy statement (the “Definitive Proxy 
Statement”) relating to its May 15, 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the Commission within 120 days 
following the fiscal year end December 31, 2013 under the headings of "Board of Director Information" and "Executive Officer 
Information."

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  herein  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  under  the  heading 

"Executive Officer Information."

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2013 about the securities authorized for issuance under the 
Company’s equity compensation plans, consisting of the 1996 Director Stock Plan, 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2005 
Employee Stock Plan, 2006 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, and 2010 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan. The Company’s 
shareholders previously approved each of these plans and all amendments that were subject to shareholder approval.  The Company 
has no other equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders.

Equity Compensation Plans

Number of
Securities to be
Issued upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights

Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
(Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a))

Equity Compensation Plan Category

Plans approved by security holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Plans not approved by security holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(a)
524,948

—

524,948

$

$

(b)

(c)

30.50

—

30.50

877,503 (1)

—   

877,503   

(1) 

There are no shares available for future issuance under the 1996 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, 
nor the 2006 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan.  There are 646,203 shares available for future issuance under the 2005 Employee Stock Plan.  There 
are 231,300 shares available for future issuance under the 2010 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan.  Shares under the 2005 and 2010 Plans may be issued 
as non-qualified stock options or restricted stock awards.

The information required herein by Item 403 of Regulation S-K regarding the security ownership of management and certain 

beneficial owners is incorporated by reference from the Definitive Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading "Board 

of Directors - Related Party Transactions."

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  required  herein  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  under  the  heading 
"Proposals to be Voted upon at the Annual Meeting - Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Accounting Firm 
(Proposal 2).

145

 
 
 
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report

PART IV

(1) The following financial statements are incorporated herein by reference from Item 8 hereto:

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period 
ended December 31, 2013.

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 
2013.

Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are omitted because 
of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the 
consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.

(3) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K, and this list includes the Exhibit Index.

(b) See (a)(3) above for all exhibits filed herewith and the Exhibit Index.

(c) All schedules are omitted as the required information is not applicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated 

Financial Statements or related notes.

146

No.
2.1

2.2

3.(i)

3.(ii)

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

Exhibits Index

Exhibit
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 30, 2012 with Central Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2012.

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 14, 2013 with Mayflower Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2013.

Restated Articles of Organization, as adopted May 20, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to Form 8-
K filed on May 24, 2010.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to Form 8-K filed on
May 24, 2010.

Specimen Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1992 filed on March 29, 1993 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

Indenture of Registrant relating the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities issued to Independent Capital Trust V is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on
February 28, 2007 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

Form of Certificate of Junior Subordinated Debt Security for Independent Capital Trust V (included as Exhibit A
to Exhibit 4.9)

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Independent Capital Trust V is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.15 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on February 28, 2007 ((SEC File No.
001-09047).

Form of Capital Security Certificate for Independent Capital Trust V (included as Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.9).

Guarantee Agreement relating to Independent Capital Trust V is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on February 28, 2007 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

Forms of Capital Securities Purchase Agreements for Independent Capital Trust V is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.18 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on February 28, 2007 (SEC File No.
001-09047).

Subordinated Debt Purchase Agreement between USB Capital Resources and Rockland Trust Company dated as
of August 27, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on September 2, 2008 (SEC File
No. 001-09047).

Rockland Trust Company Employee Savings, Profit Sharing and Stock Ownership Plan incorporated by reference
to  Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8 filed on April 16, 2010.

Independent Bank Corp. 2010 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan incorporated by reference to Form
S-3 filed on August 24, 2010.

Independent Bank Corp. 1996 Nonemployee Directors’ Stock Option Plan incorporated by reference to Definitive
Proxy Statement for the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 19, 1996 (SEC File No.
001-09047).

Independent Bank Corp. 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan incorporated by reference to the Definitive Proxy
Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 20, 1997 (SEC File No. 001-09047).
Independent Bank Corp. Amended and Restated 2005 Employee Stock Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 to Form S-8 filed on June 17, 2011.

Independent Bank Corp. Deferred Compensation Program for Directors (restated as amended as of December 1,
2000) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 filed on
March 29, 2001 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

Revised employment agreements between Christopher Oddleifson, Raymond G. Fuerschbach, Jane L. Lundquist,
Gerard F. Nadeau, and Edward H. Seksay  and the Company and/or Rockland Trust and a Rockland Trust
Company amended and restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated November 20, 2008 are
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1, 99.2, 99.4, 99.5, 99.6, and 99.8 to Form 8-K filed on November 21,
2008 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

Revised employment agreements between Denis K. Sheahan and Edward F. Jankowski and new employment
agreements between Barry H. Jensen and Robert D. Cozzone and the Company and/or Rockland Trust dated
September 5, 2013 are incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.8 to Form 10-K filed on November 6, 2013.

Specimen forms of stock option agreements for the Company's Chief Executive and other executive officers are
incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2005 (SEC File No.
001-09047).

147

 
10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101

*

+

On-Site Outsourcing Agreement by and between Fidelity Information Services, Inc. and Independent Bank Corp.,
effective as of November 1, 2004 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2004 filed on March 4, 2005 (SEC File No. 001-09047). Amendment to On-Site Outsourcing
Agreement incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2008 (SEC File No.
001-09047).

Independent Bank Corp. entered into a revolving credit facility with PNC Bank NA allowing the Company to
borrow, repay and reborrow up to $20 million on or prior to October 18, 2013.  The letter agreement is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2012.

Independent Bank Corp. 2006 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to
Form S-8 filed on April 17, 2006 (SEC File No. 333-133334).

Independent Bank Corp. 2006 Stock Option Agreement for Nonemployee Director is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2006 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

Independent Bank Corp. 2006 Restricted Stock Agreement for Nonemployee Director is incorporated by reference
to  Exhibit 10.17 to Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2006 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

New Markets Tax Credit program Allocation Agreement between the Community Development Financial
Institutions Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury and Rockland Community Development with an
Allocation Effective Date of September 22, 2004 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on
October 14, 2004 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

New Markets Tax Credit program Allocation Agreement between the Community Development Financial
Institutions Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury and Rockland Community Development with an
Allocation Effective Date of January 9, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2006 filed on February 28, 2007 (SEC File No. 001-09047).

New Markets Tax Credit program Allocation Agreement between the Community Development Financial
Institutions Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury and Rockland Community Development with an
Allocation Effective Date of June 18, 2009 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 10-Q for the three
and nine months ended September 30, 2009.

New Markets Tax Credit program Allocation Agreement between the Community Development Financial
Institutions Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury and Rockland Community Development with an
Allocation Effective Date of April 17, 2012 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to form 8-K filed on April
26, 2012.

Core System Processing Services Agreement dated and effective as of May 11, 2012 by and between Fidelity
Information Services, Inc. and Independent Bank Corp. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K/
A filed on July 24, 2012.

Independent Bank Corp. 2010 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to
Form 8-K filed May 24, 2010.

Independent Bank Corp. 2010 Stock Option Agreement for Nonemployee Director, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed May 24, 2010.

Independent Bank Corp. 2010 Restricted Stock Agreement for Nonemployee Director, incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 99.3 to Form 8-K filed May 24, 2010.

Master Data Processing Services Agreement dated and effective as of May 15, 2012 between Rockland Trust
Company and Q2 Software, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K/A filed July 18, 2012.

Independent Bank Corp. and Rockland Trust Company Executive Officer Performance Incentive Plan is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form  8-K filed on February 21, 2013.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*

Section 302 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached hereto.*

Section 302 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached hereto.*

Section 906 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached hereto.+

Section 906 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached hereto.+

Interactive Data File +

Filed herewith

Furnished herewith

148

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.

/s/                     CHRISTOPHER ODDLEIFSON

CHRISTOPHER ODDLEIFSON,
Chief Executive Officer and President

Date:  February 28, 2014 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each person whose signature appears below 
hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Christopher Oddleifson and Robert Cozzone and each of them acting individually, his true 
and lawful attorneys, with full power to sign for such person and in such person’s name and capacity indicated below any and all 
amendments to this Form 10-K, hereby ratifying and confirming such person’s signature as it may be signed by said attorneys to 
any and all amendments.

/s/    CHRISTOPHER ODDLEIFSON
Christopher Oddleifson

Director CEO/President
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date:  February 28, 2014

/s/    DONNA L. ABELLI
Donna L. Abelli

/s/    ROBERT COZZONE
Robert Cozzone

/s/    MARK RUGGIERO
Mark Ruggiero

/s/    RICHARD S. ANDERSON
Richard S. Anderson

/s/    WILLIAM P. BISSONNETTE
William P. Bissonnette

/s/    BENJAMIN A. GILMORE, II
Benjamin A. Gilmore, II

/s/    KEVIN J. JONES
Kevin J. Jones

Director and Chairman of the Board

Date:  February 28, 2014

CFO (Principal Financial Officer)

Date:  February 28, 2014

Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

149

 
 
/s/    EILEEN C. MISKELL
Eileen C. Miskell

/s/    JOHN J. MORRISSEY
John J. Morrissey

/s/    DANIEL F. O’BRIEN
Daniel F. O’ Brien

/s/    CARL RIBEIRO
Carl Ribeiro

/s/    RICHARD H. SGARZI
Richard H. Sgarzi

/s/    JOHN H. SPURR, JR.
John H. Spurr, Jr.

/s/    ROBERT D. SULLIVAN
Robert D. Sullivan

/s/    BRIAN S. TEDESCHI
Brian S. Tedeschi

/s/    THOMAS R. VENABLES
Thomas R. Venables

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

Director

Date:  February 28, 2014

150

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Christopher Oddleifson, certify that:

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Independent Bank Corp.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period 
covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15
(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which the periodic report is being prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 28, 2014 

/s/    CHRISTOPHER ODDLEIFSON
Christopher Oddleifson
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Robert Cozzone:

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Independent Bank Corp.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period 
covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15
(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which the periodic report is being prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 28, 2014 

/s/     ROBERT COZZONE
Robert Cozzone
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report of Independent Bank Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 
2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the undersigned’s best knowledge and belief:

(a) 

(b) 

the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended; 
and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company.

Dated this 28th day of February, 2014 

Independent Bank Corp.
(“Company”)

/s/    CHRISTOPHER ODDLEIFSON
Christopher Oddleifson
Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Independent Bank Corp. and will be 

retained by Independent Bank Corp. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report of Independent Bank Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 
2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the undersigned’s best knowledge and belief:

(a) 

(b) 

the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended; 
and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company.

Dated this 28th day of February, 2014 

Independent Bank Corp.
(“Company”)

/s/     ROBERT COZZONE
Robert Cozzone
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Independent Bank Corp. and will be 

retained by Independent Bank Corp. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Financial Highlights

Financial Condition Data 
Securities available for sale 
Securities held to maturity 
Loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Goodwill and core deposit intangibles 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Total borrowings  
Stockholders’ equity 
Nonperforming loans 
Nonperforming assets 

Operating Data
Interest income 
Interest expense  
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Net income  
Preferred stock dividend 
  Net income available to the common shareholder 

Per Share Data
Net income — Basic 
Net income — Diluted 
Cash dividends declared 
Book value 

Performance Ratios
Return on average assets  
Return on average common equity  
  Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis) 
Equity to assets 
Dividend payout ratio 

Asset Quality Ratios
  Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans 
  Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets 
 Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans  
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of 
nonperforming loans 

2013 

                    As  of and for the year ended December 31,
2010 

2011 
2012 
  (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 $   329,286 
178,318 
4,519,011 
(51,834) 
162,144  
5,756,985  
4,546,677  
591,055  
529,320 
28,766 
42,427 

$  196,192 
23,393 
172,799 
18,056 
62,016 
159,459 
42,627 
— 
42,627 

$   305,332 
204,956 
3,794,390 
(48,260) 
140,722 
4,970,240 
3,876,829 
537,686 
469,057 
28,953 
37,149 

$  195,751 
28,672 
167,079 
11,482 
52,700 
145,713 
45,436 
— 
45,436 

$   377,457 
202,732 
 3,555,679 
 (46,255) 
 141,956 
 4,695,738 
 3,627,783 
 565,434 
 436,472 
23,108 
 31,493 

$  202,724 
 38,763 
163,961 
 18,655 
 46,906 
139,745 
40,240 
— 
40,240 

2009

$   508,650
93,410
3,395,515
 (42,361)
143,730
 4,482,021
 3,375,294
 647,397
 412,649
 36,183
 41,245

$  202,689
 51,995
150,694
 17,335
 38,192
 141,815
22,989
5,698
17,291

$  1.96 
1.95 
0.84 
23.24 

$  2.12 
2.12 
0.76 
21.82 

$  1.90 
1.90 
0.72 
20.57 

$  0.88
 0.88
 0.72
 19.58

0.83% 
8.66% 
3.75% 
9.19% 
52.77% 

0.64% 
0.74% 
1.15% 

0.96% 
9.93% 
3.90% 
9.44% 
35.88% 

0.76% 
0.75% 
1.27% 

0.88% 
9.46% 
3.95% 
9.30% 
37.93% 

0.65% 
0.67% 
1.30% 

0.40%
4.29%
3.89%
9.21%
82.79%

1.07%
0.92%
1.25%

$  356,862 
350,652  
4,718,307  
(53,239) 
182,642 
6,099,234 
4,986,418 
448,488 
591,540 
34,659 
43,833 

$  205,914 
23,336 
182,578 
10,200 
68,009 
173,649 
50,254 
— 
50,254 

$  2.18 
2.18 
0.88 
24.85 

0.87% 
9.09% 
3.51% 
9.70% 
30.09% 

0.73% 
0.72% 
1.13% 

153.61% 

180.19% 

166.68% 

200.17% 

117.07%

Capital Ratios
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio  
Total risk-based capital ratio  

8.64% 
10.78% 
12.58% 

8.65% 
10.36% 
12.23% 

8.61% 
10.74% 
12.78% 

8.19% 
10.28% 
12.37% 

7.87%
9.83%
11.92%

The selected consolidated fi nancial and other data of the Company set forth above does not purport to be complete and should  be read in 
conjunction with, and is qualifi ed in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related 
notes, appearing in the Company’s Form 10-K.

Stockholder Information

Common Stock
Independent Bank Corp. common 
stock trades on the NASDAQ Stock 
Market under the symbol INDB.

Stockholder Relations
Inquiries should be directed to:
Robert Cozzone, 
Chief Financial Offi  cer, or 
Meagan Rundell, Treasury Dept.
Independent Bank Corp. 
288 Union Street 
Rockland, MA  02370 
Phone:  781.982.6737

Form 10-K
Additional information about the 
Company may be obtained from the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K fi led 
with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission for fi scal 2013. A copy of 
the Company’s Form 10-K for 2013, 
without its attached exhibits, has 
been provided herein. A complete 
copy of the Company’s Form 10-K for 
2013, with its attached exhibits, may 
be obtained without charge upon 
written request submitted to: 
Meagan Rundell 
Treasury Dept.
Independent Bank Corp.
288 Union Street
Rockland, MA  02370

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Transfer Agent and Registrar for the 
Company is:
Computershare
P. O. Box 30170
College Station, TX  77842-3170

Overnight correspondence should 
be sent to:
Computershare
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210
College Station, TX 77845

Phone:  800.426.5523 

Shareholder website
www.computershare.com/investor

Shareholder online inquiries
www-us.computershare.com/
investor/contact

Directors of 
Independent Bank Corp. and 
Rockland Trust Company

Offi  cers of 
Independent Bank Corp.

Offi  cers of 
Rockland Trust Company

Christopher Oddleifson
President and 
Chief Executive Offi  cer

Denis K. Sheahan
Chief Operating Offi  cer

Edward H. Seksay
General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

Robert Cozzone 
Chief Financial Offi  cer 
and Treasurer 

Mark J. Ruggiero
Senior Vice President,
Controller, and Principal 
Accounting Offi  cer

Barry H. Jensen 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Information Offi  cer

Kathryn T. Robson
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Internal Auditor 

Linda M. Campion
Clerk

Donna L. Abelli
Consulting CFO,
Chairman of the Board,
Independent Bank Corp. and
Rockland Trust Company

Richard S. Anderson
President and Treasurer,
Anderson-Cushing Insurance 
Agency, Inc.

William P. Bissonnette
CPA/Retired Partner, 
Little & Bissonnette, CPAs

Benjamin A. Gilmore, II
President,
Gilmore Cranberry Co., Inc.
Engineering Consultant Partner, 
Quittacas Company LLC

Kevin J. Jones
Treasurer,
Plumbers’ Supply Company

Eileen C. Miskell
Treasurer,
The Wood Lumber Company

John J. Morrissey
Partner,
Morrissey, Wilson & 
Zafi ropoulos, LLP

Daniel F. O’Brien
CPA/Partner,
O’Brien, Riley & Ryan, P.C.

Christopher Oddleifson
President and Chief Executive Offi  cer,
Independent Bank Corp. and 
Rockland Trust Company

Carl Ribeiro 
Owner & President,
Carlson Southcoast Corporation 
Chairman and Treasurer, 
Famous Foods.com LLC

Richard H. Sgarzi
Retired Cranberry Grower

John H. Spurr, Jr.
President, A.W. Perry, Inc.

Robert D. Sullivan
President,
Sullivan Tire Company, Inc.

Brian S. Tedeschi
Retired Real Estate Developer  
Director, Tedeschi Food Shops, Inc. 

Thomas R. Venables
Former President and CEO,
Benjamin Franklin Bancorp, Inc. 
and Benjamin Franklin Bank

Christopher Oddleifson
President and 
Chief Executive Offi  cer

Denis K. Sheahan
Chief Operating Offi  cer

Edward H. Seksay
General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

Robert Cozzone 
Chief Financial Offi  cer 
and Treasurer 

Mark J. Ruggiero
Senior Vice President,
Controller, and Principal 
Accounting Offi  cer

Gerard F. Nadeau
Executive Vice President, 
Commercial Lending

Jane L. Lundquist
Executive Vice President, 
Director of Retail Delivery, 
Business Banking, and 
Home Equity Lending 

Edward F. Jankowski
Senior Vice President and
Director of Residential 
Lending and Compliance

Barry H. Jensen 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Information Offi  cer

Raymond G. Fuerschbach
Senior Vice President and
Director of Human Resources

Mark Gibson
Senior Vice President and
Chief Marketing Offi  cer

David B. Smith
Senior Vice President and
Chief Investment Offi  cer

Kathryn T. Robson
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Internal Auditor 

Linda M. Campion
Clerk

288 Union Street
Rockland, Massachusetts 02370 
800.222.2299
www.RocklandTrust.com

44518_Cov.indd   2

44518_Cov.indd   2

3/13/14   9:30 PM

3/13/14   9:30 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consistency

builds shareholder value.

Consistency

builds shareholder value.

288 Union Street, Rockland, Massachusetts 02370    800.222.2299    www.RocklandTrust.com

44518_Cov.indd   1

44518_Cov.indd   1

2013 ANNUAL REPORT 

3/13/14   8:22 PM

3/13/14   8:22 PM